
Class- 'TohS^r 

Book ~—Y- 

Copyright^ 



•****% 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



WOODWORKING 

SAFEGUARDS 

For the Prevention of Accidents 
in Lumbering and Woodworking 
Industries : : : 



BY 

DAVID VAN SCHAACK 

Director, Bureau of Inspection and Accident Prevention 



^ETNA LIFE INSURANCE CO. 

Accident and Liability Department 
HARTFORD, CONN. 



PRICE, ONE DOLLAR 



{5142) 



\" 



COPYRIGHT 1911 

^TNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 

HARTFORD, CONN. 



r 



. 




The Case, Lockwood & Brainard Company, Printers, Hartford, Conn. 



©CI.A297327 



PREFACE. 



This pamphlet undertakes to offer a few practical suggestions for safe- 
guarding workmen engaged in lumbering and woodworking industries. It nec- 
essarily confines itself chiefly to machines, operations and conditions which are 
more or less common, but it is hoped that the suggestions contained herein 
will aid in impressing upon manufacturers possibilities in safeguarding which 
with some variation will be applicable to many of the special machines and 
operations that cannot be even touched upon in a work of limited extent. 

There are of course many patented as well as home-made safety devices 
other than those mentioned herein, which could well be included did space 
permit, but an effort has been made to show as representative a collection 
as possible. We shall be very glad to render any assistance at our disposal 
to anyone who may be interested in obtaining further information about the 
methods of safeguarding to which we have called attention. 

In preparing this book, the author has received invaluable assistance 
from the inspection force of the 7ETNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, 
from many makers of woodworking machinery, from a large number of manu- 
facturers in the various woodworking industries and from other concerns 
actively engaged in promoting the safety of their employees, from both foreign 
and domestic makers of safety devices, from various publications both in this 
country and abroad dealing with methods of guarding against industrial acci- 
dents, and from individuals who have aided him with both advice and criti- 
cism. He takes this opportunity of tendering grateful acknowledgment to one 
and all. 



CONTENTS 



General, 

Logging, 

Saw Mill, . 

Planing Mill, 

Circular Saws, 

Band Saws, 

Jointers, 

Shapers, 

Sanders, Etc, 

Handles, Lathes, Wagons, Cooperage, 

Veneer, Furniture, Chairs, 

Pattern Shop, Box Factory, Etc., 

Power Generation, Transmission, Etc., 

Grinding Wheels, Elevators, 

Liability Insurance, 

Index, . . . . 



PAGE 

• 7- 13 
. 14- 20 
. 21- 61 
. 62- 69 

• 70- 94 

• 95-ioo 
. 101-110 
. 111-120 

• 121-135 

• 136-150 
. 151-160 
. 161-171 
. 172-191 
. 192-199 
. 200-203 
. 204-217 



GENERAL. 



The many varieties of work included in lumbering and woodworking 
industries are among the most dangerous of modern employments. This is 
perhaps only natural in view of several facts. In almost all methods of 
working wood, once the tree has been felled and cut up into logs, the com- 
parative lightness of the material makes it easier to bring it to the tool than 
the tool to it. Again, good work requires the use of instruments sharpened to 
the extreme and run at very high speed. In the third place, this high speed 
and the lightness of the material make it possible for waste pieces to be thrown 
about in a dangerous manner impossible in the case of metal or stone. 

For these reasons, among others, it is peculiarly essential that every 
possible precaution be taken to safeguard workmen against injury. In subse- 
quent chapters of this book an effort is made to suggest some specific 
mechanical and material safeguards applicable to woodworking plants, and 
also to call attention in some measure to the matter of safe methods in operat- 
ing machinery. It is impossible to prevent all accidents, or even the greater 
number, by merely installing safeguards. Carefulness alone can avoid the great 
majority, and this can be secured only by proper organization and discipline, 
together with cordial co-operation on the part of both foremen and workmen. 

Foremen. Foremen are such essential factors in the prevention of acci- 
dents that they should be carefully selected for their caution and ideas of dis- 
cipline and should be thoroughly imbued with the employer's earnest desire 
to prevent accidents. It should be impressed upon them that they are per- 
sonally responsible for prevention of accidents as well as doing of work, and 
that success in each will be duly taken into account. Foremen should make 
it their business to see that the rules of the plants are obeyed, and that 
repeated infractions of them are suitably punished. They should see that 
machines are not overspeeded, that safety devices are used on all work 
possible, that warning signs are properly placed and kept in position, and 
that discipline generally is preserved. No intoxicated person, whether work- 
man or visitor, should be allowed to remain in the plant. An important part 
of a foreman's duty is to see that accidents are thoroughly investigated with 
a view to avoiding recurrence. For that reason he should insist that every 
accident, however insignificant, is reported to him at once. 

When men are first put to work at dangerous machines, they should be 
fully instructed how to operate them with the greatest safety to themselves 
and others. To avoid familiarity breeding contempt, they should subsequently 
be warned from time to time to follow the instructions given them. Specially 
dangerous machines, such as saws, jointets, etc., should be operated only by 
men engaged for this work and qualified by experience, or by men who have 



8 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

been fully instructed as to their operation and dangers. Boys should never 
be allowed to run such machines, even temporarily. In assigning a man to 
work, his special characteristics as well as qualifications should be taken 
into account. Slow thinking, heavy men should not be assigned to work 
requiring quick thought and bodily agility. Men who have a habit of getting 
injured should be put on jobs where they are least likely to get hurt. 

Co-operation of Workmen. Cordial co-operation of workmen with their 

foreman and with each other will do much toward accident prevention. One 

man's effort to promote safety may seem small, but the sum of the united 

efforts of many will be large. Workmen should be encouraged to warn others 

of impending danger and to do all in their power to make others as careful 

as themselves. They should also be encouraged to report any defect affecting 

le safety of any employee. Each workman should be made to feel that he 

a safety inspector, charged with the duty of seeing that everything is as 

fe as possible, and that suggestions coming from him on anything of a 

ngerous nature will be welcomed. Having the workmen serve on safety 

i. pection committees, whose personnel is changed from time to time, is a 

g |d plan. 

Too much effort cannot be made to inculcate habits of caution in work- 
mei \as such habits are as essential as guarding machines and making danger- 
ous (laces safe. It should be impressed upon them that carefulness will avert 
mam j accidents to themselves and fellow-workmen which cannot otherwise be 
prevented. They should be warned especially not to fool or scuffle or to take 
short cuts over dangerous places. 

Employment of Help. No person under the legal age should be employed 
in any capacity in or about a plant. Where there are no legal restrictions 
regarding the employment of minors, care should certainly be taken not to 
employ anyone under fourteen years of age, and no person under sixteen years 
of age should be allowed to operate any power machinery. The employment 
of young persons to do work for which they are not physically or mentally 
qualified should be particularly avoided, as their youth and inexperience make 
them unusually dangerous to other workmen as well as to themselves. Men 
subject to intoxication, fainting spells, or cramps, epileptics, and those who 
are deaf or have other defects which endanger life should not be employed. 

Room, Light, Air, Cleanliness. Every effort should be made to have 
plenty of room about machines. Where there cannot be ample room, safe 
passageways should be railed off. If the space between machines, or a machine 
and a wall or transmission apparatus, is too narrow to afford safe passage, it 
should be blocked at each end. The moving part of any self-acting machine 
should not be allowed to run out within 18 inches of another structure or a 
wall unless this space is blocked against passage. 

It is a good plan, whenever possible, to isolate dangerous machines by 
means of partitions, to prevent attention being diverted from work. Such 
isolation is often impracticable, on account of partitions interfering with the 
distribution of light and lessening available space for manipulation of machines 
and material, but where partitions can be used they will avert many accidents, 



GENERAL 9 

especially where a number of saws or such machines are placed side by side, 
and boys are employed as off-bearers. 

Plenty of light should be provided, artificial when natural is not available. 
Good light is especially necessary where rooms are crowded, in lower floors 
filled with transmission machinery, and in the neighborhood of dangerous 
machines, particularly such hand-fed ones as saws, jointers and shapers. Good 
illumination means efficiency, economy, and profit, as well as increased 
safety. Liberal use of white paint, or even whitewash, will help diffusion of 
light, and so will keeping windows washed and artificial light globes clean. 
Good ventilaticn is also essential to safety, as foul air causes a loss of both 
mental and physical alertness. 

It is important to keep a plant well cleaned up. Stock and finished 
product should not be allowed to fill up a large part of the space left free y 
the machinery. Waste material should not be left on the floor, to incrf ;e 
danger to workmen. Cleanliness will reduce the fire hazard, as well as 1 ~> 
to prevent more direct accidents, and there should be systematic cleanir f 
floors and passageways and removal of waste. Floor sweepers can we je 
used in many plants to suck up dust and shavings from the floor and cc /ey 
them away at once. Accumulations of odd pieces of wood and unnec sary 
quantities of stock on the table of a dangerous machine, such as a i .w or 
shaper, or on the floor about it, should be especially avoided. It is a bad 
practice also to pile up work on the table. Men working at such m chines 
need the utmost frt^dom of movement. 

Safeguards. An employer will find it to his advantage to supply safe- 
guards, whenever possible, for all dangerous places, and for all machines whose 
operation unguarded is dangerous. Such devices will not always prevent 
accidents, but they will prevent many, especially of the most serious ones, 
and they will often diminish the injury in the case of accidents which they 
cannot wholly avert. In making things safer, they also conduce to better 
work. The best time to safeguard a machine is when it is built, and many 
more machines would be protected by manufacturers if such protection were 
insisted upon by prospective purchasers. When a machine is not guarded by 
the maker, a patented or home-made device can usually be applied which 
will prove efficient in all possible cases. 

To get the best results from safety devices, their use in their entirety 
should be insisted upon whenever the work permits, and their immediate 
replacement should be required after completion of work for which they can- 
not be used. A sign to this effect can well be placed in plain view of the 
operator of each machine equipped with a safety device. Employees should 
be forbidden to remove a safeguard from a machine without the consent of the 
foreman, or to start the machine unless the guard is in place. Safeguards 
can well be painted bright red, to make them readily distinguishable and to 
help foremen and other supervisors to detect displaced or defective guards. 
It is the practice in some places also to paint red, whenever possible, danger- 
ous moving parts of machinery which cannot well be guarded. 

The making of safeguards readily distinguishable is a great help toward 
their maintenance in place and in good condition. Seeing that safeguards are 



io WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

always in proper working order and that they are not discarded is just as 
essential as installing them, and this can be accomplished only by frequent 
inspection. 

All machines should be provided with adequate belt shifters or other 
efficient means of quickly disengaging the power. At all dangerous hand-fed 
machines, such as saws, jointers, shapers, etc., secure footing should be pro- 
vided in the form of rubber mats, wooden slats, rough metal grating, powdered 
rosin, or other efficient means. If rubber mats are used, they should be 
watched carefully to see that their usefulness is not impaired by their tearing, 
wearing smooth, or filling up with sawdust. There should be feeding-in and 
feeding-out tables, whenever possible, for all machines to which stock is 
fed which is longer than the machine table, and for all roll-fed machines. 
Such tables should have solid beds. 

Signs. Warning signs, judiciously used, will tend to prevent accidents, 
as they are a constant reminder that danger does exist. They should always 
be backed up, however, by supervision and enforcement. All signs should be 
as brief as possible, prominently displayed and durable. At all dangerous 
machines there should be signs forbidding operation until the workings and 
the dangers of the machine have been fully explained, and prohibiting oiling, 
wiping and repairing without stopping the machine. When a man is repair- 
ing a machine, a sign reading " Danger. Man on Machine " should be placed 
on the shifting lever or controller. When men are doing special work above 
other men, those below should be warned and a conspicuous sign should be 
placed below while the work is going on. Signs urging cautious practices and 
forbidding actions likely to create danger should be posted at places where 
all workmen will be sure to see them. A sign used at a special danger point 
can well have on it a hand pointing to the source of danger, especially where 
men of various nationalities are employed and there is not a sign in each 
language. 

Inspection and Care. Careful inspection of all machinery and structures, 
in fact of the entire plant, will prevent many accidents by discovering defects 
and dangerous conditions due to wear and other causes. All structures and 
appliances should be tested regularly. Inspection and repair can well be under 
one central authority, either department or individual. This will tend to pre- 
vent misuse of equipment, lessen its depreciation, and promote general ef- 
ficiency, as well as obviate accidents. Such a central authority is needed to see 
that knives, saws and other cutters are always in good repair and properly 
sharpened and adjusted, that babbitting is carefully done, that bolts and 
threaded collars and spindles have no bent shanks, damaged threads or crystal- 
lized metal, that proper splitters are used for different saws, that safeguards 
generally are in good condition and kept in place, and for many other reasons 
too numerous to mention. 

An employer should take pains to supply the best of knives, tools, etc., 
but it is just as essential that they be properly cared for and used, and this 
can best be assured by placing them under the supervision of one central 
authority. This is especially necessary where different men run the same 



GENERAL u 

machine, but it is advisable in all cases. In some shops, or rooms, one man 
often sets and adjusts all knives. There is some difference of opinion as to the 
advisability of this. On the one hand, it is held that this method assures 
expert service. On the other, it is contended that the machine operator will 
be more careful and that there will be no danger of his having to hurry in 
order to get to another job which is in urgent demand. It might be a good 
plan to combine the two methods, having an expert do the setting and then 
having the machine operator go over the fastenings after him. This would 
be apt to assure both expert setting and secure fastening. At any rate there 
should be a competent man in charge to keep an eye on the work in general. 

Use of Machines. Before beginning work, a workman should examine 
the machine, tools, apparatus, etc., which he is to use and the safeguards for 
them. If they are not in proper order, he should report their condition to his 
foreman, not starting work until the defects have been remedied. Employees 
should be required to see that handles of hand tools are kept tight and in 
good repair. No workman should attempt a job on a new machine without 
first getting instructions from his foreman. Employees should be forbidden 
to use a machine, tool or appliance not especially assigned to them. A work- 
man should always be required to stop his machine before leaving it. Em- 
ployees should be forbidden to look around or talk to others while operating 
a machine. 

Adjustments and placing of parts of machinery while it is in motion 
should be avoided as much as possible. A workman should be required to let 
his machine come to a stop before making an adjustment, even if he loses 
a little time thereby. Oiling or cleaning should never be done while a machine 
is in motion. When such is absolutely necessary, it should be done only 
by one who fully understands the machinery and the dangers of the work. 
The tendency of operators to remove a piece of waste material from a critical 
place should be curbed as much as possible. A dust brush similar to the large 
one used in painting is a good thing to have at many machines, and an air jet 
or a suction is advantageous in some cases. Much of the necessity for clean- 
ing will be obviated by a good exhaust system. A machine should be tested 
regularly at least once a week, when it should also be thoroughly cleaned and 
oiled. 

Clothing. All workmen should be required to wear tight-fitting clothing. 
Operators of machines and off-bearers should work with sleeves cut off at the 
elbow, if they are not tight-fitting. Rolling up loose-*fitting sleeves is not so 
safe. Use of gloves should be avoided as much as possible, and overalls and 
jumpers should be kept properly buttoned. Dressing, undressing, or storing 
of clothes in close proximity to moving machinery should be prohibited. 

Piling Material. Unfinished or finished material should be piled on a 
good foundation and in such a way that the pile will not topple over nor 
parts of it slide off the top. It should not be piled too high, nor in passage- 
ways, nor in dark places where workmen may have occasion to go. 

Trucks. Many accidents in woodworking plants are caused by the over- 
loading of trucks or the careless piling of lumber on them. If a truck is over- 
loaded, a wheel may break and the load be thrown on some one near by. 



i2 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

Care should also be taken in loading a truck to avoid possibility of the load 
tipping over. Trucks should be examined frequently to see that their wheels 
are in good condition and that the fastenings are secure. 

Blower System. A good blower system conduces to safety both by 
diminishing the likelihood of fire and by preventing injuries caused by flying 
chips. It also assists largely in the covering of dangerous parts so as to make 
contact with them less likely. In the turning and cutting of some kinds of 
hard wood it prevents injury to health caused by the inhaling of dusts, which 
not only affects the workmen's efficiency but makes them more liable to 
accident. 

When blower hoods are used for a protection as well as to take away 
the dust, it is often advisable to make them adjustable, so that they can be 
raised or lowered or adjusted to the various positions necessary for complete 
guarding of the heads. 

Motor Drive. The use of motor drive largely reduces the number of 
accidents, both directly and indirectly. Its elimination of much shafting, 
belting, etc., makes a room much lighter, cleaner and more roomy. Where 
individual drive is used, the machine and the motor being a self-contained 
unit, direct connection by gearing can do away with belts altogether. 

Motor drive is expensive at first installation, but it soon more than pays 
for itself, not only in lessening the amount of power necessary but also in 
cutting out numerous shut-downs due to hot boxes and broken belts and 
shafts. It also permits certain parts of a plant to be run when other parts 
have to be shut down, and it enables parts to run if necessary without the 
entire mill running. In saw mills it avoids the necessity of the speed of the 
whole mill falling when a very heavy cut is being taken by some saw. 

Fire Escapes. Every factory should have a sufficient number of exits and 
fire escapes to permit prompt egress, and no exit should be allowed to become 
temporarily blocked. Exits should be of proper size and there should be 
proper openings to fire escapes. All doors should open outward, and no door 
should be fastened in such a way that it cannot easily be opened from the 
inside. Stairways should be built regular, with no break in width or height 
of steps, and should be well lighted. There should be railings on both sides 
of outside fire escapes, and landings also should be railed. When employees 
are ordinarily conveyed to and from their places of work by elevators, they 
should be required to use the stairways at least once a week so as to become 
familiar with them. 

Fire Precautions. Careful construction and equipment, in accordance 
with the rules of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, should be supple- 
mented by good management with a view to avoiding fire. All parts of a 
building should be kept in good repair, to prevent fire reaching concealed 
places where it will be hard to extinguish. Each foreman should inspect his 
part of the premises before going home at night. 

A good blowing system, venting outside of the building preferably, will 
take care of much of the dust, shavings, etc., and cleanliness should attend 
to the rest. Rubbish should not be allowed to accumulate in any part of a 



GENERAL i 3 

building. Metal drip pans should be used to catch oil from bearings or else- 
where, and these should be emptied regularly. Ashes should be kept in 
approved cans or placed npon an incombustible floor. Smoking should not be 
allowed. Slats or wire mesh should be used for guards as much as possible, 
to prevent accumulation of inflammable stuff. 

Explosives and inflammable substances and liquids should be stored in a 
separate building, and only enough for immediate use should be taken out at 
a time. Notices should be prominently displayed showing the amount of 
such which is safe to be used at a time and the proper way to handle it. Open 
lights should not be used where woodworking or finishing is done, or where 
highly inflammable material, oils or other volatiles are stored. Sand in pails 
or paper bags should be kept on hand in finishing rooms. Waste and finish- 
ing cloths should be discarded into metal receptacles, which should be emptied 
twice a day. 

Care of Injured. Every injury, however slight, should be reported at 
once to the foreman. No injured employee should be allowed to continue at 
work unless his wound has been properly cleaned and dressed and is protected 
by a bandage to prevent dust and dirt getting into it. Every plant should 
have bandage materials within easy access in each department. In case of 
injury at all serious, the first thing to do is to send for the doctor. 

In giving first aid care should be taken to attempt no treatment which 
can properly be given only by a physician. It is well to have two or more 
men in each department trained in giving first aid. At any rate, signs or 
posters should be prominently displayed giving detailed instructions regard- 
ing such treatment. An emergency room for furnishing first aid is a valuable 
adjunct to a plant, as it will not only afford quicker relief to the patient, but 
will also economize both his time and that of the concern. 



LOGGING. 



Probably the most effective means of preventing such logging accidents 
as can be prevented is found in constant and close supervision by competent 
superintendents and foremen, in the use of good tackle and apparatus, and in 
careful and thorough inspection of all structures and equipment. These will 

accomplish more than 
safety devices, whose use 
is necessarily limited in 
such work. If work gen- 
erally is done with rea- 
sonable regard for the 
safety of those near at 
hand as well as those do- 
ing it, if adequate signal 
systems are used where 
especially dangerous 
work is done in close 
proximity to a number of 
men, if tools, tackle and 
other appliances are kept 
in good shape, if chains 
are annealed at regular 
intervals, if explosives 
are properly handled, if 
camps, railroads, roll- 
ways, etc., are carefully 




Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 

Fig. i. Walk Along Camp Buildings. 



constructed, the majority of preventable accidents will be reduced to a mini- 
mum. Supervision, for instance, will prevent the use of old cables as guy lines 
on gin poles or fastenings for lead blocks, a practice which has caused many 
accidents. It is important to have a uniform system of signalling, as men on 
the same company's work often exchange with or supplement each other. 

In steam logging the use of standard outfits tends to reduce accidents, 
by assuring that the various parts of an equipment are suited to each other 
and to the work. Standard plants also assist foremen in their supervision, 
making it more likely that they will always have under them men who have 
had experience with such machinery. 

Explosives. Explosives should be handled only by a competent man 
engaged especially for the purpose. The main supply should be kept locked 
up and away from camp buildings or where men are working, and it should 
not be stored where there is any chance of trees being felled or blown down 



LOGGING 



15 



on it. Only enough should be taken out at a time for immediate use. Frozen 
explosives should not be thawed before an open fire, nor in a stove, nor over a 
lamp, nor near a boiler or steam pipes, nor by placing cartridges in hot water. 
A thawer should, be used, such as is furnished by the manufacturers. 

Camps. If substantial, more or less permanent buildings are erected, 
the usual building safeguards as regards scaffolds, etc., should be provided. 
Whenever possible, the trees around a camp site should be felled before the 
camp is built, to avoid danger from trees not falling as planned when felled 
later. 

An unloading platform for a railroad should not be so close to a cook 
house as not to clear anyone standing on the side of a car or locomotive. 
It is well to have all buildings far enough back from a track for men coming 
out of the doors to have a safe walk alongside the track, as shown in Fig. 1 
(page 14). 

Engine round-houses 
should be built with a pit over 
which an engine can be run to 
be repaired. Then men can get 
down underneath and work in 
safety. Lathes, drill presses, 
etc., in machine shops should 
have their belts and gears 
guarded. No set screws should 
be allowed to protrude. Grind- 
ers should be protected as sug- 
gested elsewhere (see index). 

Railroad. A railroad 

Should be as Well Constructed as Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 

the character and extent of the Fig. 2. Trestle with Guard Rails and Walks, 
logging operations will warrant. The track should be kept in good condition. In 
large operations it should be ballasted. On marshy ground a track can well 
be laid on poles set close together. Trestles should be substantially built of 
timbers, rather than merely cribbed up with logs, and they should be equipped 
with safe walks and have guard rails on the curves, as shown in Fig. 2. 
On long trestles there should be emergency platforms at certain intervals. 
Safety switches should be provided on all steep grades. 

Engines should have the best of air brakes and auxiliary steam brakes. 
Air brakes should be used on cars whenever the size of the timber handled 
permits. In handling big logs a flat car with bunks, as shown in Fig. 3 (page 16), 
is preferable, from the safety standpoint, to the car which consists merely 
of bunks and trucks. Care should be taken that logs are securely fastened on 
cars. Chucks, bunks, chains and other fastenings should be kept in good con- 
dition and adjusted carefully. When small logs are loaded on a flat car, 
sound side stakes should be set securely in substantial sockets. Engines and 
cars, their brakes and other equipment should be inspected regularly and 
kept in good condition. Men should not be allowed to ride on logging trains 
unless employed in work connected with them or at regular times for trans- 




i6 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



portation of logging crews. When donkey engines are used in railroad con- 
struction for pulling out logs and small stumps, the same safety precautions 
should be taken as with yarder and road engines. 

Felling. Only experienced and careful men should do this work. If a 
tree is not felled in the right direction, it may injure men working in the 
vicinity, either by falling on them or by hitting other trees and throwing 
branches in all directions. When a tree is ready to fall, the faller, or chop- 
per, or sawyer, as he is variously called, should give ample warning to buck- 
ers or swampers who may be near. Whenever possible, it is best not to have 
buckers or swampers working close to where felling is being done. In many 
cases they can follow fallers at a sufficient distance not to be in danger on 
this account. This will also help keep the camp from having to stop 

operations because not 
enough timber has been 
felled. 

Fallers should be pro- 
vided with the best of tools, 
kept in good condition. 
Wedges and hammers 
should be watched for 
crystallization, and those 
with burrs on them should 
not be used. Ax handles 
should be of sound material. 
Springboards on which fal- 
lers work when they have to 
cut a tree above a pitch 
pocket should be substantial. 
Fallers should have very 




Courtesy 



of Eastern & 

Fig. 3 



'estem Lumber Co. 

Flat Car with Bunks. 



sharp calks in their shoes, to help them make a quick getaway when a butt 
suddenly jumps back from the stump. 

Buckers or Swampers. The men who cut up the tree into logs and trim 
off the limbs should work in pairs, whenever possible. In sawing off a log 
that lies up high, the log is apt to fall on the bucker or on some small tree 
which will pin him down. When sawing logs off a tree lying on an incline 
it is advisable to drive stakes to prevent the log from rolling, and also if pos- 
sible to work from the upper side. Buckers' saws, wedges and other tools 
should be cared for like those of fallers. 

Yarder Engine. This engine, often used to pull logs out from where 
they are cut to the roadway, should be guarded like any stationary engine, 
especial attention being paid to covering gears and placing a guard along the 
side of the crank, as shown in Fig. 4 (page 17). The water glass of the boiler 
should be guarded (see index). The safety valve should be tested often and 
kept in good shape. There should be substantial standards in front of the 
machine with a heavy cross bar between them, to take the whip out of a 
breaking cable. Hooks, chains and cables should be watched carefully for 



LOGGING 



17 



signs of weakness. When a bad spot shows in a cable, it should be taken out 
and a new piece spliced in. The tackle is put to tremendous strain, as little 
road-making is done to yard logs out and small trees and stumps are con- 
stantly being struck. A good method of signalling should be adopted, and 
the signal should never be given the engine until everyone is in the clear. 

Close supervision of yarding out work is essential. There is much manipu- 
lating of hooks, blocks and tackle, and the work must be skilfully done to 
avoid accident as much as possible. Snatch blocks should be carefully placed, 
and the men should make it a point to get quickly out of the way of the line. 
Close watch should be kept on the boiler, and the engineer should not be 
allowed to get up dangerous pressure. 

Road Engine. The en- 
gine used in many large 
camps for hauling logs along 
the roadway or skid road to 
the roll-way from which 
they are loaded on cars or 
dumped into the water 
should be protected like the 
yarder engine. Tackle 
should be cared for and sig- 
nalling done as in yarding 
out. The chaser, or signal 
man, should be rigidly pro- 
hibited from riding on the 
logs as they are hauled in 
and from riding back in the 
" pi§' " which carries his ax, 
tackle, etc. 




Loading Cars. In steam 
los's^ingf the loading of losrs 



Courtesy of Lidgcrzcood Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 4. Yarding Engine Guarded. 

on cars is very dangerous, due largely to more men being gathered together 
than in any other part of the work. Methods of loading vary, but whatever 
the method, good tackle and close supervision are necessary. Many of the 
most serious accidents are caused by men being caught by moving cars and 
loaders, especially where the loader is moved from car to car along rails laid 
on the cars. Such accidents can be reduced only by having the moving of cars 
and loaders done under signals from a responsible man chargeable with this 
duty, and his taking proper care that everyone is in the clear before giving a 
signal. Cables or grappling hooks should be very carefully fastened on logs, 
to prevent their slipping and falling out of the sling or hooks. The work of 
handling the logs in loading should be closely supervised. In some work it 
is a common and bad practice to loop a cable around five or ten logs, to drag 
them to a point alongside the car from which they can be loaded singly. Often 
more logs are fastened on than the cable will pull. Then the cable breaks and 
its flying ends are apt to inflict serious injuries. Whether the engine is used 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




for loading or both loading and skidding, it should be guarded and cared for 

like any other stationary engine used in logging. 

When cars are loaded from a roll-way alongside the track, the same pre- 
cautions should be observed 
as regards signalling and 
care of tackle. The usual 
method of doing this work, 
by means of a gin pole and 
tackle operated by an engine 
at the side or on another car, 
is very dangerous. The men 
are often injured by not get- 
ting out of the way of a log 
or by being hit by flying 
cables or broken blocks or 
swamp hooks- The tackle 
should be in the best of shape 

Courtesy of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. and the cin Dole both Stron°" 

Fig. 5. Built-up Roll-way. and we lf supported by guys. 

Use of a crane moving along a parallel track will reduce the danger consider- 
ably. A roll-way should be built up off the ground, as shown in Fig. 5, so that 
if a log starts to roll down when a man loading is standing in front of it he 
may jump down under the roll-way and avoid being crushed. 

Skidders. These devices are used in many parts of the country both for 
yarding logs and for loading them on railroad cars or delivering them to a road 
engine or a waterway. The engine, or engines where loading also is done, should 
be guarded and cared for like 
yarder or road engines. Where 
they are mounted on a base at all 
high a safe walk around them 
should be provided and any stair- 
ways to an elevated engine 
should be railed. 

The main cable and ropes 
should be of good quality and 
kept in good condition. Tongs 
should be kept sharp and sling 
chains watched carefully for 
crystallization. Blocks should 
be inspected frequently for de- 
fects. Head spars, tail trees 

and gin poles Should be Care- Courtesy, of Eastern & Western Lumber Co. 

fully selected and the guy lines Fig. 6. Unloading Apparatus, 

should be strong and properly adjusted. 

The head tower used where a cableway is permanently installed for work 
at a mill or elsewhere, and sometimes in other work when it either is stationary 
or travels, the frame spar used on scows or pull boats, and the derrick boom 




LOGGING 



19 




for some kinds of skidders, should be built or selected with special view to strength 
and solidity. 

Much of the danger of yarding logs and loading them is eliminated by 
the use of the cableway yarder, as one variety of skidder 
is called, which yards the logs through the air instead of 
dragging them upon the ground. This system also saves 
band saws, as it enables logs to arrive at the mill free from 
much of the sand, grit, stones and mud which they other- 
wise gather. These cableways can also be used for un- 
loading logs a carload at a time, for piling logs, for feed- 
ing a mill in place of a haul up chain, and for handling 
logs otherwise. 

Unloading Cars. A dangerous method of unload- 
ing from cars into water is to run the trains in so that the 
cars slope toward the water, and then knock out the blocks 
or chucks by hand and jackscrew the logs off the car. It is 
much safer to use a cableway or other skidding device, Courtesy of .1. .-/. f 
or a crane running on an adjacent track, as shown in Fig. 7. Safety Hook. 
Fig. 6 (page 18) but the work will be facilitated by running the cars in on a 
slope. The same precautions regarding engines and tackle should be observed 
as in other logging work. 

Safety Hooks. When a load of logs on a car is bound together by a chain, 
the releasing or unhooking of the load is very dangerous unless a safety grab 
hook is used, such as the Flexible Safety Grab Hook, shown in Fig. 7, or the 
American Safety Hook, shown in Fig. 8. With a safety hook, a cord or snatching 
chain operated from a safe distance will release the binding 
chain. Use of a safety hook also obviates the frequent nec- 
essity of cutting chains and the subsequent danger of make- 
shift repairs, and it enables unloading to be done more 
rapidly. 

Travoying. All the tackle used in Northeastern and 
Lake States in tonging or snaking out logs from a cutting 
to a skid way should be kept in good shape. If a snub rope 
is used to hold a sled from going too fast down a steep 
grade, the rope should be both strong enough and sound. 
The same care is necessary in dragging out logs which lie 
away from the travoy road. 

Skidways- The work at the skidways used in North- 
eastern and Lake States logging to store logs travoyed 
from the cuttings until the two-sleds haul them to the 
landing, and also to store logs at the banking ground, is 
extremely dangerous. The man at the top of the pile 
should be exceptionally cool and careful, and he should 
have a good system of signalling to the engineer or horse- 
driver at the rear who controls the power for rolling the logs up the skids. Care- 
fulness on their part will reduce the number of accidents to the deckers, who send 
the logs up and straighten them with their cant-hooks if they stick and cant. 




Courtesy of American 
Safety Hook Co. 

Fig. 8. Safety Hook. 



2o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

The chains and other tackle and the cant-hooks should be closely watched and 
kept in the best of condition. Decking should be very carefully done, so that 
the pile will not bulge and fall. 

Ice Roads. Many accidents to the men driving the big log sleighs, in Lake 
State and Northeastern lumbering, can be avoided by proper loading and by 
keeping the road in good condition. Steep grades should be sanded, to pre- 
vent the great loads of logs from going too fast or from slewing about. 
In loading the sleigh the same precautions should be observed as in rolling 
logs up on skidways. Care should be taken that the logs are securely bound, 
and that the chain holding them is equal to the strain. The breaking of chains 
and the spreading of the load and rolling of the logs are a prolific cause of 
accidents. The care of sleighs, harness, horses and tackle should be in the 
hands of a competent man who will see that everything is always in good 
shape for the work. 

Driving. Supervision is about the only safeguard in river driving, and 
even the best is none too effective. It is practically impossible for foremen 
to keep very close watch on the rivermen. They can, however, supervise 
breaking up jams and the especially dangerous work done by the rear in clean- 
ing up wing jams. When dynamite is used to break up a jam, the man in 
charge of the work should see that everyone is out of danger before the charge 
i> exploded. 



SAW MILL. 

(Including Lath Mill and Shingle Mill.) 



The machinery used in a saw mill is so dangerous and runs at such great 
speed, the work is done under such high tension, and the conditions generally 
are so hazardous, that every possible precaution should be taken to protect 
employees against the many risks present. In addition to the specific safe- 
guards suggested below for particular machines and operations, there are a 
number of general precautions which are necessary. 

There should be sufficient space around all machines, and wherever 
possible there should be elevated runways all over the mill. There is a great 
deal of danger to even an experienced man in making his way over or around 
live rolls, transfer chains, and all the machinery that goes to make up a saw 
mill plant. Runways are especially necessary in crowded mills. 

The mill should be kept as clean as possible all the time. This will avoid 
many accidents due to men stumbling over piles or pieces. All openings in 
the floor for conveyors or chutes to boiler rooms should be railed off and 
equipped with toe boards. All floors should be kept in good condition, sound 
and free from holes. Any stairwa)^ used should be properly railed and kept 
in good repair. Every counterweight used in a mill should be boxed up or pro- 
vided with a safety chain. These counterweights are among the most danger- 
ous things found in a saw mill. 

Special attention should be given to making the transmission floor as safe 
as possible. Experienced saw mill men are so accustomed to the dangers 
here that they do not appreciate the risks they run. Screening of belts and 
other apparatus and provision of safe runways for overhead work will prevent 
many accidents in this very dangerous part of the mill. 

Perhaps the most essential thing of all, however, is close supervision of 
work by competent foremen, who will see to it that rules and instructions 
designed to promote safety are rigidly enforced and strictly followed and that 
all the work is done in the safest Avay possible. This supervision should be 
supplemented by good warning signs prominently displayed at specially 
dangerous points. Carefulness in doing work is the only means of avoiding 
many accidents not preventable by mechanical safeguards. Such carefulness 
is particularly necessary on the part of the men who control machinery, 
notably the sawyer, who, besides running the band or circular mill and the 
carriage, is also apt to handle most of the appliances on the deck. Cool and 



22 WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

clear judgment is a prime requisite in a man controlling so much machinery 
likely to cause injuries unless it is carefully handled. 



LOG HAUL. 

A log haul, of whatever variety, should be substantial and durable, and 
every precaution should be taken against a log getting loose and possibly 
falling over the side of the haul, as the space beneath is frequently a thorough- 
fare. Where big timber is handled, it is perhaps best to have the haul 
V-shaped, with high sides and well reinforced with iron on the inside. When 
a bull chain is used, it is sufficient to reinforce the sides. Where the hauling 
is done by drum and cable, the 
haul should be entirely lined with 
iron. On the Pacific Coast heavy 
railroad rails are often used. 

When a log haul is built en- 
tirely of wood, the wood should 
be of the best quality and the haul 
should be watched carefully and 
kept in good repair. A big knot 
catching in a hole or bad spot may 
cause a log to fall back or be 
thrown off the haul, and may tear 
the haul to pieces. The sides of a 
flat surfaced haul should be sub- 
stantially fenced its entire length. 
So should hauls up which logs are 
drawn upon a tram car, as too 
long a log is apt to tip off the car. 
The spikes and bunks on such a 
car should be kept very sharp, to 
hold the logs firmly. 

Chains and Cables. Chains and Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

cables, and all hooks and fastenings Fig- 9- Deck with Railroad Iron Skids, 
used in connection with them, Band MiU Housing and Lever Lock, 

should be in personal charge of the head millwright or master mechanic, who 
should see they are always in good condition. Chains should be annealed at 
regular intervals, to avoid danger from crystallization. In severe weather 
chains and hooks can well be kept in a warm room over night, whenever pos- 
sible, or thawed out before the day's work begins. Cables should be kept well 
lubricated, and when broken ends of wires show appreciable space between 
them the cable should be discarded. A breaking cable is apt to whip back 
at the man working the friction. The steel brackets of a bull chain should be 
kept sharp and upright, and the return part of the chain should be covered up 
beyond danger of contact. 

Walks. When one man acts as both pond man and deck man, there 
should be a good cleated and hand-railed walk or stairway at the side of the 




SAW MILL 23 

haul. It is well to have such a walk for any haul. Workmen should never be 

allowed to ride up on the logs or log haul. 

Machinery. All cog gearing, belting or frictions on the log haul ma- 
chinery should be covered. It is a 
good plan also to have the whole 
log haul machine fenced in by pipe 
railings. 

Pike Poles. Pike poles used by 
pond men should be strong and 
sound, and the points should be 
sharp and well fastened. A cracked 
pole or blunt point may throw a man 
into the water, and many a man 
pushing hard on a cracked pole has 
received bad injuries from the pole 
giving way and a sharp broken end 

Courtesy of J! heland Machine Works. o o _/ 1 

-n>- t^ . /- j r tt j ™ , entering his body. 

Fig. 10. Extension Guard for Head Block. 




DECK. 

The work of deck men, or roll-on men, varies according to the size of the 
timber handled and the equipment of the mill, but whether they put the logs 
on the carriage, roll them from the flat part of a deck to the incline, or merely 
keep the logs rolling down, adjust them with cant-hooks, and keep the deck 
clear of bark, their work is so hazardous that they need all the protection 
possible. They are always running the risk of being crushed by a log, and, 
when a kicker, or rocker, and a log loader and deck stop are used, they are in 
danger of being hit 
by a log thrown by 
the former or of get- 
ting their feet 
caught in the latter. 

Condition o f 
Deck and Cant- 
hooks. The deck 
should be kept in 
good condition, for 
the men are contin- 
ually jumping out of 
the way of logs and 
they need as decent 

a footing as possible. Courtesy of Kellogg Lumber Co. 

It requires much at- Fig. n. Extension Guards for Head Blocks. 

tention, as big knots frequently knock holes in it, and the wear on it generally 
is both constant and severe. The skids of a deck can well be made of railroad 
iron, as shown in Fig. 9 (page 22). In this picture the solid connection 




24 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



between the carriage and the deck is also noticeable. The cant-hooks with 
which the men work should be examined often to see that the shafts are 
sound and that the hooks are sharp, securely fastened and work properly. 

Canter. When a canter, or log turner, is used to kick logs, to load them 
and turn cants on the carriage, or to get down to the carriage a log which 
has stopped before reaching the bottom of the deck, the chain should be 
kept in good condition, so as not to break unexpectedly, and the hook should 
always be sharp, to prevent its slipping or tearing out of a log. The machin- 
ery above, which runs the canter, should be well guarded, all gears and fric- 
tions being covered. On account of the strain on this machinery, much atten- 
tion has to be given it. The oiler has to go up there often, and so do other 
workmen when a hook comes out and the chain gets tangled up around the 
drum. 

Selection and Care. With all the safeguarding possible, deck men's 
work is so dangerous that great care should be used in their selection. Their 
best safeguard is caution, 
and many accidents would be 
avoided if foremen would put 
only cool-headed men on the 
job. Where a kicker is used 
to throw logs from the ridge 
to the deck proper, the scaler, 
or sawyer, whoever operates 
this apparatus, can save 
many a deck man from in- 
jury by being careful not to 
throw another log on the 
deck when anyone is in a 
position of danger there. 
Caution on the part of the 
sawyer, who is apt to handle 
most of the deck appliances. 
is, in fact, one of the most essential requirements for the safety of the deck men. 




Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 12. Carriage Feed Cable Sheave and Set 
Works Sheave Guarded. 



CARRIAGE. 

The setters and doggers who ride on the carriage are in danger on several 
accounts, chiefly from the saw breaking, from a log being thrown over the 
head blocks at them, from the carriage running away, and from losing their 
footing through a sudden movement of the carriage. When shot-gun feed is 
used, it is important to keep all valve arrangements in good condition, to pre- 
vent steam leaking into the cylinder or throwing a valve over center and 
shooting the carriage down the mill. Every rapidly moving carriage should be 
equipped with spring bumpers or air cushions. 

It is a good idea to provide a strong hook and link for locking the carriage 
when saws are to be changed, repairs made, etc., unless there is a throttle 
connection close to the sawyer to shut off the steam supply to the feed with 



SAW MILL 



2 5 



a connection to the drain cocks which will free the cylinder of steam. What- 
ever the system of feed, whether shot-gun or steam feed, the lever controlling 
it should have an efficient lock, and any lost motion between the lever and the 
valve should be watched for and taken out. The sawyer should be careful 
never to take his hand off the lever without locking it. 

A carriage should be completely floored over and the deck should be 
kept in good shape, as the men have to move rapidly and have no time to 
avoid danger spots- Cleats should always be placed so the men can brace 
themselves when the carriage starts back. 

Carriage Run. There should be plenty of room, never less than 30 
inches, between a carriage and the wall of the mill, or any fixed object, or else 
this space should be blocked against use as a passageway. If there is room 
enough between carriage and wall so the space can be used as a passageway, 
there should be a hand-rail 36 inches high along the wall. If there are 
entrances through the wall, as from a filing room, the doors should be kept 

closed and warning signs 
placed outside them. Only 
persons whose work requires 
them to use this space as a 
passageway should be al- 
lowed in it. It is best, how- 
ever, not to let any space be- 
tween carriage and wall be 
used as a passageway, and 
to have no entrances to it 
through the wall. 

Extensions for Head 
Blocks. To prevent a log 
Courtesy of h. m. Land's Sons Co. being thrown over the head 

Fig. 13. Circular Saw Guard and Lever Lock. blocks at the carriage meU) 

extension guards should be bolted to the tops of the blocks. These may be 
slightly curved at the top, as shown in Fig. 10 (page 23), or have hooks there, 
as shown in Fig. 11 (page 23). 

Sheaves. Carriage feed cable sheaves should be substantially hooded, 
as shown in Fig. 12 (page 24), to prevent a man crossing in a hurry, and 
naturally watching the carriage, from getting his foot caught between sheave 
and rope or getting an arm caught there if he should fall. A heavy timber is 
securely fastened on each side of the sheave, extending well in front and back 
of it and coming up as high as the carriage will allow. At each end these are 
bevelled down to the floor. Across the tops of these is a substantial sheet metal 
cover. This is bent down at the front, to reach the floor, with a slot in it to 
let the cable go through. At the back it can be left open, as shown, or can have 
a hinged end coming down to the floor. The underneath part of a sheave 
should also be enclosed when low enough down for anyone to come in con- 
tact with it, the side guards extending well below the bottom, and the whole 
return portion of the carriage feed cable running underneath the mill floor 





^^iS 


^ Y jt\ 




1 fedL \ 


r ' 





26 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



should be covered or guarded. Sheaves of cables operating rope feed set works 
should also be hooded, as shown in Fig. 12 (page 24). 

Gears, Couplings, Etc. All couplings, ends of shafts, set work gears and 
head block gears should be protected with heavy metal guards. When steam 
feed is used, the gears on the drum of the feed should be enclosed. So should 
frictions when such are used to drive the drum. 

Care in Operation. The sawyer should operate the carriage with care, 
even if the head of the mill is behind the tail in the work. If the carriage 
is started before the dogs are set, the log may slip off against him, fall off 
on the off-bearers, or knock a setter or dogger off the carriage. The sawyer 
should be careful to reverse in time 
to avoid hitting the bumpers 
violently. The nigger should be 
worked with judgment, especially if 
it has a hook to pull logs off the 
deck and on to the carriage, to avoid 
throwing a log over to the carriage 
with too great force- 

CIRCULAR MILL. 

The saw of a circular mill should 
always have a disk splitter, or wedge 
wheel, close behind it, to help pre- 
vent wood from binding. This 
splitter should extend about six 
inches above the arbor and should 
be very strong and securely fastened. 
It is well also to have a device to 
prevent the sawyer or anyone else 
falling against the saw. Such a 
device is shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). 
It consists of an upright piece with 
a cross-piece, and is made of 4 x 4 

pine and painted blue. Where the Courtesy of Paullson-Ellingson Lumber Co. 

mill is double, the top saw should Fig- *4- Lever Guard and Lock, 

be covered down to the arbor with an adjustable hood supported from above. 
A properly counterweighted hood can also be used for much work done with 
a single saw mill. 

Shield for Sawyer and Lever. There should be a substantial metal or 
wooden fencing in front of where the sawyer stands, to protect his hands 
on the carriage lever, and his body, and to prevent anything striking the lever. 
Metal makes a better guard than wood, as it will keep a flying inserted 
tooth from hitting the sawyer. Some circular mills come furnished with a 
semi-circular cast-iron hood inside which the sawyer stands. A home-made 
hood can be made by cutting an iron pipe of large diameter in two and 
fastening half of it to the floor with iron flanges. Above this guard a heavy 
wire screen should be attached, to protect the sawyer's eyes against flying 




SAW MILL 



27 



bark, knots, slivers, stones, spikes, etc. A home-made guard, of plank below 
and wire mesh above, is shown in Fig. 14 (page 26).- The Dittbener lever 
guard, which encloses the run of the lever and has a detachable arm shield, 
is shown in Fig 15. Even a substantial maple strip, set in proper position, 
will ward off a slab coming back and make it pass by the lever. 

Lock for Lever. The lever for operating the carriage should always 
have an efficient lock. One common type consists of a square or oblong 
piece of iron, with a hole cut out on one side to fit around the lever, hinged 
to another piece fastened to the floor. The first piece is bent up on the 
notched side, so the sawyer can kick it over into place around the lever. 
Another method of locking is by means of a bolt passing through a hole in 
the lever, the bolt being supported by a standard fastened to the Moor. 
Sometimes a bent clevis is dropped over the lever from a standard at the side, 
a pin being then inserted through holes in the ends of 
the clevis, as shown in Fig. 14 (page 26). A small 
band sliding down oxer a standard alongside the lever, 
as shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). is often used, and is also 
arranged to be locked with a padlock. The cross lever 
shown in this picture is much safer than the old style 
lever working parallel with the carriage, especially when 
no guard protects both sawyer and lever. It also enables 
the sawyer to see the logs going on the carriage better. 
Guide. The guide should be so arranged that it 
can be adjusted without the sawyer having to go closer 
to the saw than his usual position. In many modern 
mills this adjustment is done by means of a hand wheel 
within easy reach of the sawyer. 

Inserted Teeth. Inserted teeth, which are much 
Courtesy of used where no rock saw is employed, should be set in 

Diamond Iron Works. . 1111 -,, ,, 

_. and securely locked with the utmost care, to prevent 

Fig. 15. Dittbener Lever . , • 1 • 1 1 a ■ 

„ , their working loose and living:. 

Guard. ' J & 




BAND MILL. 

Housing. To protect the sawyer, the off-bearers, the carriage men and 
others in the vicinity, in case the saw breaks, the part of the band mill above 
the floor should be substantially enclosed as fully as possible. The upper 
wheel should be entirely housed, and as much of the saw as is practicable. 
Fig. 16 (page 28) shows an enclosure with lifting door for access to the saw. 
A somewhat different arrangement is shown in Fig. 17 (page 29). The lower 
door swings outward on hinges and the upper door swings up by rope and 
pulley. Guards with doors are safer than the stationary enclosures with room 
inside for working about the saw. They bring the housing closer to the 
machine, yet afford ready access. Another enclosure for a band mill is shown 
in Fig. 9 (page 22). A telescopic band mill should be housed in the same 
way, and the counterweight should be boxed its entire run. In addition to the 
housing, the band sawyer should have in front a substantial shield for him- 



28 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



self and the carriage feed lever, similar to that described under the heading 
"Circular Mill," and there should be an efficient lock for the lever. Fig. 9 
(page 22) shows the lever locked and a chain attached to the pin. 

Rock Saw. When a rock saw is used to cut out, or give warning of, rocks, 
dirt and pieces of metal in the top of the log, this saw should be well counter- 
weighted, so it will swing up in the clear when not in use. It should also be 
hooded as fully as possible, by suction hood or otherwise, to prevent anyone 
falling on it or coming in contact with it when oiling or climbing on a log on 
the deck or carriage. Fig. 18 (page 29) shows a suction hood guard on a 
rock saw. The same hooding should be done when a rock saw frame has a 
planing head in it instead of a saw 
with inserted teeth. When logs are 
sawed which have been rafted down 
rivers, held together by chains at- 
tached to dogs at their ends, they 
should be barked with an ax or adze 
before being put on the carriage, un- 
less a rock saw is used. These dogs 
sometimes break off, leaving their 
points in the logs. 

Care in Operation. When the 
band mill is not double-cutting, and 
the carriage has no automatic set-off, 
the sawyer should watch the log 
very carefully as it comes back. A 
shim sticking out from the cut may 
catch the rear edge of the saw and 
throw it off the wheel, causing much 
damage if not personal injuries. The 
upper guide should be kept carefully 
adjusted to proper position under 
varying conditions. If it is set too 

low, the log may tear Off the guide Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

and throw the blade out ; if too high, Fig. 16. Housing for Band Mill, 

the too limber blade is likely to break as well as make bad lumber. Some 
guides have a safety attachment, by which the guide is immediately detached 
if a log being fed to the saw comes in contact with it. 

The sawyer should keep a close watch on what is going on down the rolls, 
so as not to cause an accident by sending cants too rapidly to them. If one 
cant comes along and hits another, men are apt to be badly injured. In many 
ways much depends on the sawyer's quick and cool judgment and his keen 
observance of all that is taking place. When there is no clutch by which the 
band mill can be stopped alone, there should be within easy reach of the saw- 
yer means of sounding a loud whistle, audible all over the mill, when the mill 
has to be shut down on account of the band mill, or when it is to be started 
up again. A band saw should never be touched, for oiling or other purpose, 
inside the housing while it is in motion. 




SAW MILL 



29 




Saw. When a saw is cracked, it should be withdrawn from use until it has 
been brazed. Drilling a hole to prevent a crack from spreading is as bad a 
custom as it is common. Saws should be watched carefully to discover the 

beginning; of cracks, which should be 
repaired at once. 

Short Side Band Mill. The pro- 
tection outlined above should be given 
also to the short side band mill when 
one side of a double saw mill is used 
for sawing up cants turned out by the 
head saw on the long side. 

EDGERS. 

The edger is one of the most 
dangerous machines in a saw mill, and 
needs to be well guarded against ma- 
terial being kicked back, against the 
nving of slivers, knots, etc., and 
against contact with the fast-moving 
driving apparatus. 

Courtesy of Squaiv Creek Lumber Co. Pressure Rolls. To guard against 

Fig. 17. Housing for Band Mill. kicking, an edger should have heavy 

pressure rolls both in front and back of the saws. It is often advisable to 
have two rolls in each place, and when the work is very heavy, as in sawing 
up large cants, also to apply steam pressure. Pressure rolls should always be 
kept in good condition 
and properly adjusted, 
and, when steam pres- 
sure is used, it is impor- 
tant that the steam ar- 
rangements be kept in 
the best of order. 

Finger Guards. Ad- 
ditional mechanical safe- 
guards against kicking 
are often provided. One 
of these is the so-called 
finger guard, consisting 
of fingers hung at such 
an angle that stock can 
easily be fed under them, 

but it is impossible tO Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

bend them back. If the Fig. 18. Guard for Rock Saw. 

stock pinches and starts to kick back, the fingers dig into it and hold it. 
Sometimes, as on the Pacific Coast, these fingers are placed back of the saws, 
in front of the back pressure roll, but usually they are suspended from a bar in 




3° 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Ingram Lumber Co. 

Fig. 19. Finger Guards for Edger. 



front of the front pressure roll, as shown in Fig. 19- The picture shows a board 

going through at the right, pushing up the fingers as it enters. 

Another safety attachment, with which the American Wood Working Ma- 
chinery Co. equips one of its gang rip- 
ping machines, is shown in Fig. 20. 
The stock passes under the front pres- 
sure roll and then under the four steel 
dogs of the safety attachment, which raise 
readily for the infeed but block the board 
absolutely against returning. The guard 
is attached to the swing. 

Flybacks. There are several ways 
of guarding edgermen against flying 
slivers, knots, edgings, etc. One of the 
best is to hang a heavy wire screen in 
front of the saws, as shown in Fig. 21 
(page 31). Such a guard should be hung 
as low as possible without interfering 
with the edgerman's view of the saws. 
Sometimes a solid apron of planking is 
suspended from the ceiling, resting on 
the top of the front pressure roll. An- 
other method is to have a solid cover of 
wood or wire mesh over the entire top 

of the machine, as shown in Fig- 22 (page 32). Where this is done a screen 

should also be hung in front. A good way of covering the top of an edger 

used to cut dimension lumber is shown in Fig. 23 (page 32). It is a complete 

guard from the roll in front over the top. A wire screen can be used when it 

is necessary to see the saws. 

When the front pressure roll is attached to a swinging frame, the open 

part of this frame is sometimes filled in with wire mesh. It is advisable also 

to carry a curving shield back over 

the saws, or to house the top of the 

machine. Fig. 24 (page 33) shows 

a heavy Pacific Coast edger with a 

board guard extending up from the 

front roll, the lower part hinged so 

as to work with the roll. When no 

front pressure roll is used, a plank 

is sometimes suspended in front of 

the saws, as shown in Fig. 25 (page 

33). This should be hung as low 

as possible, to help prevent lumber 

from climbing. 

Care in Operation. Kicking can be due to other causes than the stock 

pinching and climbing the saws before it reaches the back pressure roll, a knot 

or change in grain being struck, or a split or loose edging getting jammed or 




Courtesy of American JVood Working Machinery Co. 

Fig. 20. Edger Dog Guard. 



SAW MILL 



3' 



dropping in front of the feeding-out roll- The edgerman should be careful to 
put his stock through straight. If fed at an angle, it will jam and may kick. 
When several pieces are fed in at once, special care should be taken to send 
them in straight, as otherwise they are apt to get twisted up and cause an 
accident. Stuff should not be forced through too fast, nor pieces of different 
thickness fed in at once. 

It is dangerous to raise a front or back pressure roll before the stock is 
clear of the saws. This is likely to allow warped or " snaky " lumber to get on 
top of the saws and be thrown back. The rear pressure roll should never be 
raised while stock is going through, if this can be avoided. When it is raised 
for a thick piece of stock following a much thinner one, the lever should never 
be placed in the notch intended to hold it while cleaning up is going on or new 
saws being put in. When it is necessary to raise the pressure roll, the edger- 
man should step to one side. A block should never be used for holding up a 
pressure roll when 
working on the saws. 
The lever should al- 
ways be used, and 
locked. 

It is a bad prac- 
tice to lift the front 
pressure roll when a 
piece of edging or 
something else gets 
stuck about the saws 
and try to get the 
piece out with a 
stick, so the saws will 
not get hot and wab- 
ble, making poor lum- 
b e r. The piece 
should be taken out 
from the back or side of the machine. Dull saws should never be used as they 
are very likely to cause kicking. Wearing of gloves by edgermen working on 
short lever edgers should be avoided, but, if gloves are worn, they should be of 
canvas or other material that will tear easily, rather than of buckskin. 

When there is no front pressure roll, it has been found advantageous to file 
the saws with a hook, to carry the stock back without pressure roll until it 
comes between the back feed and back pressure roll. This will tend to pre- 
vent lumber from kicking back before reaching the back roll and being pre- 
vented by it from creeping on top of the saws. The edger shown in Fig. 25 
(page 33) has its saws filed in this manner, and is equipped with two back 
pressure rolls. 

Short Lever Edger. The operator of the short lever edger, much used on 
the Pacific Coast, is in great danger of getting his hand caught in the rolls and 
pulled into the saws, either by following up stock with his hands when he is 
hurrying to keep up with the head saw, or by reaching in to prevent a picaroon 



' "4-lltfL 


V 




M 

■■ 

- - r- 


\S 


_-_ 1 


IrBffilfll 

li'!;S' , ;;i:; ;: : : .'--^-v : ''. 


vQ*^lt*>^wfcSS! 



Courtesy of Menominee Bay Shore Lumber Co. 

Fig. 21. Wire Screen for Edger. 



3 2 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



that has got caught from going into the saws. An operator is also apt to be 
pulled into the rolls by his clothing getting caught in them.' Fig. 26 (page 34) 
shows a bar guard against these dangers and that of an operator's hand, care- 
lessly placed on one of the vertical side rollers "when the pressure roll is up, 
being crushed by the pressure roll as it comes down. Such a bar should extend 
out 14 to 20 inches in front of the pressure roll. 

A finger roll in front of the pressure roll and adjustable with it would be a 
better guard. It could easily be used with a pressure roll which raises straight 
up and could be made to adjust with even a swing roll by a proper arrange- 
ment of cams. 

Belts, Gears, Etc. There is often a narrow passageway between an edger 
and neighboring rolls, and all the gearing, belting, sprockets and chains, etc., 
should be exceptionally well guarded. The gears operating the rolls of an 





Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 22. Solid Cover over Edger Top. 



Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 

Fig. 23. Edger Top and Front Covered. 



edger should be entirely boxed in, preferably with a strong metal covering. 
Drive belts and pulleys should be boxed up, as edgers are run at very high 
speed. If the belt comes from below, the boxing should fully protect the floor 
opening; if from above, it should extend up at least six feet. A boxing is 
shown in Fig. 24 (page 33). In Fig. 27 (page 34) the gears and drive pulleys 
are shown partially boxed. Complete covering is preferable. 



GANG SAWS. 

Any opening in the floor for the machinery to pass through should be 
fenced. The run of the crank above the floor shoujd be enclosed, and all gear- 
ing and sprockets and chains above the floor should be covered. There should 
be an efficient lock to prevent the pressure rolls coming down on men 



SAW MILL 



33 



working between the upper and lower rolls. Pressure rolls of ample weight 
should be used, and., if their weight is supplemented by steam pressure, the 
steam arrangements should be kept in the best of condition. 

Means should be pro- 
vided for locking the ma- 
chinery from below the floor 
so that it cannot be started 
from above when a man is 
working below. If there is 
no such locking arrange- 
ment, a warning sign should 
be placed above to show that 
some one is working below- 
It is well to have such a sign 
in any case. 

TRIMMERS. 




Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 24. Pacific Coast Edger Guarded. 



Drop Saw Trimmers. 
The end trim saws of drop 
saw trimmer tables should be 



guarded at side and bottom. A pipe railing to keep anyone from getting too 
close is best. Where there is not room for this, heavy planking, firmly secured 
to the floor, can be set up close to the saw. The top of the saw when tripped 
up can be protected by a hood or board 
suspended from the ceiling or the rear. 
Any exposed sprockets of feeding 
chains should also be guarded. 

When the saws are tripped from 
directlv in front of the table, a slant- 



ing fence should run along the entire 



front, extending from table top to floor 
with slots in it for the tripping levers. 
The posts of the fence can fit into holes 
in the floor, so it can be lifted out of the 
way when necessary. The pulleys and 
shaft along the front of the table are 
dangerous, and belts sometimes fly out. 
It is safer to have these saws operated 
by hand levers or foot treadles at one 
end of the machine, or from an elevated 
cage, rather than for each saw to be 
tripped from directly in front. 

To protect against flybacks, etc., a 
substantial guard, suspended from the 
ceiling, should hang down in front of the saws as low as possible without inter- 
fering with the trim man's view. This should extend the full length of the 
table, so as to give protection no matter what saws are used. Not only do 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 25. Plank in Front of Edger Saws. 



34 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



these saws throw knots, slivers, etc., but sometimes lumber is kicked if it goes 
into them at an angle and jams. Such a guard can be made of solid planking, 
or filled in with wire mesh. The mesh screen is better, as it enables the guard 

. to hang lower and yet allow 
the saws. to be seen. A good 
guard of this type is shown 
in Fig. 28 (page 35). It comes 
clear down to the table, and 
swings out on hinges as the 
chains or lumber comes in 
contact with it. 

To prevent anyone fall- 
ing on such saws, they can 
well be guarded by a long; 
hood extending the entire 
width of the table directly 
over the saws. Such a hood 
can be suspended from the 
ceiling in such a way that it 
can easilv be raised or low- 



■ 


/ 


' "'-J 

1 m\ 






m 

i- 

... 


'V*' . 


-.--_-!.*•- '*jL 


"t 




ec - - 




• : »r-i 








■ ---' - 


11M 1 m 








■■: 















Courtesy of C. D. Danaher. 

Fig. 26. Bar Guard for Edger Roll. 



ered when necessary, and can be steadied by running the upright supports at 
either end in guides. The top of the hood should come down almost to the 
highest point of the saws when tripped up. A solid hood can be used whenever 
the saws are not tripped from an elevated cage. 

Oiling of such saws should be done only when they are not running, as at 
morning and noon and at times when the mill is shut down during the day 
to change saws. Bad accidents have occurred when men have crawled under 
the back of such a table to fill oil cups while the saws were running. Oiling 
while the saws are in motion should not be necessary, but if there is any 
chance of its ever being done the under parts of the saws should be guarded 
by shields which will 
also protect the oiler 
against contact with the 
return part of the feed 
chains or with the 
sprocket wheels at the 
rear of the table. 

The man feeding a 
trimmer should be very 
careful to have the stock 
go in straight, as other- 
wise not only is the 

likelihood Of flybacks and Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

kicking greatly increased Fi S- 27. Edger Belts, Pulleys and Gears Guarded, 

but the jamming may result in breaking the saw to pieces. It is safest to have 
lumber run over to a trimmer table by transfers, if possible, and not have it 
transferred by hand from the live rolls. 




SAW MILL 



35 



Overhead Trimmers. The overhead, or undercut, drop trimmers are mi »re 
dangerous than the ones tripped up from underneath the table, as they are 
very apt to kick backward. For this reason they should always have' a sub- 
stantial guard of heavy timber back of them, as shown in Fig. 29 (page 36), 
coming down as low as possible. Many a man working on a conveyor behind 
such trimmers, or pushing a truck of lumber there, has been badly hurt for 
want of such a guard. This picture also shows a board guard for the end trim. 

These trimmers should also be well guarded in front, to prevent anyone 
falling on the saws. Fig. 30 (page 36) shows individual wooden hoods, and 
Fig. 31 (page 37) shows a plank guard 
swung from above and steadied 
against w T ooden- supports. The latter 
picture also shows an inverted trough 
electric light reflector to throw light 
directly on the saws and the lumber, 
and, beyond the end trim at the ex- 
treme right, a sliding fence to pre- 
vent anyone getting too near that saw. 
These end trims should always be 
fenced off so that no one can get near 
them, especially when a narrow space 
adjoining can be used as a passage- 
way. Sometimes men going to a con- 
veyor behind will step close to an end 
trim. Then they may trip on some 
refuse wood that is lying on the floor 
and fall on the saw. This picture 
shows a swinging pipe railing placed 
to guard the end trim. Hoods for over- 
head trimmers should be open on top 
or otherwise so arranged that they 
will not obstruct the operator's view 
of the saws. Piping hoods can be 
used, if preferred, and these have de- 
cided points of advantage over 
wooden ones. 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 

Fig. 28. Trimmer Flyback Guard. 



Transfer Chains. When lumber is carried to trimmer tables by transfer 
chains, the holes where these chains go through the floor after delivering the 
lumber to the table chains are very dangerous points, as men's feet are apt 
to be forced into them by the brackets. These holes are often torn out by 
brackets carrying knots and pieces of wood into them. Such a hole should 
never be larger than just enough for the brackets to go through it- Wear 
can best be prevented by having the hole cut in an iron plate set into the floor. 

It is advisable also to have in front of these holes a swinging plank, run- 
ning lengthwise, suspended from above at a height sufficient to let any 
material pass beneath it. This will act as a warning to a man getting near 
one of these holes before his foot can be caught by a bracket and pulled in. 



36 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Fig. 29. Plank Guard Back of Overhead Trimmers. 



Working on Tables. With both drop saw and overhead trimmers men 
often have to get up on the table to straighten out lumber. This should never 
be done when it can be avoided, as the men are apt to be caught by the chains 

and thus get into the 
saws. To protect them 
when it is unavoidable, 
the saws should be 
hooded whenever pos- 
s i b 1 e, or otherwise 
guarded as fully as they 
can be. 

Where the saws 
are not hooded or 
otherwise protected, a 
pipe railing is some- 
times run along about 
two feet in front of the 
saws, suspended from the ceiling and steadied by uprights at each end of the 
table. This rail, which is usually about three feet above the table, will tend to 
keep a man away from the saws and will also give him something to catch 
hold of if he should get caught in the chains. 

Swing Trims. Swing trims should be guarded in similar fashion to swing 
saws generally (see index). There should be a sheet steel shield over the top 
of the saw and on either side, there should be a limit stop for the saw's run, 
the belt should be guarded 
near the handle, the ma- 
chine should be housed at 
the back with a protection 
coming up at least as high 
as the top of the saw, and 
the saw should be hung on 
the side of the frame further 
from the way the lumber 
comes up so that the opera- 
tor will not have to stand 
directly in front of it. 

The most essential 
point, however, is good 
counterweighting. There 
should always be a station- 
ary counterweight, attached 
to the frame, never a rope 
counterweight. When a 
saw is balanced by a lot of 

junk attached to a cable running over a small sheave, the cable is apt to break 
when the operator lets the saw go back with a jolt, and, as he then is usually 
shoving lumber along in front of the saw, he is pretty sure to be injured. 




Fig. 30. 



Overhead Trimmers Hooded and End Trim 
Guarded. 



SAW MILL 



37 



Fig. 32 (page 38) shows a swing trim properly hung and equipped with a 
home-made stationary counterweight and with a stop above the counter- 
weight box to prevent the saw from coming out too far. The saw is boxed 
at the back and has a shield over the top and one side. If the counterweight 
is attached to a swing bar, it should be prevented from falling by a safety 
chain supported from above, and another safety chain should restrict the saw's 
run. All swing trims should be equipped with a loose pulley and a belt shifter. 

When a horizontal swing saw is used, it should be made fast when up, 
dependence not being placed on the counterweight alone, and when not in use 
should be shut down. The upper part of such a saw should be hooded on top 
and sides. 

Jump or Bed Trims. When a jump trim is brought up through the table 
or rolls by a foot treadle, which is often merely a cap on top of a shaft like 
a bell treadle, there 
should be a sub- 
stantial board or iron 
at back and front of 
the treadle, so that 
no one running along 
the floor can step on 
the treadle and bring 
up the saw while a 
man is working on 
the rolls or table. The 
trim man often has 
to get up there to 
straighten a cant and 
sometimes he stands 
directly over the saw. 
The saw may also be 
torn to pieces and 
thrown in all direc- 
tions if a cant should strike it when so brought up. A better arrangement for a 
jump saw is to have its normal position back of the rolls or table, the saw being 
brought forward and through by a pull. Such a saw when at rest, and its run 
to rolls or table, should be completely boxed in. 

A home-made guard for a bed saw can be devised by suspending four sub- 
stantial strips from the ceiling, making a square frame at the bottom, and 
leaving space enough beneath for material to go through. This makes it im- 
possible for anyone to get directly over the saw without crawling under the 
guard, which is not likely. A bed trim should be protected under the table. 
There should always be a limit stop so the saw can come up only so far. When 
such a saw is counterweighted, this can be effected by having the counter- 
weight come up against a positive stop. 

When a jump saw is brought up through the table by a hand lever, as is 
often done in the case of lighter sorts of work, it can be effectively guarded in 
the manner shown in Fig. t,t, (page 39), which illustrates a German device. 




Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

Fig. 31. Flank Guards for Overhead Trimmers. 



38 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



The top of the saw can be covered when in use by a hood hung on a lever 
which swings around a bolt in an upright coming up from the back of 
the table and is counterbalanced by a weight in the rear of the table. As the 
saw is brought up through the slot the operator can at the same time bring 
down the hood, by means of the lever handle, on the stock to be cut. The saw 
blade will thus run below the hood. Such a hood will prevent many an injury 
due to an operator having one hand on the stock over the saw slot when he 
brings up the saw. Underneath the table the saw can be protected by an ample 
board guard on each side. 

Fig. 34 (page 39), of another German device, shows how this hood can be 
made to work automatically. The hood hangs on the jointed lever (n o p), 
which swings around the pivot (m). When the saw is under the table the 
hood is drawn up by a bolt (p) which slides in a slot in the lever. When 

the saw is lifted for the cut, the bolt releases the 
lever and a counterweight (1) pulls the hood 
down over the saw. A hood of this kind not 
only guards the sawyer but helps hold the 
stock firmly in place on the table, if it is as sub- 
stantial as it should be. 

Neither jump nor swing trims should be 
speeded too high, as they have hard work to do, 
and the saw, if running too fast, may stick in 
big timber or may break when jammed into it. 

Care of Saws. Whatever its kind, a trim 
saw should be inspected frequently. A cracked 
saw should never be used, nor should a hole be 
bored at the end of a crack to prevent its 
spreading. No trim saw should be continued in 
use when it runs out of true. 




SLAB SLASHERS. 



Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

Fig. 32. Swing Trim Guarded. 

Slab slashers should be guarded in prac- 
tically the same manner as overhead' trimmers, in front to protect the slasher 
men against contact with the saws and against flying pieces of a broken saw, 
and in the rear to guard men working there against pieces kicked back. The 
end saws should also be guarded, though they are not usually quite so near 
the ends of the table as end trims. Slasher saws should be carefully inspected 
every day, as they have very hard work to do and are put to a great strain. 

Methods of Guarding. Fig. 35 (page 40), Fig. 36 (page 40), and Fig. 
37 (page 41) show an excellent method of guarding slashers in front, on top 
and in the back, by means of heavy planking. In Fig. 35 the swinging front 
guard is shown hanging well down over the saw. Fig. 36, an end view, shows 
how the saws are guarded on top and in back, as well as in front, while Fig. 
37 shows how the front guard can be swung out and the top one turned up on 
its hinges. Another form of guard is shown in Fig. 38 (page 41). consisting 
of planking suspended from the ceiling both in front and back of the saws, 



SAW MILL 



39 




with an opening in front for access to the saws. Another view of this guard 
is shown in Fig. 19 (page 30), illustrating edger finger guards. 

Still another method is to put a V-shaped covering over the tops of the 
saws, supporting it from brackets brought out 
from a wall or framework at the rear and also by 
chains attached higher up. A heavy plank is 
sometimes placed well down in front of the saws, 
with an individual hood for the top of each saw, 
as shown in Fig. 23 (page 32), a picture used to 
illustrate edger guarding. Individual hoods, of 
wood or metal, as shown in Fig. 39 (page 42) and 
Fig. 40 (page 42) are often used for front protec- 
tion. Such hoods should be so that they can 
easily be swung back, when necessary, and there 
should always be a shield back of the saws. 

Transfer Chains. When two sets of chains are Courte p °f North German 11 

workers . Iss n. 

used to get slabs to slasher saws, the same safety Fig. 33. Hood for Trim Saw. 
precautions should be taken as in the case of 

overhead trimmers. If both sets run on the same level, the danger of feet get- 
ting drawn into holes can be avoided by having the first set of chains continue 
on and go over the outside sprockets, instead of dropping through the floor 
and taking hold of the first shaft handling the transfer chains to the slashers. 
Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 41 (page 43). It saves general breakage, 
too, as the brackets cannot back up pieces and crowd them down through the 
floor. This picture also shows a plank guard in front of the saws. 

The suspended pipe railing guard mentioned in connection with trimmers 
is sometimes used also for slashers which are not protected by hoods or plank- 
ing guards. A slasher man is not only apt to get caught in the chains, but he 
is also likely to slip on a slimy slab. 

When slasher chains run far across the floor of a mill, there should be 
bridges crossing them, to prevent men walking among the chains to get from 

one end of the mill to the other. 
When saws have to be oiled, the last 
set of chains, if there are two, should 
be stopped, as well as the saws. All 
transfer and carrier chains leading 
to trimmer or slasher saws should be 
so arranged that they can easily be 
thrown out, bv clutch or otherwise. 




HORIZONTAL BAND RESAW. 



Courtesy of North German Woodz^orkers' Ass' 

Fig. 34. Hood for Trim Saw. 



This saw should have its wheels 
entirely housed. Where the upper 
side of the saw is not used for the cutting, this should be included in the hous- 
ing, leaving nothing exposed except where the stock passes in and out. 
Whether the table is of the roll bed type or is a slat table with live press rolls, 



40 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



there is great danger in feeding stock. The man feeding often leans on the 
front end of the stock to carry it in straight, and is thus likely to be caught 
in the feed apparatus, either by letting his hands follow in too far or by another 

piece of lumber coming along and hit- 
ting him. This danger is increased by 
the tendency of the chains often used 
for feeding-out to sag from stretching. 
In some machines the dangerous parts 
are set further back from the feed en- 
trance than is usually the case, but the 
hazard is great enough even then. 

Hood and Apron Guards. Owing 
to the wide range of thickness in ma- 
terial to be worked on such a saw, it is 
difficult to provide an adequate guard, 
but partial protection can be given. 
One method is to bring a hood-like 
cover over from the top of the machine 
down as far as will permit the thickest 
stock to go through. Such a guard is 
shown in Fig. 42 (page 44). The stock 
fed to the machine illustrated varies 




Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 
Fig- 35- Slashers Guarded, Front View. 



in thickness from 5-8 inch to 12 inches, and the distance from the bottom of the 
guard to the top of the table is 12 1-2 inches. This picture also shows the 
wheels housed. 

Another method is to bring out metal arms from the machine frame at the 
height of the top of the feed opening, 
and attach to a cross-piece at the ends 
of these arms a swinging apron of wire 
mesh with a roll, or a row of wheels set 
some distance apart, on the bottom. 
The apron will be swung in and up by 
the stock as it comes along, but will 
drop back again after the stock has 
passed by. The operator can see the 
machine and stock all the time, but he 
will be warned by his hands touching 
the apron, or roll or wheels, that he is 
getting into danger. 

When the hood method is used, it 
is advisable' when possible to have also 
a metal bar well in front of the hood, 
supported from the machine frame at 
a height just sufficient to let stock pass 
beneath it. Such a bar alone is sometimes used, but it is not as effective 
as the other methods of guarding-. 




Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 

Fig. 36. Slashers Guarded, End View. 



SAW MILL 



4' 



WOOD SAWS. 

Where fire wood is manufactured from slabs and -edgings, they 
cut up by a gang of circular saws like slab slashers, the stuff being 
inclined table on chains on which 
they are placed from the conveyor. 
The table should be long enough so 
the man placing stock on it cannot 
reach the saws in endeavoring to 
straighten stock on the chains. These 
saws should be guarded like slasher 
saws, with especially good provision 
against kicking. When a cut-off saw, 
like a shingle cut-off, is used for this 
purpose, the saw should have a board 
suspended down over it in front of the 
crown and should be fenced in the 
rear. A good alternative is to cover the 
saw with a hood. 



are often 
fed up an 



LIVE ROLLS. 




of Kelley & Mayc 



Fig. 37. Slashers Guarded, Guards Raised 
from Saws. 



The live rolls used as transfers 
from head saws to edgers or slashers, 
and elsewhere in the mill, have caused 
many accidents, chiefly through the 
gears or sprockets and chains used to 
drive them, and, in mills of old construc- 
tion, through the necessity of going- 
over the rolls to pass across the mill. 
The driving gear is very dangerous, as 
the men have to work close to the rolls, 
often leaning over them when a piece 
has canted, and the rolls are usually 
reversible. Frequently, too, men un- 
familiar with the hazard are called upon 
to help out the regular men. 

Gears, Sprockets, Etc. Driving 
gears or sprockets and chains and the 
shaft which drives them, with its 
dangerous couplings and key-ways, 
should be entirely enclosed on top, bot- 
tom and sides. They can be boxed in 
with plate or heavy planking (with 
doors, if desired, at necessary points 

of access), or can be covered by such a table and lifting apron arrangement, 
shown in Fig. 43 (page 44). as is used in steel mills to guard driving gear of 
roller tables. The rolls should be of enough diameter to allow of complete 




Courtesy of Ingram Lumber Co. 

Fig. 38. Board Guards for Slab Slashers. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Fig. 39. Wooden Hoods for Slab Slashers. 



top covering, which should be very substantial, as heavy stuff often falls upon 
it. The diameter needs to be especially large when sprocket and chain drive 
is used. Fig. 44 (page 45) shows complete covering with heavy planking, the 

top covering also guard- 
ing the ends of the rolls 
so clothing cannot get 
caught in them. The in- 
verted trough above is a 
reflector for electric 
lights. Fig. 45 (page 45), 
a picture of rolls which 
extend out into the yard, 
shows also how the bot- 
tom of cog gearing can 
be covered substantially, 
yet cheaply. 

When metal top 
gear covers are furnished 
with rolls, heavy plank- 
ing should be set up 
along the side of the shaft, closed in at the bottom and its top level with the top 
of the table. When a cast iron roll is broken by a heavy cant, it should be re- 
placed at once, to avoid accident due to its damaged condition. 

Bridges Over Rolls. When it is necessary to cross rolls to get from one 
side of the mill to the other, or to get 
to the lath mill, there should be 
elevated bridges over the rolls at 
necessary points, and these bridges 
and the steps leading to them should 
have hand-rails, preferably double. 
Bridges are far preferable to passage- 
ways between the rolls. A good type 
of bridge is shown in Fig. 43 (page 
44). When neither bridges nor pass- 
ageways are used, special care should 
be taken to keep the table between 
the rolls in good condition. 

Care in Operation. Great care 
should be taken by all men con- 
trolling live rolls to avoid accidents 
to other men. The first off-bearer, or 
tail sawyer, should avoid sending 
timber down too fast, or it may 
smash into other timber ahead. He 
should also be careful to keep his hand off the lever when he is cleaning out 
around the head saw. Otherwise he may reverse the rolls and run cants back, 
or may send a cant down too rapidly. He should not attempt to handle alone 




Courtesy of C. Crane & 

Fig. 40. Metal 



Co. 

Hoods 



for Slashers. 



SAW MILL 



43 




■ «,*.«*)i.>4Vfa x- — - .-» — AtC — — . 



V 



a cant or slab too big for one man. There should always be enough men at 
hand to wedge off a cant or slab of any size. 

Men handling transfers in live rolls should always see that no one is in 
danger before tripping them. Transfer chains should be examined often to 
see they work properly and will not cant stock in throwing it off the rolls. 
The chains should raise to equal height when tripped and go well down be- 
tween the rolls when the trip is thrown off. 

TRANSMISSION. 

One of the most dangerous points in a saw mill or shingle mill is the first 
floor, or basement, in which is located the transmission by which the machinery 
above is driven. Generally speaking, this transmission, as well as that on the 
floor above, should 
be guarded as sug- 
gested in the chap- 
ter treating of 
Power Generation, 
Transmission, Etc., 
but the peculiar con- 
ditions below de- 
mand special care. 
Not only is there a 
great quantity of 
shafting, belts and 
pulleys, sprockets 
and chains, frictions, 
gearing, conveyors, 
etc.. here, but the 
machinery is very 
heavy, has to be run 
at unusually high 
speed, and requires 

much attention because of the severe strain put upon it by the peculiar nature 
of saw mill work, with its frequent abrupt throwing on and off of the load. 

Light, Signs, Etc. There should be plenty of light, artificial if not natural, 
especially at danger points. Whitewashing timbers and woodwork will help 
reflection, as well as contribute to neatness. As much light and free working 
space as possible should be provided, as a great deal of work has to be done 
while the machinery is in motion. Signs should be posted up warning every- 
one out of this section of the mill except those employed there. Employees 
should not be allowed to idle around. When men who work on the mill floor 
are compelled or permitted to use the ground floor as an entrance, doors and 
stairways should be put in so that ready and convenient access can be had to 
floors above without going among or about the machinery below. There 
should be plenty of buttons here as elsewhere in the mill for stopping the 
machinery quickly when necessary. Saw mill boilers and engines, on the 






iue^piJUftxalftp 




»t£fcmK*£fc? 



Fig. 41. Extended Transfer Chains. 



44 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 42. Hood for Horizontal Band Resaw 



ground floor of the mill or in adjacent buildings, should be protected as sug- 
gested in the chapter on Fower Generation, Transmission. Etc. 

Runways, Etc. Runways should give access to all places above reach from 

the floor where men have to oil, adjust or 
repair. These runways should have 
double hand-rails and toe boards, to pre- 
vent workmen or tools from falling into 
gears, sprockets, conveyors, frictions, 
belts, etc., below, which may not be en- 
tirely housed. Housing should always 
be done, however, whenever possible. 
Railed stairways should lead to runw r ays. 
Safe passageways should be provided be- 
tween or over any danger points to 
which it is impracticable to give close 
protection. 

Low Shafting, Etc. Too much care 
cannot be taken to protect low trans- 
mission apparatus, as the floor space is 
apt to be very congested and the oilers 
and millwrights are kept pretty busy 
most of the time. Any openings cut in 
the floor for large pulleys and low running belts and shafting should be sub- 
stantially fenced up to a height which will eliminate danger, and there should 
be toe boards to prevent anything falling into the holes. 

It is well to cover low shafting entirely, and this should always be done 
when near-by space is 
used as a passagew y ay. If 
it is not covered, set 
screws should be pro- 
tected or safety flanged 
collars used, key-ways 
should be covered, coup- 
lings boxed up, and shaft 
ends cut off or encased. 
Fig. 46 (page 46) shows 
a method of guarding 
low running pulleys and 
belts, which would be im- 
proved by having an- 
other rail half-way to the 
floor. Fig. 47 (page 46) 
shows a shaft 4 feet from 
the floor completely 
boxed, two couplings 
Fig. 48 (page 47) is 
The shafting- is all 




Courtesy of Carnegie Steel Co. 

Fig. 43. Live Roll Guards and Bridge Over Rolls, 
covered, and a big sprocket wheel protected, 
another good picture of guarded transmission, 
high enough to walk under, and there are high 



SAW MILL 



45 




elevated runways for oilers to reach places they cannot reach from the floor. 
Elevated Shafting. On account of the frequent necessity for work on 
or about it, elevated shafting should be especially well guarded. Protrud- 
ing set screws 
should be elimi- 
n a t e d, keyways 
covered, and dead 
ends cut off or en- 
cased. When a 
coupling is be- 
tween hangers, a 
metal covering can 
be fitted closely 
over it. When 
near a hanger or 
pillar, or the ceil- 
ing, a housing Can Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 
be built out. Fig- 44- Plank Guards for Live Rolls. 

Frictions, Gears, Belts and Pulleys. All frictions, gears, and sprockets 
and chains should be enclosed as fully as possible. Fig. 49 (page 48) shows 
such transmission covered on all sides, doors affording easy access at necessary 
times. In Fig. 50 (page 48) is shown how a big friction can be covered. The 
board covering on the rear side is stationary, while that on the front is hinged 
and can be lifted up as shown. 

Long horizontal belts driving the main line of shafting and the head saws 
should be fenced so that no one can walk into them. Fig. 51 ( page 49) shows 
an ingenious but simple scheme for getting safely through a main drive belt 

w here no passage- 
way could be made 
over or around it. If 
such a belt is ele- 
vated, its under side 
should be guarded, 
over all passage- 
wavs at any rate 
and preferably its 
entire run. The idler 
on the main drive 
belt should always 
be secured with 
chains, instead of 

Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. TOpeS, in addition to 

Fig. 45. Plank Guards for Live Rolls. a substantial frame. 

The web pulley, or a filled in pulley, is preferable, but any pulley near a plat- 
form or runway, or a passageway below, should be boxed or have a substantial 
board guard to prevent contact with it or its belt. 




4 6 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Conveyors. Conveyors should be entirely covered wherever possible, 
special attention being paid to turning points. In passing over a conveyor, 
even a slow-moving one, a man runs great risk of being caught in the chain 

and not being able to release him- 
self before reaching a danger point. 
Fig. 52 (page 49) shows effective 
guarding of conveyors, both those 
running upright and those on the 
floor being boxed in. A covering has 
been removed from one chain to 
show the method of boxing. 

Valves, Etc. The valves of the 
nigger and other steam feeds should 
be kept in the best of shape. The 
stuffing-box of the nigger should be 
kept properly packed. Nigger cylin- 
ders should be railed off to prevent 
persons being injured by escaping 
hot water. Any pit in which nigger 
cylinders are placed is especially in 
need of railing. Exhausts from all 
steam feeds should be carried out so 
there will be no chance of their in- 
juring anyone. 

General. The lower parts of the 
band or circular mills, and of any 
gang saws used, should be completely housed. All overhead sheaves carry- 
ing cables or ropes running carriage or set gears, or carrying rope transmission, 
should be guarded. The 
spokes and the parts of 
sheaves where the cable 
enters should -be entirely 
enclosed. All counter- 
weights should run close 
to the floor, as shown in 
Fig. 49 (page 48), or in 
enclosed guides. It is 
well to box counter- 
weights or have safety 
chains. 

STEAM FEEDS AND 
MACHINERY. 

Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

The utmost care Fig. 47. Guarded Transmission, 

should be taken of all steam arrangements and machinery. Every shift should 
make careful examination of these, each man examining everything with which 
he has to do. Steam should be turned on to see if the kicker, the deck stop,. 




Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 

Fig. 46. Guard for Low Belts and Pulleys 



!; BJ ■■'•ml ML 

'■&> sB E$ff •&' I 17 I s*^» '"* 



SAW MILL 



47 



the nigger, and the carriage are working right. The sawyer should examine 
his head saw, and the other men the machines and parts of equipment with 
which each has to do. When the head saw is changed, and the mill shut down, 
which is likely to be several times a day, every man should examine his ma- 
chine to see if it is in good condition, and oil it or do anything else necessary. 
Before starting up the engine again, the engineer should sound a signal 
which can be heard all over the mill, so that men cleaning up or working around 
the machinery can stop in time to avoid being hurt. Such a whistle should be 
sounded also before stopping, to avoid material being left in a machine, which 
will cramp and strain it and put extra strain on the engine and transmission 
when starting up. 

FILING ROOM. 

Suggestions for suitable mounting, equipment, guarding and operation of 

emery wheels will 
be found elsewhere 
in this book (see 
index). The floor of 
the filing roo m 
should be kept in 
good condition, and 
all shafting, coup- 
lings, set screws, cog 
gearing and belts 
and pulleys should 
be guarded as sug- 
gested in the chap- 
ter on Power Gen- 
eration, Transmis- 
sion, Etc. If the fil- 
ing room is located 
directly over the 
band mill, as is 
often the case, the 
sliding or lifting doors over the saw should be railed off, with an 
easily removable rail, so that no one will stand on them. Xot only is there 
special danger at this point in event of a saw breaking, but the doors are apt 
to be very light in order that they may be moved quickly when necessary. 




Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

Fig. 48. Guarded Transmission 



BLACKSMITH AND MACHINE SHOPS. 

Proper appliances should be supplied for handling heavy material with 
perfect safety. Floors should be kept in good condition and all transmission 
should be well guarded (see chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
Etc.). Back and change gears of lathes and gears on drill presses should be 
protected with covers. No protruding set screws should be allowed on drill, 
chucks. Tools should be watched for crystallization, and all chains should 
be annealed at necessary intervals. Small engines used in the machine shop 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



should be equipped, guarded and operated in the manner best calculated to 

assure safety (see index). When 
steam hammers are used, the valves 
should be kept in first class condition 
to prevent the hammer repeating. For 
drop hammers it is well to install a 
safety device which will prevent the 
hammer from accidentally dropping 
on an operator's hand. Under no cir- 
cumstances should an attempt be 
made to shrink a hollow piston on a 
piston rod, or even to heat a hollow 
piston, without first boring it or open- 
ing it in some manner. Otherwise it 
is apt to explode and cause severe 
injuries. 

THE YARD. 

If a sorting table supplied by 
sorting chains is used, the dangerous 
gears under the table driving the sort- 
ing chains and the table chains should 
be wholly enclosed, preferably in 
metal. The shafts running crossways 
under the table at each end should be 
guarded, and so should the gears of 
any live rolls that may be used at the 
front end of the table to carry stuff to 
a planing mill or a resaw shed. If the 
lumber is taken out of the mill by the 
drop system, running it down a slide 
at the tail to the platform, ground or 
wharf, the yard foreman should put 
only experienced and cool men on the 
job of sending stuff down the slide. A 
loud bell signal should be sounded to 
warn men below when lumber is com- 
ing. When the lumber is sent down 
on dead rolls set on an incline, these 
rolls should be boxed up high enough 
at the sides to prevent stuff from 
jumping off. There should also be a 
good signal system to prevent anyone 
at the bottom of the chute getting 

Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. Caught. 

Fig. 50. Big Friction Covered. Platforms and Runways. All 

platforms and runways over which lumber is handled should be watched 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 49. Transmission Guarded. 




SAW MILL 



49 



closely for defects. A competent man should have charge of keeping them up 
so that trucks won't break through and throw heavy lumber off. Holes should 
be repaired at once. Inclines on runways should be cleated, if possible. Stair- 

wavs leading to elevated runways or 
platforms should have hand-rails and 
toe boards, and the treads should be 
kept in good condition. 

When a platform is used for 
loading from, to cars or piles, there 
should be a heavy guard timber at 
the edge to keep trucks from running 
oft and falling on anyone below. 
When platforms are not used for 
loading over, they should be sub- 
stantially railed. 

Loading and Hauling. When 
lumber, shingles, or lath are loaded 
into box cars from a platform, there 
should be a safety gang-plank be- 
tween the car and the platform, 
spiked underneath at each end or 
equipped with other secure means of 
fastening. It is well to build a plat- 
form with which loading on to flat 
cars is done with an incline. Cars 
can then be moved along in the 




Courtesy of Dciian 



umber Co. 



Fig. 51. Safe Passageway Through Main 
Drive Belt. 



course of loading so that lumber need never be lifted up to the cars. Buildim 
the railroad on an 
incline will ac- 
complish the same 
purpose. Either 
will obviate also 
the danger of load- 
ing from a plat- 
form to a car way 
below it. At all 
inclined loading 
platforms there 
should be signs 
giving warning 
that cars run up 
so close that there 

is no Clearance. In Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

loading cars to be Ffe- &■ Conveyors Boxed in. 

coupled together, care should be taken not to load on one car lumber 
which will project over the coupling. Two cars should be coupled together 
for such long stuff. 




5° 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Hand and horse trucks and all other appliances used for conveying lum- 
ber to various parts of the yard should be inspected carefully and often. 
Wheels and bunks should be kept in good order. No vicious, kicking, or bit- 
ing horses should be used for haul- 
ing. In unloading horse or hand 
cars, the unloading should be done 
evenly from the top down, never off 
one side at a time. Otherwise the 
remainder of the load may over- 
balance and the bunks tip over. 

Cranes, Etc. Timber cranes 
should have all gears covered, and 
cables, hooks and tongs should be 
kept in good shape. Points of hooks 
and tongs should be kept sharp and 
not allowed to get bent. A good 
method of guarding gears is shown 
in Fig. 53. A safety hook is 
shown in Fig. 54. The handle 
" A " enables the operator to handle 
the hook without danger of get- 
ting his fingers caught, and the 
hump " B " prevents the hook from 
A pair of safety tongs is shown in 




Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 

Fig- 53- Crane Gears Covered. 



accidentally engaging with any object 
Fig. 55 (page 51). 

If a crane is worked by hand crank, there should be- safety locking devices 
to hold the handles on the shaft and a ratchet catch to lock the crane at any 
height and to prevent flying back. When cranes or block and tackle are sup- 
ported from a gin pole, the leverage should not be so 
high up that the pole may break under heavy strain. 
Only skilled men should erect such a pole. 

Lumber Piles and Sheds. Piles should be started 
on good foundations, and lumber should never be piled 
too high. Platforms used in passing lumber up should 
be made of good stock and the top boards should not 
extend far beyond the bracings, to prevent their tipping 
by a man standing outside a brace. There are safety 
lumber hoists which obviate the necessity for such pass- 
ing up, and also that of men leaning over the edges of 
piles. Ladders used at lumber piles, or elsewhere, should 
be spiked. Lumber pilers should wear leather aprons and 
square leather pieces strapped across the insides of their Courtes y °f National Tube Co. 
hands, as protection against splinters. In piling, watch ■ Flg * 54- Safety Hook 
should be kept for high voltage wires, where such are used. Care should be 
exercised in fastening the covers, or roofs, on lumber piles, as many serious 
injuries have been inflicted through loose covers being blown off. 




SAW MILL 



5i 




Lumber sheds should be well kept up. All stairways and open hatches 
should be railed, and the blocks and tackle used should be inspected often. 
When a shed has two stories, care should be taken not to pile so much lumber 

on the second story that the flooring will be likely to 
give way under the weight. 

General. Overhead conveyors carrying waste to 
the burner should have their sides boxed up so high 
that even large accumulations of stuff cannot fall off 
on men below, and should have substantial railed foot- 
walks along them. At the burner end of a conveyor 
there should be a tight fence, which can be opened if 
necessary, to prevent anyone falling into the burner. 
Reservoirs and all excavations should be fenced, and 
also the mill pond when possible. Live rolls should 
be guarded like those used in the mill, as they too are 
apt to be reversible. Ample light should be provided 
in yards at night, to prevent men falling into holes, 

etc. 

RAILROAD IN YARD. 

Tracks. Tracks should be at least 6 feet from 
permanent structures or piles of material, and ma- 
terial should not be allowed to lie along tracks. 
Courtesy of British Factory ^"^ where trolley poles are used, they should be far 
Fig. 55- Safety Tongs. enoug h f rom a track to prevent a man being caught 
between a pole and material overhanging from a car. No overhead wire or 
cable across a track should be low enough to come in contact with a man on 
the side or the top of a car. 

All fro-s and points between rails and ends of guard rails should be 
blocked, preferably with steel or iron, and the blocks should be kept 
in good shape. Tracks should 
be filled in at crossings with 
planks whose ends are bev- 
eled off, and wherever pos- 
sible all tracks should be sur- 
faced level with the ties be- 
tween the tracks and to the 
ends of the ties. Railroad 
trestles should be planked 
over above crossings, and 
should be equipped with safe 
walks provided with railings 

and toe boards. When tracks Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 

pass under runways or Fig. 56. Safety Gates to Railroad Track. 

bridges there should be telltales at each side, suspended from hanging 
boards to prevent their being thrown up out of the way. 

Switches should operate parallel with rails, instead of at right angles. 




WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Tracks on an incline and those entering buildings should be provided with 
derailing switches. There should be substantial bumping blocks at dead ends 
of tracks. All tracks should be carefully examined once a week as to their 

condition and that of 
safety devices. 

Cars and Engines. 
All cars, engines and 
equipment should be 
kept in good repair. 
Whenever possible, all 
cars should be equipped 
with air brakes and with 
automatic couplings. Flat 
cars should be provided 
with suitable side stakes. 
Locomotives should have 
efficient safety fenders, 
hung as low as possible. 
Guards and Warn- 
ings. Warning signs 
should be placed at door- 




Couricsy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 57. Guard at Railroad Track. 



ways near a track, at points where there is not ample clearance between a 
track and any fixed structure or pile of material, and at points of entrance 
to a track from which a full view of the track cannot be had. If possible, there 
should be bridges over crossings. At any rate there should be swinging gates 
marked " Danger," and these should be provided with red lights at night. A 
guard railing should be placed at a doorway near a track, in addition to a sign, 
and there should be gates at approaches between buildings to a track. 

Operation. A regu- 
lar system of whistles, 
or an automatic bell kept 
in good order, should be 
used to give warning of 
the approach of cars. 
Walking on the tracks 
should be positively pro- 
hibited. Only persons 
whose duty requires it 
should be allowed to ride 
on locomotives or trains. 
Jumping on or off trains 
in motion, other than by 
trainmen, should be for- 
bidden. Cars should not 

be speeded too high, and inclines should not be descended with more cars than 
can be safely handled, taking into consideration the condition of the track, wet 
or dry. 




of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 58. Frogs and Guard Rails Blocked. 



SAW MILL 



53 




A train should not be started until the engineer has received proper signal 
from the switchman in charge. When coupling cars, switchmen should first 
go along the track and see that no one is under the cars. When a car is being 
loaded, a sign should be hung on the coupling reading " Men working in this 

car. Do not move." Cars improperly 
loaded should not be handled ; train- 
men should examine cars before mov- 
ing them. A danger signal, prefer- 
ably a red banner, should be placed 
far enough from the exposed end of 
a car upon the repair track, and upon 
Courtesy of National Tube Co, which work is being done, to insure 

Fig. 59. Safety Car Shifter. t , K , safety of the rcpair men 

Trains should never bump into cars without the switchman first going 
ahead to see if men are working on or about the cars. Flying switches should 
be prohibited. If necessity requires that such be made to a track on which 
a car is standing, the switchman should warn any people working about the 
car. Switchmen should not go between cars in motion to pull pins, nor 
should pins be pulled or couplings made on the inside of a curve. Cars left 
on side tracks should be properly secured. 

In moving cars by hand a safety car shifter, as shown in Fig. 59, 
can well be used in place of the ordinary pinch bar. With this shifter a man 
pulls up, instead of pushing down, and in case the bar slips the man is 
not injured. The sharpened prong " C " bites the rail when the handle is 
raised. The shape 
of the wedge makes 
it impossible for the 
car to slip back- 
wards. At the end of 
the handle held by 
the workman is a 
hook to prevent his 
hands from slipping 
off. 



LATH MILL. 

Lath Bolters. 

When a single saw is 
used without feed 
roll, a substantial 
board should be sus- 
pended in front of 
the crown, to prevent 




Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 60. Lath Bolter and Saws Guarded. 



knots, gravel, etc., flying at the operator, or preferably a hood should be 
placed over the saw. Behind the saw should be a strong splitter. When the 
bolter, whether single saw or gang, has a feed roll, the whole top of the 



54 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




machine can well be housed with an easily removable cover, like that shown in 
Fig. 61, coming as close as possible to the table in front to prevent 
a hand getting caught between roll and stock. If there is no complete housing, 

the saw or saws should be guarded 
by a hood coming well down over 
the front of the roll, and the gears or 
sprockets and chains should be 
guarded. 

In either case it is well to have 
dogs behind the saws, in sections so 
as to pick up any narrow pieces. A 
machine equipped with such dogs 
and with a hood over the feed roll is 
shown in Fig. 60 (page 53). When 
the feed is underneath and sprocket 
and spur chains are used for top 
pressure, it is especially necessary to 
house both feed apparatus and saws. 
The bolter man should stand at 

Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. t j ie g^e Q f the bolter, not ill front. 

Fig. 61. Lath Saws Guard, in Place. When a machine is used for both 

splitting and bolting, the guide being slipped over and then slipped back, care 
should be taken to adjust the guide firmly in each case. Drive belts and 
pulleys should be well fenced. 

Lath Machine. This machine needs guarding similar to that of a self- 
feed bolter. Fig. 61 shows feed rolls, saws and gearing boxed. The 
box over the rolls and saws can be lifted up, as shown in Fig. 62. 
When the feed roll is not protected 
by such a housing, such a guard as 
that shown in Fig. 63 (page 55) can 
be used. It is like the jointer guard 
which is pushed aside by the ma- 
terial fed and automatically re- 
covers the knives when the stock has 
gone through. Such a guard holds 
the stock so firmly up to the guide 
that the operator does not have to 
keep his hands on until they are in 
danger from the roll. Its pressure 
on the bolt also helps prevent kick- 
ing. Pressure is given by a weight. 
Fig. 64 (page 55) shows a piece of 

StOCk entering the feed roll. These Courtesy of Kelley & Mayer. 

pictures also show a box covering Fig. 62. Lath Saws Guard, Raised, 

for the saws. When one machine is used as combination bolter and lath ma- 
chine, the protection should be the same as for individual machines. 




SAW MILL 



55 




Trimmers. Cut-off saws used as trimmers, single or double, should be 
boxed at back and ends of the machine. If the cutting.is done with the under 
parts of the saws, hoods should cover the tops and come down in front and 
back as far as possible ; if with the up- 
per parts, the boxing at back and ends 
should come as far as possible over 
the tops. Fig. 65 (page 56) shows a 
double trimmer housed, and Fig. 66 
(page 56) shows a single saw pro- 
tected on top and at back and sides. If 
trimmers are near a wall, and not 
guarded at the back, the end guards 
should extend to the wall, to prevent 
the space behind the machine being 
used as a passageway. When a pack- 
ing frame forms a part of the machine, 
the frame should lock as it comes back 
into position in front, so that it will 
not tip over when the packer is lean- 
ing over to bind a bundle and throw 
him into the saws. 

Waste Holes, Transfer Tables, 
Etc. There should be plenty of waste 
holes, to get rid of rubbish, and these 
should be hoppered, or preferably 
double-railed with piping, to prevent 
anyone falling into them. Sprockets 
on transfer tables should be protected, 
as shown in Fig. 60 (page 53), the 
guard coming down as far as pos- 
sible. Floors where men stand to 
pick stock from conveyors should be 
kept in good shape, as the men are 
constantly on the jump to keep stuff 
suitable for lath from going on with 
the waste. If the floor is defective, 
they are apt to get nasty falls. Piling 
at such points or on transfer tables 
leading to bolters should be carefully 
done, to prevent toppling over. 

Employing Boys. As lath-mak- 
ing is usually done under contract, 
young boys are often hired at small 
wages to do much of the work around 
a lath mill. This practice is a very bad one. 



Courtesy of Freeman Lumber Co. 

Fig. 63. Lath Machine Feed Roll Guard, 
in Place. 




Courtesy of Freeman Lumber Co. 

Fig. 64. Lath Machine Feed Roll Guard, 
Open. 



No boy under 17 years of age 
should be employed, nor should boys of any age be put at the more dangerous 
work. 



56 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



=^_y 


IfeM* « 


— ™»« i in.. ™"««B > ., S iS5^ K '" 



SHINGLE MILL. 

Cut-off Saws. The various types of cut-oft saws used for cutting logs, 
bolts or cants to shingle length should be guarded as fully as possible. Jump 

saws -and swing saws, both hori- 
zontal and vertical, should be 
guarded like those used for trimming 
lumber in a saw mill. When the bolt 
is crotched in swinging legs and 
pushed to the saw, the saw should be 
protected like that used for trimming 
bunches of lath. The table cut-off 
saw to which the stock is fed on a 
carriage is especially likely to need 
guarding at the back, as it is large 
and apt to stick out beyond the table. 
A board hung down in front, with a 

Courtesy of Diamond i, on Works. pendant flap, will keep stuff from fly- 

Fig. 65. Lath Trimmer Guarded. ing . in the operator's eyes. Often a 

suspended hood can be vised to advantage in connection with such a board. 

It is best to have an automatic feed table for this saw which will lock when at 

the front end and is tripped by the sawyer. The table should be so arranged 

that it cannot move while a 

bolt is being placed on it. 

The conveyor on which bolts 

are often brought to a cut- 
off saw should never be so 

located that the bolts coming 

up on it can bump into a bolt 

going through the saw. It 

should always be c o 11- 

trollable by the cut-off saw- 
yer. 

Fig. 67 (page 57) shows a 

cut-off machine consisting of 

a large circular saw and a 

movable carriage with rollers 

in it for moving the logs 

ahead as the pieces are cut 

off. Often it is necessary for 

an assistant to stand on the 

carriage as it moves back 

and forth, and an " L" 

shaped guard makes it prac- 




Coi 



tesy of Western Lumber Co. 

Fig. 66. Lath Trimmer Guarded. 

tically impossible for him to come in contact with the saw. The other guard 
shown covers the saw, but allows the logs to pass under it as they are being- 
cut off. This latter device can be improved by running a small iron rod from 



SAW MILL 



57 



the roof beam to the end of the piece over the saw. In a shingle mill boys will 
run around over tables, and the only way is to protect everything possible to 
cover. The picture shows also the under part of the saw guarded, the main 
driving belt in the background boxed in and the pulleys on the main shaft 
guarded each by two half tires, taken from an old wagon wheel, to prevent 
injury from a belt breaking and flying. The blades of cut-off machines 
should be kept in the best of shape, as they are put to a nasty strain. No 
cracked saw should be used. Care should also be taken that any carriage 
and tracks used are in good condition. 

Axes, Wedges, Etc. The axes, wedges and sledges sometimes used to 
split stock sawed to block length from logs or cants should be carefully kept 
in good condition. Handles should be sound and sledgeheads and wedges 
watched carefully for signs of crystallization. A wedge having burrs on it 
should never be used. 

Knee Bolter. This dangerous saw should always be guarded at the rear 
to prevent anyone running 
into it, and a board should be 
suspended rigidly and as low 
as possible in front of the 
crown to keep knots, saw- 
dust, etc., from being thrown 
at the operator. Machines so 
guarded are shown in Fig. 68 
(page 58). It is well to have 
a pendant flap attached to the 
suspended board. A metal 
hood can well be used with 
the suspended board guard 
mentioned, the hood cover- 
ing the entire back of the saAV 
but being open on top to let 
knots fly out. There should also be a stop to prevent the carriage coming too 
far back and jumping- the track, the drive belt and pulley should be boxed or 
otherwise guarded, and the waste hole alongside the machine should be fenced 
off. Such guards are shown in Fig. 68, which also shows a little flap running 
on the track to keep waste from accumulating on it. 

The wheels of the carriage and the track on which it runs should be in- 
spected frequently and carefully to see both are in good shape. If the carriage 
should sag or jump the track, the sawyer, who has to work close to the saw, 
frequentlv with an arm on either side, would be in great danger. The inserted 
teeth often used in this saw should be very carefully set in and locked, as they 
are put to a nasty strain. The sawyer frequently moves the bolt while it is 
in the saw, twisting it around, if it is a round block, to follow the contour of 
the sap. 

To prevent the sawyer losing his footing when shoving a piece through 
the saw, the floor on which he stands should be kept free from holes and uneven 




urtesy of 11. M. Load's Sons Co. 

Fig. 67. Shingle Cut-Off Saw Guarded. 



5§ 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



places, and as clear as possible of the bark, knots and slippery and slimy pieces 

of wood which fall from the saw and the carriage. 

Horizontal Shingle Saws. In operating the one-block or two-block power- 
feed machines, one of the 
chief dangers is in reach- 
ing in to remove a spalt. 
It is advisable to use a 
machine whose carriage 
has a safety spalting 
curve which never 
goes over the saw and 
which keeps the sawyer's 
hand from being crowded 
on to the saw, several 
inches of the curve open- 
ing being clear of the 
saw when the carriage is 
over the blade. In oper- 
ating the hand-feed one- 
block machine, the saw- 
yer should take care not 
to saw down to too 




Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 68. Guarded Knee Bolters. 



small a spalt, or his hand holding the block will be in danger. 

The carriage of a power-feed machine should be kept in good condition, so 
as not to lock up and then start suddenly on the sawyer. Lost motion should 
be watched for and kept out. This carriage undergoes severe strain and should 
be closely inspected daily 
by the filer or foreman. 
The carriage of the hand- 
feed machine requires 
similar attention. 
Whether a machine is 
power-feed or hand-feed, 
there should be a clutch 
on the driving shaft, by 
which the shaft can be 
stopped for changing 
saws or doing any work 
unsafe to do with the saw 
running. 

The guard over the 
back of a horizontal 

Shingle Saw Should never Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

be touched for changing Fi S- 6 9- Shin S le Saws - 

the saw until the saw is stopped. It should also be kept down over the saw when 
running. An operator of a one-block or two-block machine is apt to raise the 
guard, as shown in Fig. 69, so that if a knot, sliver or small spalt 




SAW MILL 



59 



gets off the saw it will fly out the back and not hit him on the hand. This 
practice is dangerous, the risk to those in the vicinity being much greater than 
the operator runs by leaving the guard where it belongs. 

The ten-block rotary machines which automatically kick out the spalts 
are very safe machines, as the sawyer does not have to be near the saws. There 
should always be guards outside the saws, however, as shown in Fig. 69. 

Upright Shingle Saw. This machine should have the run of the carriage 
enclosed, as shown in Fig. 70, and it is a good idea to have a railing along 
the outside of the run to prevent anyone falling into the saw or carriage gear. 
The back part of the saw should be guarded by a heavy plank set upright 
behind it. The carriage should be closely inspected daily by a competent 
man. It is especially important that the carriage trip works properly, so 
there will be no danger of its moving while being bolted. The operator 
should never attempt to take out a spalt or bolt the saw while the carriage is 

in motion. The floor 
around the machine 
should be kept both clean 
and in good shape. 

The shaft of the ma- 
chine, which usually runs 
right back of the neigh- 
boring clip saw or jointer 
should be guarded its en- 
tire length, and the belt 
should be both 
guarded and kept in good 
condition, to prevent its 
breaking and whipping 
over at the sawyer, who 
often works the clip or 
jointer as well as the up- 
right machine. The upright and the clip saw should run on the same counter- 
shaft, so that when the upright is shut down to change saws or for other pur- 
pose the clip will also shut down. Otherwise men working on the upright 
may get into the clip saw. 

Piling Blocks. Blocks should be piled up near the shingle sawyer with 
great care, as if the pile should topple over both shingle sawyer and block 
piler would be in danger. The blocks sometimes come faster than the shingle 
saw can handle them, and, if possible, there should be plenty of room for stor- 
ing them without piling them too high. 

Knot Saw. The part of the saw under the table should be covered by a 
dust spout or otherwise guarded. From the edge of the table down which the 
shingles are slid from the shingle saws, which usually extends a little more 
than half-way over the top of the saw, a stiff leather or metal strip should 
be hung down as close as possible to the saw. This will serve as a warning if 
the sawyer's hand, in reaching up to the table for more shingles, gets too close 
to the saw. 




Courtesy of Sumner Iron Works. 

Fig. 70. Upright Shingle and Clip Saws. 



6o 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



To prevent a flying shingle or spalt, coming down the inclined part of the 
table, from hitting the sawyer, a heavy wire screen should be suspended over 
the incline about half-way up. The screen should come down as close to the 
table as possible without interfering with the -shingle supply coming down. 
Usually it should be from 6 to 12 inches above the table. The screen should 
be hinged above, so that if too big a bunch of shingles comes down at once it 
will check the bunch but not altogether stop the supply. The carriage and 
track should be kept in good condition, so the carriage will not jump the track. 
Jointer. This machine should be completely housed with strong sheet iron, 
except for the feed opening, which should be just large enough to let the 
shingles through it. Jointer operators should never wear gloves when at work. 
The knives should be set only by an experienced man and they should be fast- 
ened very securely. If set too far out or unevenly, they may kick the shingle 
away from the rest and draw in the operator's fingers. If a knife should work 

loose and come in con- 
tact with the housing 
or the rest, it might 
tear either to pieces, as 
well as break the rim, 
and throw the pieces 
far and wide. Knives 
should be kept very 
sharp, so the operator 
will not have to shove 
so hard that he may 
split a shingle and 
thus get his hands on 
the knives. 

Clip Saw. The 

Courtesy of Woods Creek Mill Co. Springboard dip Saw is 

Fig. 71. Clip Saw Guarded. a yery dang - erous ma _ 

chine, the sawyer's hand being always close to the saw. There should always 
be an iron guard over the top of the saw, as shown in Fig. 71, and 
Fig. 70 (page 59), to prevent the operator's hand coming in contact with the 
saw when he reaches over it to hold the other part of a shingle to be split. 
This guard, preferably of flat iron, should be at least two inches wide and strong 
enough to support the weight of a man's bod}'- should he slip and fall on it. 
There should also be a finger guard underneath the front edge of the spring- 
board, as also shown in Fig. 71, to prevent the operator's hand coming against 
the saw underneath the board when he is splitting, taking out a knot, work- 
ing a narrow shingle, etc. 

The bottom part of a clip saw should be housed in. A metal casing is 
shown in Fig. 70 (page 59) and a wooden housing in Fig. 71. The 
housing should come as far up as possible without interfering with the work- 
ing of the springboard, and should be carried well down below the bottom of 




SAW MILL 



61 



the saw. Any hole cut in the housing for kicking waste down the spout under 
the saw should be as low as possible, to prevent the "operator's foot getting 
against the saw. Such a hole should be as small as possible and should not be 
allowed to get dangerously large through wear. 

If the shingles come down to a clip saw on a table, there should be a 
positive stop at the end of the table near the saw to prevent any shingles com- 
ing over on the saw teetb. The floor about a clip saw should be kept 
in good condition and clear of rubbish. An operator has to work very 
rapidly, especially if he also tends an upright shingle saw near bv, and 
he needs secure footing. 

Packing. To p r e- 
vent a man knot-saw- 
ing, jointing or clipping 
fro m throwing stuff 
down on the packers, 
there should be a swing- 
ing screen guard, simi- 
lar to that for knot-saw- 
yers, suspended about 
half-way down the in- 
clined table on which 
the shingles come to the 
packers. Such guards 
are shown in Fig. 72. 
Fingers and slats are 
hinged to the bottom 
part of the screens, to 
keep the shingles from coming too fast. The whole frame will swing in 
proportion to the number of shingles in the bin. 

Other Machines, Etc. Drag saws used for cutting logs to block length, 
pull or jump cut-off saws, band saws used for pointing shingles and round- 
ing them up, live rolls, conveyors, runways, log hauls, dry kilns, etc.. should 
be guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 

Transmission. This feature of a shingle mill should be treated like that 
of a sawmill. Shingle mill belts need especially good guarding, as they 
are apt to run close to the floor and are large and speeded high. All 
belts and pulleys and gears driving machines or feeds should be boxed up, 
screened or railed off. 

For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, and other driving ap- 
paratus in a saw mill or a shingle mill, see the chapter on Power Generation. 
Transmission, Etc. 




Courtesy of St. Paul & Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 72. Screen and Guards for Shingle Packers. 



PLANING MILL. 




Courtesy of American Woodworking Machinery Co. 

Fig. 73. Gear Cases for Planer and Matcher. 



Sizers, Moulders, Etc. Many of the roll-fed machines used in a planing 
mill, such as sizers, big surfacers, planers and matchers, matchers and outside 
and inside moulders require substantially the same guarding in most respects. 
All knife-heads should be enclosed as fully as possible by suction hoods or 
other metal covers. No open heads should run under any circumstances. Some 
kind of enclosure can always be provided without choking or clogging up. 

All cog gearing should be covered, by gear cases preferably. If such 
cases are not furnished with a machine, they can be purchased or suitable 

ones improvised at the mill. 
A good example of gear 
guarding is shown in Fig. 73, 
a picture of a hardwood planer 
and matcher made by the 
American Wood Working 
Machinery Co., of Rochester, 
N. Y. Any feed roll gears 
situated inside a planer frame 
should be completely guarded, 
with metal covers. 

The main drive belts and pulleys should be boxed or fenced in with 
wooden slats or wire mesh. There should also be a good strong guard along 
the pulleys likely to be found at the feeding end of the machine, to prevent 
the man feeding from being caught and to keep a broken belt from flying. 
This guard should be quickly and easily removable, for adjustment and lacing 
of belts, etc. An excellent method of guarding belts and pulleys, counter- 
shafts, etc., by surrounding them with wire mesh screens set in angle iron 
frames, is shown in Fig. 74 (page 63). 

Projecting ends of drive pulley shafts, countershafting, etc., should be 
guarded if there is no housing or if they project through the housing, as they 
endanger the legs of men working around the machine. A fencing supported 
from the floor can be used, or a metal casing, or a piece of pipe can be fitted 
over the shaft which has ears fitting in slots in the bearing box and can be 
twisted around so it can be taken off when necessary. 

All set screws in collars, on feed rolls, or elsewhere about the machine 
should be of safety type or so protected that they will not protrude. As heavy 
rolls as possible should be used. In machines working only one or two sides it 
is often deemed advisable to use sectional feed rolls, to prevent kicking if thick 
and thin pieces are in the machine at the same time. Every machine should 



PLANING MILL 



63 




Courtesy 



of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 74. Screen Guards for Planer. 



be equipped with an efficient belt shifter, clutch, or other means of quickly 

disengaging the power. It is advisable to use flanged pulleys on all heads. 
The old style of big timber planer whose knife is set in the end of a re- 
volving arm, or extends the 

whole length of the arm, is 

very dangerous. There 

should be a substantial up- 
right guard extending on 

each side of the run of the 

arm, and a similar guard at 

both back and front. If the 

machine is set against a wall, 

only one side need be 

guarded. The guards should 

be very strong, so as to check 

a flying knife. Heavy wire 

mesh can be used, or metal 

hoods can be hinged to the 

frame, both front and back. 

The machine should be placed in such a position that should material be piled 

near it no one will get caught between the bed and such material when the bed 

is at its extreme travel either way. 

With the newer types of timber planer, in which the cutter head rotates, 

there should be a blower or other hood over the head, or at least an arm guard 

reaching out in front of it to warn an operator if his hands should get into a 

dangerous position. 
Feed Rolls of 
Outside Moulders. 
The feed rolls of out- 
side moulders should 
be guarded to prevent 
the operator getting 
caught by them, as he 
is kept feeding or ad- 
justing at the side of 
the machine much of 
the time, and this 
work and necessary 
observation bring 
him very close. The 
guard should 
only cover the 
of the rolls 




not 

tops 

but 



Courtesy of The W heel er-Os good Co. 

Fig- 75. Door Sticker Guarded. 

should protect their 

outer ends as much as possible, and should either come down over the front of 
the front roll as near to its bottom as may be or should extend well out from 
this roll. Fig. 75, shows a door sticker with a metal guard covering the tops 



6 4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



of the feed rolls and reaching out in front of them. This picture also shows 
the cog gearing protected by a galvanized iron covering, the drive pulley and 
belt boxed off, and excellent guarding of the upper head by a blower hood. 

The guard for the lower head which 
will be noted can be slipped up to 
cover that head when in use. 

To prevent an operator's hand 
getting crushed between the front 
feed roll and material being fed, a 
safety roll or bar is sometimes placed 
in front of the roll, attached in such 
a way that it will raise and lower 
with it and will always be just a little 
above its bottom. 

The Germans sometimes protect 
the working side of an outside 
moulder with a metal grating ex- 
tending the whole length of the ma- 
chine and brought around the feed- 
ing end. The material being fed 
through this grating, the operator's 
hands cannot come near the rolls 
when feeding. 

Knives and Cutter Heads. Care 
should be taken that only knives of 
the right kind, of the best quality and of even temper are used, and that they 
are properly ground, cor- 
rectly set and perfectly trued. 
It is well to have an auto- 
matic machine for grinding. 
Heads should be in " run- 
ning " as well as " standing ' 
balance. Cutter heads can 
well be cylindrical in shape, 
both for safety and for good 
work. Such a head avoids 
the tendency of shavings to 
pack under the lip and 
greatly reduces the danger of 
breakage. Cylinder heads 
can be obtained, too, in which 
the knives are fastened in 
such a way that they cannot 
fly out. Journals and boxes 




Courtesy of Defiance Lumber Co. 

Fig. 76. Band Resaw Rolls Guarded. 




Court ay 



St. Paul ti Tacoma Lumber Co. 

Fig. 77. Circular Resaw Guarded. 



should be kept in the best of condition, and lubrication should be thorough. 
Great care should be exercised in setting knives, in order to prevent their fly- 
ing: out. 



PLANING MILL 



65 



^\gH 




Courtesy of North German Wood- 

zvorkers Ass'n. 
Fig. 78. Guards for Resaw 
Feed Rolls. 



Care in Operation. When adjusting a head or knives, cleaning or doing 
other work about the machine, the entire machine should be shut down, and 
a rule to this effect should be enforced. Cleaning out of knots or slivers should 

not be done while the machine is running, nor 
should an operator reach in to pull out a broken 
piece. It is very dangerous to do any cleaning up 
about a machine while it is in motion. Workmen 
should not wear gloves when approaching moving 
parts, and their sleeves should be short or tight 
fitting. 

Gang Ripping Machines. These machines should be guarded like saw mill 
edgers (see index). If a solid feed roll is used, it is advisable to feed only one 
piece at a time, as if two pieces of different thicknesses are in the machine at 
the same time the thinner may be kicked. Trying to increase the output by 
feeding one piece above another is a very dangerous practice. The feed rolls 
should be very carefully adjusted to assure a firm and steady feed, and should 
be heavy. 

Resaws. Both circular and band resaws should have the gears at the 
tops of the feed rolls guarded, and the point of entrance to the feed rolls 
should be protected to prevent operators' hands getting caught. Some ma- 
chines are guarded by the makers. 
Fig. 76 (page 64) shows a band re- 
saw in which both the gears and the 
feed entrance are protected by en- 
closing them in a square frame with 
an opening as large as the rolls will 
open. When guards are not fur- 
nished, home-made ones can easily be 
applied to both points. Fig. yj (page 
64) shows such a guard for feed roll 
gears. The point of entrance to rolls 
can be protected by fastening metal 
strips to the framework and curving 
them around the sides and front of 
the rolls, as shown in Fig. 78. An- 
other method of guarding is by an 
arrangement resembling a split dish- 
pan, one half of which is placed out- 
side of each front roll, the bent edges 
reaching in front of the rolls. In 
either case the two parts of the guard 
should come as near as possible to 
each other in front of the rolls. 

A circular resaw should always have a strong splitter' back of the saw, 
and both top and bottom of the saw should be guarded. Fig. JJ (page 64) 
shows such a resaw equipped with a substantial splitter, with a bar guard for 




Courtesy 
Fig. 79. 



of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 

Blower Hood for Panel Raiser. 



66 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



the top of the saw and with the lower part of the saw protected by a dust 
spout. Such a spout can well be brought up close to the arbor. In place of 
a bar guard for the saw top, a hood is often used, extending from the feed rolls 
to a point well back of the saw. Such a hood can be built up from the table 
or supported from above. The combination machine for planing and splitting 
siding or weather boarding should have its cutter heads covered, and the saw 
should be entirely enclosed both top and bottom. An operator of a circular 
resaw should be very careful not to open up the feed rolls when a piece is 
going through, and thus allow kicking. 

The wheels of a band resaw should be watched carefully for any defects 
or wear which might allow them to fly to pieces. Care should be taken not 
to overspeed the machine. The wheels should be housed, and the return part 
of the blade guarded if it runs exposed. It is a good idea when the upper 

wheel is not housed 
to have a heavy 
plank, firmly sup- 
ported, run along the 
top to diminish the 
force of a break- 
ing blade. When 
there is a cross belt in 
front of where the 
operator stands, as is 
often the case with 
big machines, it should 
be boxed, as the 
operator sometimes 
has to step over it to 
get close to the ma- 
chine. Any wheel pit 
for a band resaw 
should be fenced. 




Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 

Fig. 80. Panel Raisers Guarded. 



Panel Raisers. The machines used for raising door panels should have 
their cutter heads enclosed as fully as possible. Fig. 79 (page 65) shows a 
hand-feed machine with its head guarded by a suction hood. The power feed 
machine in which the panel is carried through by vertical rolls or by a belt 
running on edge can well have the roll or belt at the feeding end protected 
by a shield, as shown in Fig. 80. This picture also shows the belts and driv- 
ing pulleys guarded. At the right is a panel sander with its disks hooded 
and with a strap iron guide which helps to keep the operator's hand from 
slipping down the panel and into the machine. 

There are double head machines for raising any shape of panel on both 
sides at once which require guarding of feed rolls like a sticker. When panels 
are raised on a shaper, the head should be entirely enclosed, by the guide and 
otherwise, except for the cutting point. The part left exposed can often be 
guarded largely by the arrangement for keeping the stock in proper position. 



PLANING MILL 



67 



Relishers and Wedge Cutters, Dovetailers. Relishers and wedge cutters 
for sash and door work should have their saws covered- as fully as possible, by- 
permanent or hinged covers. With some machines a shield can be fastened 
to the framework back of the saws, extending out across their tops and curv- 
ing down in front as far as the work will permit. Such a guard is furnished 
by some makers. 

The grooving saws of sash dovetailers are often guarded by means of 
suction hoods. The cut-off saw or saws of such machines should also be 
guarded as fully as possible when they are so situated that contact with them 
is likely. A 1 band guard can often be used when no suction hood protection 
is available. 

Blind Slat Machines. The blind slat resaw should have its saws guarded 
both above and below the table. Some machines come equipped with a steel 
spring shield for the top of the saws, which also serves as a pressure to hold 
the lumber in position, and with a cast iron shield for the part of the saws 
beneath the table. The spurred feed 
roll should be guarded by a shield 
curved well down over the front as 
well as the top, and such a guard is 
often furnished by the maker. The 
safest blind slat planers are auto- 
matically fed, the under slat being 
taken each time from a hopper which 
the operator keeps filled. There are 
also automatic blind slat tenoning, 
boring, and boring and mortising 
machines. 

Wood Trimmers. The trimmers 
used for cutting moulding for doors, 
etc., should have hinged metal 
shields at each end of the knife's 
travel. Such guards are often furnished by the makers. When they are lack- 
ing, home-made ones can be installed, each guard arranged on a spring which 
holds it in an upright position except when the knife is at its end. A pro- 
jection beyond the edge of the knife will push the guard back to allow the 
sliding of the knife head. 

Miter Saw Guard. Fig. 81 shows a guard for a saw set in a swinging 
frame which is used to miter moulding for doors. The guard, which is simply 
a piece of wood rounded out to conform to the curvature of the saw, is at- 
tached to the frame work back of the saw. It can be adjusted so as to guard 
all of the saw except what must be left exposed for the cutting. Saw and 
guard are brought down on the material to be worked by means of a foot 
treadle. Such a saw usually runs near the edge of a bench and the operator 
stands close up to it. 

Other Sash, Door and Blind Machines. The saw often used in connection 
with a sash sander for cutting the check rail of the sash can well be sub- 
stantially hooded, as shown in Fig. 82 (page 68). 




Courtesy of Standard Millwork Co. 

Fig. 81. Miter Saw Guarded. 



68 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



In dadoing the safest plan is to feed the stock on a sliding table, and a 
lever should be used for clamping small stock. When the cutting is done with 
the upper part of the saws or heads the under part of the cutting tools should 
be guarded by suction or other hoods. If an under-fed machine is used, the 
top part of the cutters should be hooded as fully as possible. When these 
cutters are set along the back of the machine they are especially apt to be 
dangerous if the space behind is used as a passageway. 

The hand-feed dowel pin machine should be boxed in except where the 
material is fed, and a substantial push-stick should be provided for pushing 
the last piece through. The automatic dowel maker should have the entrance 

to the feed rolls so guarded as to pre- 
vent an operator's hand from getting 
caught. 

The trimming saws of diagonal 
planers should be hooded clown as far 
as the work will permit, and the gear- 
ing driving the feed rolls should be en- 
closed. 

Butting Saws. The single and 
double butting saws often used for 
trimming flooring as it comes from 
high-speed floorers should be fenced oft 
so that their backs, tops and sides will 
be guarded when they are at rest. 
Whenever possible, it is advisable to 
cover each saw with a hood, attached 
to the frame of the carriage so that all 
of the saw will always be covered ex- 
cept what must be left exposed for the 
work. 

Picket Header. The machine in 
which the knives are set in a disk 
should have the bottom part boxed and 
the upper part covered by a hood, 
hinged to the machine frame, which 
will leave only working space exposed. 
This machine is much safer than the saw picket header. 

Conveyors. Any live roll conveyors used in a flooring or other planing 
mill to carry finished stock to the stock room or for other purposes should be 
guarded like saw mill live rolls (see index). Where no blowing system is in- 
stalled, conveyors are often used to carry away the waste and refuse. These 
conveyors usually run under the floor, and there are holes in the floor for 
sweeping stuff into them. The loose plank often used to cover such holes 
when not in use is dangerous. There should be a trap door which closes auto- 
matically. This can be hooked open when stuff is being swept in. There 
should never be such a hole in an aisle. Holes should be preferably under a 




Courtesy of Rockwell Mf, 
Fig. 82 



Sash Sander and Trimmer, 
Saw Guarded. 



PLANING MILL 69 

bench or in a corner that can be railed off. Wherever possible, railings should 
be provided around openings in floors, in addition to covers, as employees are 
often very careless about closing covers. 

Other Planing Mill Machines. The other machines used in one or another 
kind of planing mill, such as rip saws, cut-off saws, swing saws, borers, 
mortisers, sanders, surfacers, tenoners, shapers, jointers, band saws, grinders, 
lathes, etc., should be guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmis- 
sion, Etc. 



CIRCULAR SAWS. 




Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass' n. 

Fig. 83. Splitter Adjusted to 
Large Saw. 



The circular saw is at the same time about the most convenient and the 
most dangerous of woodworking tools. The variety of uses to which it is ap- 
plicable is only equalled by the variety of accidents which it can cause. A 

very large percentage of saw accidents is 
attributable to the carelessness of work- 
men, but it is only natural that men work- 
ing in close proximity to danger should 
come in time to lose the constant sense of 
it which is present with them at first. This 
is bound to happen even in the case of men 
who are naturally very careful. As for a 
new man on a saw, he may get danger- 
ously near the teeth despite his utmost 
care. When a saw is revolving, the space 
between the teeth shows up much lighter 
than the solid part of the blade, sometimes 
seeming to be hardly more than a light blur. Again, a sawyer's attention is 
open to distraction by innumerable things, any one of which may cause that 
only slight displacement of the hand which will result in an accident. And, 
too, there are many dangers connected with the operation of saws which the 
utmost carefulness cannot surely avoid. Such a dangerous tool demands that 
every effort be made to guard it. 

RIP SAWS. 

An effective guard for a rip saw 
should protect back, crown and front 
— the back because pinching there 
causes wood to climb and be thrown, 
the crown because it throws wood 
which has pinched and climbed, and to 
prevent accidental contact with it, and 
the front to prevent contact. 

The Splitter. Every rip saw should have an adequate splitter, or 
spreader, behind it, to prevent wood pinching. This will also guard the hand 
of an operator reaching back of the saw, protect an off-bearer, and prevent 




Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 84. Splitter Adjusted to 
Smaller. Saw. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



71 



edgings being caught and thrown. A splitter may be either straight or curved, 
but the curved kind, conforming closely to the curvature- of the saw and cover- 
ing the back as far as possible up to the crown, is preferable. Whatever the 




Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 85. Splitter Supported from Above. 



Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
Fig. 86. Extended Splitter. 



kind a splitter should be of the best steel, smooth in finish, and slightly beveled 
on the inner edge. It should be slightly thinner than the saw kerf, but thicker 
than the saw disk. It should always be very securely fastened, and carefully 
adjusted so as to be in true alignment with the saw and not over 1-3 inch 

behind it. . 

A splitter can usually be attached to the table or, in the case of tilting 
tables and those in which the saw arbor raises and lowers, to the framework 
underneath If it is attached to a throat plate, care must be taken that the 
plate is securely fastened in place, as if anything gets caught splitter and plate 
are both apt to be pulled out. If the plate is a loose board, it is well to have 
the rear end shaped to fit into a notch. Any buttons used for fastenings should 
be carefully watched to see they do not work loose. 

To keep a curved splitter close enough to either a larger or smaller saw and 
have it always conform to the curvature, it should be adjustable both vertically 
and horizontally. Figs. 83 
and 84 (page 70) show a 
way of effecting this in use 

in Germany, by means of 

two slanting slots in the 

gauge and one vertical slot 

in the splitter. Use of an 

intermediate plate between 

splitter and gauge enables 

the splitter to be kept in 

exact alignment with the 

eXdLL calami Courtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 

saw. When the different p . g ^ Re liable Saw Guard. 

c aws used in a table vary . .„ 

Sufficiently in thickness, different splitters should be used, so the tluckness wdl 

always be right. 




I 2 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




When a splitter is removed frequently, for grooving or other work, and 
adjustment in either of the usual ways is therefore deemed impracticable, it is 
sometimes supported from above. Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 85 
(page 71). The splitter is adjustable along a slot in the strip supporting it, 

which also covers the saw top. 
This strip can be supported by 
an arm coming out from a stand- 
ard at the side of the table, or by 
a framework hanging from the 
ceiling, in either case adjustable 
vertically. When even such a 
simple strip would be in the way, 
as in cutting very thin pieces 
which have to be shoved away 
from the saw with a stick, or 
when the strip would throw an 
undesirable shadow on work, the 
Courtesy of e. c. Atkins & Co., inc. upper teeth of the saw can be 

Fig. 88. O. K. Saw Guard. covered by extending the split- 

ter itself over them as far as possible, as shown in Fig. 86 (page 71). 

A splitter is perhaps the most essential feature of rip saw protection, as 
it guards the most dangerous part of the saw. In Germany the law requires 
a splitter in connection with all rip saws which do not have pressure rolls close 
behind the saw blade. 

Splitter Guards. Fig. 87 (page 71) shows a guard of the familiar Reliable 
type, made by L. F. Grammes & Sons, of Allentown, Pa., which is a combi- 
nation of a splitter with a light and shallow hood protection for the top of the 
saw. Both splitter and hood are adjustable. 

Another type, known as the O. K., and made by E. C. Atkins & Co., of 
Indianapolis, Ind., is shown in Fig. 88. It, too, is a combination of a splitter 
with a hood-like protection for the top of the saw, and it is adjustable to fit 
different sizes of saws. The hood is of the extension variety, adjustable by a 
thumb screw. A dog is attached to the splitter, to aid in holding wood down. 
A German guard, the Goede, is shown in Fig. 89. To the adjustable split- 
ter is attached a light wooden hood hollowed out so as to cover the upper 
teeth of the saw. At the left 
of the cut the guard is shown 
adjusted to a larger saw; at 
the right, to a smaller one. 

Fig. 90 (page y^) shows 
another splitter guard, made 
by the J. A. Fay & Egan 
Co., of Cincinnati, O. The 
hood is adjustable on the 
straight splitter, and is 




Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 89. Goede Saw Guard, Adjusted to Large and 
Small Saws. 



hinged so as always to be close clown over the saw except when raised by 
material coming in contact with the split finger arrangement in front. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



73 



Hood Types of Guard. Some prefer hood guards, supported from above 
or from a standard at the side of the table, to splitter ones, on the ground 
that, in addition to keeping wood from climbing, they prevent such kicking as 
may result from a knot or change in grain being struck or a piece jamming be- 
tween saw and guide or being dropped on the teeth, guard an operator better 
against being cut by the saw teeth, keep slivers, loose knots 
and pieces of knots from striking him, and protect him 
against blinding sawdust. It is always best, however, to 
use a splitter in connection with a hood guard, whenever 
possible. 

A hood guard should be kept down as close as possible 
on the material. To enable the sawyer to see the line of his 
cut well, the hood can be turned up a little 
in front, or the top or all of it can be made of 
wire mesh. The Germans often leave the too 






Courtesy of J. A. Fay & Egan Co. 

Fig. 90. Fay & Egan Saw Guard 

open save for enough cross-pieces to hold it together 
hoods have slatted sides also. A hood should always b< 
for vibration, which should also be guarded against 
by having the supports substantial, keeping taut anv 
guy wires used, and having adjustment joints tight 
enough to avoid lateral vibration. A hood should 
also be deep enough not to touch the crown of the 
saw if it should fall. 

Some Hood Guards. Fig. 91 shows a hood 
guard, made by the Jones Safety Device Co., of 
Buffalo, N. Y., which automatically adjusts itself to 
different thicknesses of material. It is "furnished 
with either sheet steel or wire hoods, and they can be 
of closed variety or with open front. The hood is 
equipped with a steel dog at the rear. 

A wire hood guard suspended from the ceiling is 
shown in Fig. 92. It automatically adjusts for differ- 
ent thicknesses of material. A slight movement on 
the counterweight will raise or lower the hood, and 
the sliding parts can be secured by a turn on a thumb 
screw 
Zeillei & Nagel, of Brooklyn, N. Y. 



ourtesy of Jones Safely Device Co. 

Fig. 91. Jones Saw Guard. 

and frequently their 
wide enough to allow- 





There is a steel dog on the back of the hood. 



Courtesy of Zeillcr & Xagcl. 

Fig. 92. Zeiller & Nagel 
Saw Guard. 

This sruard is made bv 



74 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Fig. 93 shows a wire hood supported by a bracket coming from the side 
of the table. The pedestal is curved, and therefore permits cross-cutting, or 
dadoing where lumber overhangs the table, 16 inches in the rear of the arbor. 

This hood can also be sus- 
pended from above, bal- 
anced by a counterweight. 
The makers of this guard 
are L. F. Grammes & Sons, 
of Allentown, Pa. 

A wooden hood sup- 
ported from the side of the 
table is shown in Fig. 94. 
It is open at the front end, 
so the operator can see the 
line of cut. The hood is 
automatically raised by ma- 
terial coming in contact 
with it. It is fastened to a 
sliding steel bar that can 
readily be adjusted forward 
or backward, making it 







„A~~^ j] 




jjjs! 




- 








■~i~""|^-» 




-JSL pF': 

























Ccurtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 

Fig- 93- Grammes Saw Guard. 
suitable for two mandrel tables. It can be swung up out of the way as shown 
in the cut. This guard is made by the Crescent Machinery Co., of Leetonia, O. 

Two home-made adjustable hood guards are shown in Fig. 95 (page 75) 
and Fig. 96 (page 75). They are similar in all respects except that the former 
has a closed hood and the latter an open one made of spring steel bent into 
proper form. The supporting frame in each case consists of a 2-inch pipe 
fastened on the ceiling with a floor flange 
and held rigid by wrought iron rods tight- 
ened by turnbuckles. Inside this pipe 
slides another, to the lower end of which 
the hood is fastened. 

An English guard, the " Nonpareil," 
is shown in Fig. 97 (page 76). It is a 
balanced hood, moving parallel to the 
table top and taking up its position by 
pressure on a roller from the work fed to 
it. The guard automatically adjusts itself 
to any thickness. It offers no resistance 
to entrance of stock, and immediately after 
stock has passed it automatically covers 
the saw. It can be attached to the table 
as shown, or supported from the ceiling. 

Other Types of Guards. There are 
many other types of guard than the two general classes mentioned. The split- 
ter is often used in connection with one kind or another of hood, and the num- 
ber of home-made devices is simply legion. A splitter and hood guard, 




Courtesy of Crescent Machinery Co. 

Fig. 94. Crescent Saw Guard. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



75 




Fig. 95. Adjustable Hood Guard. 



manufactured by the H. B. Smith Machine Co., of Smithville, N. J., with hood 
made of wood is shown in Fig. 98 (page 76). This guard is adjustable both 
vertically and horizontally, and it can be turned up out of the way when 
desired. A German splitter and hood 
guard is shown in Fig. 99 (page 76). 
The hanging support of the hood is 
fastened by a screw to the wooden 
hanging post suspended from the ceil- 
ing. A slanting slot for this screw 
enables the hood to be adjusted to saws 
of different sizes. The hood is auto- 
matically raised by stock coming in 
contact with the turned-up finger in 
front. When stock work is to be done, 
the hood can be fixed at a certain 
height by means of the thumb screw. 
Fig. 100 (page J7) shows a rip saw 
used in a show case factory which is 
fed by a moving carriage, has a splitter 
behind it, and is protected both above 
and below the table by suction hoods. 
An inexpensive German guard, apph- 
able to a general utility saw, to pre- 
vent kicking is shown in Fig. 101 (page 
yy). The cam-shaped piece (a) has 
teeth around it to grip a piece of wood 
that catches on the saw. When the 
cam grips the wood, the latter is forced 
more closely against the guide, and 
thus there is no twist further to grip 
the saw and make trouble. 

Offutt Guard. Fig. 102 (page 78) 
and Fig. 103 (page 78) shows the Offutt 
rip saw guard, which has the unique 
feature of being used to finish sawing 
the piece. When there is no piece be- 
ing sawed, the guard hangs down, com- 
pletely covering the saw. When a 
board is started, the guard rises up at 
(A), as shown in Fig. 102, rising against 
the springs (CC) and also turning on 
the joints (DD) and (EE). When the 
cut is nearly completed, the operator 
grasps the handle (F), as shown in Fig. 
103, and pushes the board on through the saw. Thus his hands do not come 
near the saw. The guard can be swung up on the supports, so as to be out 
of the way for examining the saw or setting the guide. 




Fig. 96. Adjustable Open Hood Guard. 



76 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of British Factory Dept. 

Fig. 97. Nonpareil Saw Guard. 



German Finger Guard. A peculiar German guard is shown in Fig. 104 

(page 79). To a splitter is attached a strip extending along the top of the saw. 

From this strip depend iron-plate strips fastened in such a way that they are 

turned toward .the splitter and kept oblique 
to the sawing direction. They are so super- 
posed as to slip one upon another when lifted. 
These strips are lifted one by one by material 
fed, and each falls back into place after the 
material has passed by. 

Double Hood Guard. The Pogue guard, 
combining a splitter and a double hood ar- 
rangement, is shown in Fig. 105 (page 79). 
The outer hood, which is of sheet iron, has 
an extension at the rear which is dropped 
down over the splitter and is clamped at the 
desired height by means of a thumb screw. 
Inside of this hood is a loose wooden hood 

within which the saw runs. In operation the iron hood is adjusted so it will 

just clear the material As the material is 

fed, it pushes up the wooden hood, which is 

curved at the front. As soon as the material 

has passed by, this wooden hood drops down 

again, completely covering the saw. At- 
tached to the clamp at the rear is a swing- 
ing toothed dog. This guard is made by the 

Olympic Foundry & Machine Co.,. of Ta- 

coma. Wash. 

An unique automatic guard manufactured 

by the Rockwell Mfg. Co., of Milwaukee, Wis., 

is shown in Figs. 106 (page 80) and 107 (page 81). In operation the hood 

normally stands in 

its lower position en- 
tirely enclosing the 

working portion of 

the saw. AYhen the 

work is advanced to 

the saw r , its front 

edge engages the 

lower end of a lever, 

causing the lever to 

Swing Or draw Upon Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

a chain which liftS F *S- 99- Goede Saw Guard, Adjusted to Large and Small Saws, 
the hood a distance corresponding to the thickness of the work, thus permitting 
the work to pass without the saw being uncovered. Should the saw start to 
throw the wood, either the dog or a separate spur tooth on the foot of the lever 




Courtesy of H. B. Smith Machine Co. 

Fig. 98. Smith Saw Guard. 




CIRCULAR SAWS 



77 



A 




> 


m 





Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. ioo. Blower Hood Saw 
Guards. 



will engage the work. There is a fulcrum connection for the lever which is 
made adjustable so as to adapt the guard for saws' of different sizes and 
the hook on the lever is also adjustable so as to vary the leverage and the 

amount of movement of the hood produced 
by a given movement of the lever. Both 
hood and lever may be raised to permit the 
use of the saw without the guard. The sus- 
taining parts of the guard may be attached 
to saw table, ceiling or floor, as may be 
most desirable. This guard may also be 
manufactured in such a way as to adapt it 
to the tilting table. 

In Fig. 108 (page 81) is shown the Pryi- 
bil saw guard, in which the hood is guided 
by two links which partially balance it and 
cause it to raise and lower easily. The guard 
is supported by pipes with flanges fastened 
to the ceiling and is rigidly stayed by wire 
ropes with turnbuckles. While the hood or- 
dinarily raises and lowers automatically, it 
can be suspended at any height by a spring 
pin fitting into a series of holes for various 
adjustments. There is a toothed pawl at the 
rear end of the hood, to guard against ma- 
terial being thrown back. When desired, the hood can be shifted to the right 
by releasing a thumb screw. 

Figs. 109 (page 82) and no (page 82) show an aluminum saw guard 
invented by F. McKee of Beloit, Wis. The principal feature of this guard 
is the link connection between the hood and where it is fastened. This enables 
the nose of the guard to ride up easily on material fed to the saw, friction 
being practically eliminated. In Fig. 109 the hood is attached to a splitter, 
while in Fig. no it is attached to an arm supported from the side of the table. 
The latter method of attachment is used for pattern shop work. If it is 
desired to remove the guard for work on 
which it cannot be used, loosening of one 
set screw will allow arm and guard to be 
swung to the side of the table. This guard 
can also be attached to a framework sus- 
pended from the ceiling. 

Grooving Saws. Two German devices 
to guard grooving saws, for which no close 

hood protection is possible, are shown in Courtesy of Deutsche Tischler-Zeitung. 

Fig. ill (page 82) and Fig. 112 (page 83). pig. 101. German Cam Guard. 
In the former a board supported from the 

side covers the saw. It is set high enough for work to go underneath it 
easilv, and a slot in the front enables the operator to see the line of cut. It is 
hinged to the back of its supporting block, so it can be thrown back out of the 




78 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 102. Offutt Saw Guard, Raised by Material. 



way. Fig. 112 (page 83) shows a guard somewhat similar to an automatic 
jointer guard. The thin board (d), which turns around a support (e) and is 
held against the guide by the blade spring (c), is pushed aside by the material 

fed, and automatic- 
ally covers the saw 
again after the stock 
has passed by. A 
counterweight might 
well be used in place 
of the spring, to give 
even tension for any 
width of stock. When 
no guard is used, 
operators should 
avoid the dangerous 
practice of letting 
the stock come back 
over the saw. After a piece has been run over the saw, it should always be 
picked up. 

Self-feed Saws. A self-feed rip saw should have a strip metal or hood 
protection over the saw. If this guard is not furnished by the maker, as 
is usually done, it can easily be attached by any mechanic. A feed- 
ing-out roll also contributes to safety, in carrying pieces beyond the saw. 
Such a roll should 
b e, and usual- 
ly is, provided with 
a thin steel wedge- 
disk splitter to keep 
the stock from pinch- 
ing. To prevent the 
feeding-in roll catch- 
ing a hand kept too 
long on the stock, a 
guard should be 
placed over the roll 
coming down in 
front as far as pos- 
sible. This should 
be attached to the 
shaft carrying the 
roll, so as always to 
be in proper position. 











17 


jI 


'•* ' <sH»i' - iK2 




JJLmJ" 




1 

3 




"~ ^M^' 






1 




" 



Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 103. Offutt Saw Guard, Finishing Cut. 



Fig. 113 (page 83) shows a home-made device for protecting this roll. 

Fig. 114 (page 84), a picture taken in a sash and door plant, shows a self- 
feed rip saw with a galvanized hood coming down over the front of the feed 
roll as far as possible. An extension of this hood covers the top of the roll as 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



79 



far as the suction hood to prevent the operator's hand, when reaching up to the 
lever which shows close to the blow pipe, from getting" in the teeth of the roll. 

The saw is protected both 
top and bottom by suction 
hoods, and a slanting board 
guards the drive belt. The 
sprocket and chain or gear- 
ing driving the feed should 
always be well guarded, to 
prevent an operator's hand 
being caught when adjust- 
ing, or at other times. 

While self-feed saws are 
Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. normally safer than hand-feed 

Fig. 104. German Finger Guard. ones, they should be care- 

fully operated and adjusted. The whole feed framework is severely strained 
by operation, and should be examined carefully and often. Special attention 
should be paid to the feed drive, as, if the feed is thrown out of commission, 
the stock may kick before reaching the feeding out roll. In operating there 
is danger from the operator lifting the feed apparatus so as to drop it on the 
stock and get a better grip. 




CUT-OFF SAWS. 

The operation of cut-oft saws does not involve the same degree of risk as 
that of rip saws, so 
the protection can 
take a simpler form 
and yet be reason- 
ably effective. For 
the ordinary cut-off 
machine whose saw 
has a fixed position 
in the table, any of 
the rip saw hoods al- 
ready illustrated or 
described which 
leave the table clear 
can be used. For 
many kinds of work 
a hood can overhang 
the saw from the 
rear, where it is fas- 
tened bv a hinge so 




Courtesy of Olympic Foundry & Machine Co. 

Fig. 105. Pogue Double Hood Saw Guard. 



it can easily be thrown back when necessary. Even a strip of metal bent to 
conform to the curvature of the saw, and securely fastened at the rear, will 
prevent many accidents. Such a home-made device is shown in Fig. 115 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



(page 84), a picture of a stationary table saw used for cutting off the ends of 
wagon shafts. 

To guard a cut-off saw further when not in use, a strip can be hinged to 
the front of the hood which will cover the front teeth when the saw is not 
being used but which can easily be thrown up when work is being done. When 
an off-bearer is employed, and a hood does not protect the rear teeth, it is a 
good idea to have a splitter back of the saw, to keep his hands from coming in 
contact with the teeth. 

Another arrangement for guarding a cut-off saw is shown in Fig. 116 
(page 85). A framework hinged to uprights at the rear of the table covers 

each side of the saw, its own weight 
holding it down on the table except 
when raised by material fed to the 
saw. The front is curved to allow 
easy feeding, and the top of the saw 
is covered by a horizontal strip. 

Double Cut-off Guard. For 
double cut-off saw machines, which 
are much used in many factories, 
hood guards can be suspended 
from the ceiling, adjustable along a 
bar extending the length of the table. 
Such an arrangement is shown in Fig. 
117 (page 85), a guard made by the 
Jones Safety Device Co., of Buffalo, 
N. Y. The hoods adjust automatically 
for different thicknesses of material, 
are equipped with steel dogs at the 
rear, and can be turned up out of the 
way when necessary. 

Traveling Cut-off Saws. Y\ nen- 
ever possible, such a saw should be 
guarded by a hood the supporting 
frame of which is attached to the saw 
carriage, thus keeping the hood al- 
ways over the saw as it moves to and 
fro. The hood should also adjust automatically for different thicknesses of 
material. Such a guard for a railway cut-off saw, made by the Jones Safety 
Device Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., is shown in Fig. 118 (page 86). 

Where it is impossible to apply such full protection, there should at least 
be a permanent covering which will guard the saw at rest. A saw so guarded 
by its makers, the E. & B. Holmes Machinery Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., is shown 
in Fig. 119 (page 86). If no such covering comes with the machine, a home- 
made one can easily be attached. When a traveling cut-off saw is operated by 
a handle extending above it from the rear, a hood can often be attached to this 
handle. 




Courtesy of Rockzveil Aifg. Co. 

Fig. 106. Rockwell Saw Guard. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



81 



Feeding Material. It is much safer to feed material to a cut-off saw by 

means of a sliding table 
rather than by hand, and 
such tables can well be 
used whenever practi- 
cable. When cross-cut- 
ting into several small 
pieces at one operation, 
there should be a clamp- 
ing device for holding 
the stock on the carriage, 
as otherwise the operator 
runs much risk of injury 
in holding the stock as it 
goes between the saws. 
When round or polygo- 
nal material is cut, some 
secure scheme of holding 
should be rigged up so 
the stock can't get away 
from the operator. Such 




Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 107. Rockwell Saw Guard, 2x4 Being Ripped. 



irregular shapes are very hard to handle. Clamping the piece in a groove in a 
board gives a good grip on it. 

An operator should be careful 
in feeding material to a cut-off saw. 
as jamming, though not so likely as 
with a rip saw, may occur unless 
the feeding is accurate, even be- 
tween the two saws of a double cut- 
off machine. If the stock is fed 
by hand, one hand may press a 
little harder than the other, and so 
feed the material in at an angle. 

Carriage Fed Cut-off Guards. 
When a feeding carriage is used, 
and there is no hood supported 
from above, a hood can often be 
attached to the carriage which will 
cover the saw completely when not 
in use. Such a German guard is 
shown in Fig. 120 (page 87). From 
the top of the hood a strip extends 
to protect the top of the saw when 
not covered by the hood proper. 
The stock is held against the front 
of the hood while being cut. A counterweight brings the carriage back 
automatically. 




Courtesy of P. Pryibil. 

Fig. 108. Pryibil Saw Guard. 



82 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Another German arrangement of similar nature is shown in Fig. 121 (page 
87). The wood to be cut is placed on the carriage against the 
two iron strips (h). To the lower part of the carriage at the 





At- 



Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 

Fig. no. McKee Saw Guard, Sup- 



ported from Side of Table. 

a double-acting lever. The hood 



Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 

Fig. 109. McKee Saw Guard 
tached to Splitter. 

back is fastened at (c) a double-acting lever. The hood is at 
tached to the short shank (d) of this lever, while the long shank 
(e) glides on a roller (f) fastened to the frame of the table. The 
hood completely covers the saw when not in use, but is automatically 
raised as stock is fed. After the cut is made and the pressure against the strips 
(h) is removed, the weight (g) brings the carriage back and the saw is again 
covered by the hood. 

Fig. 122 (page 87) shows a home-made cover 
for a miter saw, used in a picture frame factory, 
consisting of an oblong box-like arrangement made 
of wood. Fig. 123 (page 88) shows a clever guard, 
devised by the International Harvester Co., whose 
metal hood is self-adjusting, its carriage traveling 
on an inclined track. It is counterweighted so as 
to offer the least resistance when the piece of stock 
strikes the wheel at the front end of the hood. The 
friction is sometimes reduced by having, instead of 
this one wheel, a series of wheels reaching back from Courtesy of North German Wood- 

r 1 <-t-ii • • 1 i- workers' Ass'n. 

the front end. the principle of this guard can be ^. „ , r „ 

. ° Fig. in. Guard for Groov- 

applied to rip saw protection as well as cut-off. i ng Saw. 

BOLTER SAWS. 

The saws of machines for splitting sections of logs into bolts 
for shingle, heading and stave saws should be well guarded at both back 




CIRCULAR SAWS 



83 



and side. Not only is there danger of some one falling on such a saw, but, 
with the low friction-driven split table often used, slivers, etc. are likely to drop 
through the slit in the carriage to the floor below and then be caught by the 

under side of the saw and be thrown 
— 1. -s ItSSsg^g^^ with great force toward the rear. 

There should never be an exposed 
passageway behind such a machine. 
Fig. 124 (page 88) shows such a 
heading saw with the side of the saw 
and the open space behind railed off. 
No employee should be allowed to 
ride on the carriage. At the left of 
the picture the run of the drag saw 
which cuts the logs to bolt length is 
shown fenced off. 

The hand-feed table saw for 
squaring one side of the bolt in a 
pail and tub factory before it goes 




Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 112. Guard for Grooving Saw. 



to the heading or stave sawing machine should have a wide hood suspended 
from above, or at least should be hooded at back and on top, with a band 
curving over as much of the front as is not required for the work. A feeding 
carriage with a V-shaped bottom could well be used. The operator should 
brush away slabs with a stick, as otherwise 
he comes dangerously near the saw teeth. 

The carrier-fed machine for cross-cut- 
ting bolts should have its saw well guarded. 
If the cutting is done with the upper part 
of the saw, the entire saw below the man- 
drel, and above it to a point just below the 
swinging frame in which the bolt is held, 
can be protected by a cover, supported from 
the machine frame or the floor, open both 
top and bottom and with the outer side 
hinged for access to the saw. If the cutting 
is done with the lower side of the saw, there 
can be a fencing at the back and along the 
outside set far enough away not to interfere 
with the feeding frame. It is well also to 
have the upper part of the saw guarded by a 
hood or band supported from the machine 

framework. Courtesy of Paine Lumber 

EQUALIZING SAWS. Fi S- "3- |f lf ~ f fjjj Rip Saw 

The equalizing saws used so extensively 
in cooperage and wagon work, and in box and excelsior factories, veneer mills, 
and many other plants, are dangerous machines and need careful guarding. 
The saws should always be protected as fully as possible on top by hoods, or 




8 4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 

Fig. 114. Self-feed Rip Saw Guarded. 



at least by bands, and they should be guarded at the back when there is a pass- 
ageway there. When the saws are set near the ends of the arbor outside of the 
bearings, the outer part of each saw should be covered to a point below the bottom. 

Cooperage Saws. 
Fig. 125 (page 89) 
shows a stave and 
heading equalizer 
equipped by its manu- 
facturers, the E. & B. 
Holmes Machinery 
Co., of Buffalo, N. Y., 
with guards which 
protect the bottom of 
each saw and the 
back up to the 
crown. They are ad- 
justable, along a bar 
at the front of the 
machine, for differ- 
ent positions of the 
saws. There are 
also self-feed equal- 
izers in which the saws are fully guarded and to which the stock is fed on' a 
traveling chain fitted with brackets. 

Equalizers fed by means of carriers should always have springs or weights 
to keep the carriers away from the saws except when stock is being fed, and 
these should be kept in the best of condition. The small stave equalizing 
saws used in pail and tub factories should have hoods coming down as far in 
front as possible, and the carrier should have 
a lever attachment for clamping the stock on 
it. When the saws are set very close to- 
gether, one hood can cover both saws. 

Fig. 126 (page 89) shows a home-made 
guard for stave equalizers. Each of the two 
wooden sections of which the guard is made 
is bolted to a frame of iron, bent to proper 
form and bolted to the framework of the 
machine. Beneath each saw is a box to 
catch the blocks, an excellent idea where 
there is no chute. If blocks pile up, the saw 
is apt to catch one of them and throw it with 
great force. The box also facilitates safe 
removal of the blocks. 

A good and cheap way of guarding such 
equalizers is to set a board across the back of the machine, long enough to 
extend about six inches beyond the saw or frame at each end, and at right 
angles to this to run from each end a board along the outside of the saw as 




Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 

Fig. 115. Home-made Cut-Off 
Guard. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



85 




Courtesy of American Museum of Safely. 

Fig. 116. German Cut-Off Saw Guard. 



far to the front as possible. Each board should be a little wider than the 
saw's diameter. It is well to have the side casings hinged for access to the 
saws. Such a guard will prevent anyone from backing up against the saws 
or running into them, yet it 
is far enough away to let the 
blocks fall inside. 

Wagon Saws. Fig. 127 
(page 90) shows a pair of 
saws, used in a buggy parts 
plant for equalizing the 
lengths of single-trees, 
guarded by substantial sheet 
iron hoods. The saw shaft 
and bearings are mounted on 
a solid table, and the guards 
are mounted on a piece of 
angle iron extending the full length of the shaft. They are made wide so as to 
cover the saws when set for different lengths of material. Fig. 128 (page 90) 
shows a guarded double hub equalizing saw. made by the Defiance Machine 
Works, Defiance, O. The operator is protected by the convenient hand lever 
used for holding the hub in position and sliding the carriage to and from the 
saws. Such a feeding apparatus might well be used for man}- kinds of equaliz- 
ing work. 

Spoke and Handle Saw. Fig. 129 (page 91) shows a guarded machine, 
made by the Defiance Machine Works, for reducing spoke, handle and other 
blanks to exact length and preparing them for the turning lathe. The guards 
are adjustable on the frame of the machine with the saws. 

Veneer Saws. Fig. 130 
(page 91) show's a home- 
made method of guarding 
the saws used in veneer 
mills for cutting door or 
furniture panels to equal 
size. The hoods are ad- 
justable both horizontally 
along the bar above, to suit 
varying sizes of panels, 
and vertically. The picture 
also shows guards over the 
main drive belt and pulley 
at the left and over two 
pulleys driving the saws, 
and a sleeve over a dead 




Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 

Fig. 117. Jones Double Cut-off Guard. 



end of shaft at the right. Such points should alwa}^s be guarded. 

Drum Equalizer. The guarded machine shown in Fig. 131 (page 92) 
made by the Chattanooga Machinery Co., of Chattanooga, Tenn., is used in box 



86 



WOODWORKING SAFDGUARDS 



factories and elsewhere. The boards or blocks are laid on the steps in front 
of the machine, and as the drum slowly revolves the stock is cut. Holding- 
down springs prevent the stock moving when in contact with the saws. 

The, saws are hooded at the back and 
on top. 

Tie Equalizer. A guarded rail- 
road tie equalizer in a saw mill is 
shown in Fig. 13 (page 25). The 
two saws, 8 feet apart, sometimes 
throw ties or pieces. There is a 
front planking guard to prevent 
pieces striking employees. Two 
arms hung from pins lift up as the 
ties go under them, and then drop 
down and prevent the ties from slid- 
ing back on top of the saws. 




HI 

Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 

Fig. 118. Jones Railway Cut-Off Guard. 



SWING SAWS. 



Counterweights. The most essential feature of swing saw protection has 
to do with the counterweight, so that there will be no danger of the saw 
unexpectedly swinging out toward the operator. Balancing the saw by a 
counterweight attached to a rope should be avoided whenever possible. A 
rope running over a small pulley is apt to become weak from wear and then to 
break when the saw goes 
back with a jerk after being 
released by the operator. 
The run of the rope behind 
the bench is usually en- 
closed, as it should be, to 
prevent sawdust and other 
stuff from clogging it so it 
will not work smoothly, 
and this practice is apt to 
prevent wear being noticed 
quickly. For the same rea- 
son it is unlikely that suf- 
ficiently close watch will be 
kept on the fastening of the 
weight to the rope. When 
a rope counterweight is used, 
frequent examination of the 
rope and of the fastening of 
the weight should be made, 
to assure the rope being in good condition and the weight being securely 
attached. 




Courtesy of E. & B. Holmes Machinery Co. 

Fig. 119. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



When the swing bar method of counterbalancing is used, the bar should 
be so arranged that it works from a horizontal position" upward, as otherwise, 
if the weight should come loose, it may drop on the operator or some one else 
as well as let the saw come out at the operator. Care should be taken to fasten 




- ■ ■- ' .. :;.•. ' .. '. ■.• . „;.■;..".■:.:". 



Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 120. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 



Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 
Fig. 121. Cut-Off Saw Guard. 



the weight very securely to the bar. It is a good plan to have a positive stop 
on each side of it. Any bolts which fasten the bar to the framework should be 
tested frequently, as they are subject to heavy strain. The bar itself can well 
be made of wrought iron. To prevent any possibility of the weight falling, it 
can be attached to a safety chain coming clown from the ceiling, as shown 
in Fig. 132 (page 92). If the saw is counterbalanced by springs, these springs 
should be very carefully adjusted, and frequently inspected to assure their 
working properly. 

Guarding the Saw. The saw proper is usually equipped with a guard by 
its maker, in the form of a half hood covering the top of the saw and the side 
next to the handle. When no guard comes with the machine, a home-made 
one can easily be made. Fig. 133 (page 93) shows a home-made hood, with 
side of wood and top of sheet iron, bolted to the side of the frame. It is better, 
however, to enclose the top of the saw on both sides, as shown in Fig. 134 
(page 93). 

More complete protec- 
tion yet can often be given. 
Fig- 135 (page 94) shows a 
reinforced wire mesh guard 
extending the protection 
given by the ordinary metal 
hood. The mesh guard 
slides in slots in the metal 
hood for an adjustment to 
iy 2 inches from the work. 
In Germany a telescopic 
hood is sometimes placed 
inside the usual hood, en- 
tirely covering the saw, as shown in Fig. 136 (page 94). The front part of this 
guard is lifted by the work striking the projecting forks, and the rear guard 
also raises when the w r ork reaches it. Another European method is to attach 




Courtesy of L. R. Harsha Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 122. Home-made Cut-Off Guard. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co, 

Fig. 123. Guard for Circular Saw 



to the front of the ordinary hood a metal strip working on a hinge, which 
glides on the wood being cut and pushes back an operator's hand carelessly 
left in the line of the cut. 

The lower part of 
the blade can well be 
guarded, when the saw 
is at rest, by boards set 
as close as possible to 
each side and projecting 
far enough beyond the 
blade in front to enable 
the operator to handle 
his stock on the table 
with perfect safety. 
When a swing saw is so 
situated that anyone can 
get in the rear of the 
table, it should be fenced 
off at the back. Fig. 134 
(page 93) shows an ex- 
cellent wire screen for 
this point, and Fig. 133 (page 93) shows boxing at both side and back. 
Guarding the Belt. The belt of a swing saw should be well guarded, 
especially when it runs near the handle. Fig. 134 (page 93) shows a sheet 
metal guard back of the handle and a wire screen extending upward. Wire 
screen methods of guarding are shown in Figs. 135 (page 94) and 136 (page 
94). Some machines are equipped with handle guards by the makers, but 
these should be supple- 
mented by guarding the 
belt above. When there 
is no protection for the 
handle, and it is not on 
the side of the hood, it 
should at least set well 
out from the belt. A 
home-made handle can 
be attached to the frame- 
work well away from the 
belt, as shown in Fig. 
133 (page 93). 

Limiting the Swing. 
In some machines the 



^sJs ISl&fH ES^BNg" *t • J 


.: '' '• 


^WB 



Courtesy of Jonesboro Heading Co. 

Fig. 124. Heading Bolter Saw Guarded. 



counterweighting mechanism is arranged so the saw can swing out only a 
limited distance. Whether this is the case or not, the swing can be limited by 
a safety chain running from the lower part of the swinging frame to a fixed 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



8 9 




Courtesy of E. <t B. Holmes Machinery Co. 

Fig. 125. Stave Equalizer Guarded. 



point in the rear. Fig. 132 (page 92) shows such a chain, attached at 
rear to the framework of the 
guard for the back of the 
saw. 

General. The saw 
should be hung on the end 
of the frame away from ap- 
proaching material so the 
operator's hands will not be 
directly in front of the saw. 

Every belt-driven saw 
should have an efficient belt 
shifter within easy reach of 
the operator. Some ma- 
chines come equipped with 
shifters attached to the 
swinging frame, so the oper- 
ator need not let go of the 
machine when shifting the 
belt. 

Care should be taken 
not to attempt to saw material 
of thickness equal to the distance 
from the top of the table to 
where the drive belt passes over 
the pulley, as this may cause the 
pulley to ride over the material 
and throw the saw against the 
operator. 

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS. 

Guarding Under Part of Saw. 
The part of a saw underneath a 
bench should always be well 
guarded against contact. This is 
often effected by means of a suc- 
tion hood, or by placing on each 
side of the saw a metal or wood 
shield somewhat larger than the 
saw. Perhaps the best method, 
however, is to fence in any open- 
ings in the sides and ends of the 
bench with doors or shields, 
which slide in grooves or swing 



the 




Courtesy of Royer Wheel Co. 

Fig. 126. Stave Equalizer Guarded. 



on hinges so they can easily be opened for necessary access. 



9° 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 

Fig. 127. Single-tree Equalizer Guarded 



Care in Operation, Etc. A sawyer cannot be too careful in operating a 
rip saw. Care is especially necessary when forcing a piece through after it has 
pinched or a knot or change in grain is struck, on account of the sudden jerk 

apt to follow the extra pres- 
sure required, and in brush- 
ing waste pieces away from 
the back of the saw. An 
operator should never feed 
stock with his breast or ab- 
domen, and he should try to 
avoid standing directly be- 
hind his work. In some 
plants rip saw operators wear 
thickly padded leather 
aprons. Holding on to a 
narrow strip when pushing 
a piece through the saw and 
cleaning out a dust chute 
while the saw is running are 
both dangerous practices. 
Great care should be ex- 
ercised in approaching a saw after the driving power has been disengaged, as 
inertia keeps it moving for some time. When stopping a belt-driven saw to 
adjust or clean up, the oper- 
ator should see that the belt 
is well home on the loose 
pulley, so it will not slip 
back and start the machine 
while he is working about it. 
When there are two saws in 
a table, both should be stop- 
ped when one is to be ad- 
justed or cleaned up. In 
feeling the run of a saw 
while adjusting, an operator 
should take care that his 
hand is not carried on to the 
teeth by friction. 

It is important that the 
guide be always parallel with 
the saw, and securely fast- 
ened to prevent its slipping 
and suddenly throwing the 
operator's hand on the teeth. It is well to examine often the fastenings of a 
guide more or less permanently fixed in one position. 




Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 

Fig. 128. Double Hub Equalizer Guarded. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



9 1 



Working of saws in the open air or in a cold room should be avoided, to 
prevent accidents due to operators' hands becoming- stiff or the wearing of 
-loves to keep them warm. When saw blades become cracked or dull, the 
operator should report their condition, and they should be removed at once 

from the workroom to avoid 
possible use of them. 

Push-Stick. A push- 
stick is often a useful safe- 
guard in finishing a cut, and 
suitable ones should always 
be provided so a workman 
may not improvise one out 
of some soft stuff lying 
handy which may break at a 
critical moment. The notch 
of a push-stick should be 
lined with metal, and there 
should be a hole in the other 
end for hanging it up con- 
veniently at hand. Use of a 
push-stick i s preferable, 
when possible, to using a 
second piece to push the first 
through. 

W h e n rabbeting or 
plowing is done on a saw, a 
push-block can often be 




Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 

Fig. 129. Guarded Equalizer. 



used, made simply by rabbeting off the sole of a block of wood and putting 
on top a handle like that of 
a plane. 

Off-bearers. There 
should always be an off- 
bearer when material is 
ripped which is longer than 
the saw table, and off-bear- 
ers can well be employed no 
matter what size of stock is 
being worked. An off- 
bearer should be careful not 
only to keep from the back 
teeth of an unguarded saw, 
but also to avoid pinching 
sawn pieces together and 
thus endangering the saw- 




Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 

Fig. 130. Veneer Equalizer Guarded. 



yer as well as possibly himself getting a hand mangled. It is a good plan for 
off-bearer boys to use a hook, whenever possible, to pull wood past the splitter. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Clothing. It is advisable for both sawyers and off-bearers to wear tight- 
fitting clothing. Sleeves which do not fit closely should be rolled up or prefer- 
ably short-sleeved jumpers should be worn. The latter avoids dangerous 
bunching of cloth around the upper arm. Wearing gloves is a bad practice 
which should be prohibited. 

Use and Adjustment of Guards. Guards are of no value unless used as 





Courtesy of Chattanooga Machinery Co. 

Fig. 131. Drum Equalizer Guarded. 

intended. Complete use for all 
possible work should be insisted 
upon, and replacement required at 
once after completion of work for 
which they cannot be used. For 
short stock the use of a guard 
should be compulsory. There is 
nothing in all the wide range of 
woodworking more dangerous 
than short feeding small dimen- 
sion stock. 

Hoods used should adjust 
automatically whenever possible. 
If arranged otherwise, they 
should be adjustable by hand, and 
always set to cover the saw as fully as may be. When a saw is changed for one 
of another size, the 'splitter should be readjusted close behind the new saw, or, 
if ncessary, a new one set in place. 

The tendency of workmen to turn back the nosepiece of a splitter and 
light hood guard, so as to see the line of cut better, can be obviated, in many 
instances, by splitting the front part of this hood like two fingers or making 
it of wire mesh. 



Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 132. Swing Saw Guards. 



CIRCULAR SAWS 



93 




Courtesy of Kentucky River Poplar Co. 

Fig. 133- Home-made Swing Saw Guards. 



Material of Guards. Whatever the material of a guard, it and its supports 
should be very substantial. 
If possible supports should 
not be of cast iron. Many 
prefer wood hoods, as likely 
to do less damage if struck 
by the saw. For this reason 
the Germans often line 
metal hoods with wood. 
Fibre is sometimes used in 
place of wood or metal. 

Care of Saws and 
Bearings. Saws should be 
carefully inspected quite 
often for lost motion in 
the bearings. If the bear- 
ings are worn, the saw 
will wobble and jump and 
be more dangerous. End 
play in a mandrel has 
caused men to lose fingers 
on a rip saw, and has also 
resulted in the throwing 
of edgings with disastrous 
effect. The bearings 
should be kept well bab- 
bitted up, and in the inter- 
vals between babbittings 
the liners between the bot- 
tom half of the bearing 
and the cap should be 
changed. In this way one 
babbitting can be made to 
serve effectively m u c h 
longer. Saws should also 
be kept well sharpened. 
There is nothing like a 
dull saw for making stock 
pinch and climb. Care in 
these two points is just 
as necessary for quality 
of work as for safety 

Fixing Speed of Saws. 
When saw machines are 
set up, care should be 
taken to ensure the fixing 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 134. Swing Saw Guards. 



of their speed at the proper rate. Overspeeding and underspeeding both 



94 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




have their dangerous points. While 
successful operation of 
saws, there is a point 
beyond which the saw 
not only becomes li- 
able to cause many ac- 
cidents, but it also 
cannot do good work. 
Too high a speed 
heats up the saw, and 
makes it touchy and 
limber. Then, if the 
teeth are at all dulled, 
the saw runs or 
dodges whenever it 
comes in contact with 
the least obstacle. 
Underspeeding also is 
apt to make a saw dodge either way on 
striking an object. 

Covering Saws Left Running. 
Whenever possible an operator should 
never leave his machine without shut- 
ting it down. If a saw has to be left 
running, it should be covered up. This 
is frequently done by placing over it 
a box with dowel pins which fit 



high speed is necessary for the 



Courtesy of Reming- 
ton Typewriter 
Works. 

Fig- 135- Mesh 

Guards for Swing 

Saw. 




Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 

Fig. 136. German Swing Saw Guards. 



into holes in the table. A 
permanently attached cover 
is better, however, when 
such can be arranged, as it is 
always conveniently at hand 
and therefore more likely to 
be used. Fig. 137 shows 
such a cover used in a match 
factory. It is hinged so it 
can be thrown back at the 
side of the saw. In the pic- 
ture the cover is raised to 
show its construction and 
how it works on its hinges. 
When a hood is used as a 
saw guard, this can often be 
adjusted to serve as a com- 
plete cover. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, Etc. 




Courtesy 



3/ Diamond Match Co. 

Fig. 137. Cover for Saw. 



BAND SAWS. 



band saw is much safer 
is no danger of the 



to operate than a circular saw, for 



A 
there 

wood being kicked, but it 
has peculiar hazards of its 
own against which an operator 
should be protected. Fortunate- 
ly it is unlike the circular saw 
also in that practically complete 
protection can be furnished. 

Guarding the Lower Wheel. 
When the lower wheel is left 
exposed, it is very likely to cause 
accidents, especially if it is a 
spoked wheel. The draught 
created by it is apt to draw in 
some loose part of the operator's 
clothing, his foot or leg may 
come in contact with the wheel 
or his toe get under it, or a 
block of wood may get tangled 
up in the wheel, if it is spoked, 
and be thrown or damage the 
wheel and thus cause an acci- 
dent. The saw blade also may 
break under the table, and its 
ends or pieces fly out and cut the 
operator's legs. 

The lower wheel should be 
entirely covered on the side to- 
wards the operator. Some manufacturers furnish such a guard, in the form 
usually of cast iron doors. When a machine is not thus equipped, it is easy 
to provide a home-made guard, of wire mesh, wood or metal. The guard 
should be so arranged that it can easily be opened, and it should come down 
close to the floor, to prevent anything getting under the wheel. 

The lower wheel is often of the web type, which from the safety stand- 
point is decidedly preferable to the spoked kind. Its use practically eliminates 
the danger of the operator's clothing or a piece of wood being caught in the 
wheel, and there are no spokes to catch a breaking blade and tear it to pieces. 




Courtesy of Brown & Sharpc Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 138. Guards for Band Saw. 



9 6 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Mr 



-* 






^^ 









Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 

Fig. I 39- Jones Band Saw Guard. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 140. Band Saw Guarded. 



1 1 Ih 
Ifl 1 

A* 1.JW 



ILl,*I 



;lr 1 i m 
11 

>> - ' " 





Fig. 141. Guards for Band Saw 
Wheels. 



Courtesy of Link-Belt Co. 

Fig. 142. Guard for Band Saw Blade. 



BAND SAWS 



97 




The web wheel also gives a more 
steady movement to the blade, thus re 



during the danger of breakage. 



Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 

Fig. 143. German Guards for Band Saw. 



It 
should be encased, however, just like 
the spoked wheel. 

Guarding the Upper Wheel. The 

upper wheel should be enclosed in simi- 
lar fashion to the lower. Protection 
only as far down as the hub is not suf- 
ficient, especially when the wheel is set 
low enough to reach down to the height 
of the operator's head. A complete 
covering is always better, as it is more 
likely to catch the saw if it should 
break or slip off the wheel. If the blade 
should merely slip off the wheel, a 
complete casing will tend to prevent 
the kinking which often causes a saw 

to break. 

The wheel can be effectively en- 
cased in wood, slats, metal or wire 
mesh, as may be most convenient. The 
a ~ tut it rannot come" in contact with the wheel, 
^^llZXZ^TZZ^, * — *. saw, r, 

moval. It is well also to have a pro- 
tecting strip span the wheel. Such a 
strip will do much toward catching 
the parts of the blade if it should 
break. When the upper wheel is not 
encased, a bar is sometimes placed 
across the front, fitting in a rest at 
each side, to keep the saw from com- 
ing over on the operator if it should 
slip off the wheel. 

Protecting Return Part of Blade. 
The return part of the blade between 
the two wheels should be guarded for 
other reasons as well as in case of 
breakage. With it exposed, the 
operator or someone else may come in 
contract with it, or a piece of ma- 
terial be crowded on it, or the saw 
may be struck from the rear and 
thrown off the wheels. 

Guarding this part is a simple 
matter. One method of protection is 
to place parallel strips of wood, each 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 144. Guards for Band Saw. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



wider than the blade, one on each side of it. The strips should come down 
close to the table. Another way of guarding is to run a strip up along the 
side of the blade, and attach to it at right angles two other strips, one cover- 
ing the saw teeth in front and the other protecting the back of the blade so 
that it cannot be struck from the rear and thrown off the wheel. 

A third device is a piece of timber with a slot cut in the front of it in 
which the blade will run, the slot being deep enough for the blade to be some 
little distance from its front edges. Some manufacturers furnish a tube- 
like guard in which the blade can be enclosed. Others equip their ma- 
chine with a U-shaped protec- 
tion or a cast-iron channel in 
which the blade runs. 

Guarding Working Part of 
Blade. The working side of 
the saw should be guarded both 
on account of the danger of 
breakage and to keep an opera- 
tor's head from coming in con- 
tact with it, as when he bends 
over to follow penciled lines 
showing the desired cut. Some 
machines come from the maker 
equipped with a guard for this 
point. When there is none a 
home-made guard is easy to ap- 
ply, and often it can be at- 
tached to the guide so as to 
raise and lower with it. A 
wooden or metal strip can be 
placed in front of the teeth, or 
strips can be placed at right 
angles to each other which will 
guard both the front and the 
outside of the blade. Only the 
part of the saw in actual use 
need be left exposed. 

Care by Operator. The 




Courtesy of Brown £ Sharpe Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 145. Band Saw Guarded. 



operator should see that the work lies straight and firm before feeding, so it 
will not turn and draw his fingers into the blade. He should keep his atten- 
tion exclusively fixed on his work, and he should be careful in brushing away 
cuttings. After the power is disengaged he should always wait for the ma- 
chine to come to a stop, never trying to stop the wheel with a piece of wood 
or with hand or foot. Sometimes, as in Germany, a brake is rigged up, brought 
into action by a foot lever after the belt has been shifted to the loose 
pulley, to stop the machine almost instantly. A device by which the belt 
shifter, when moved to the limit of its travel, would apply a brake effect and 
thereby bring the machine to a halt more quickly, would be preferable. 



BAND SAWS 



99 



When a band saw is stopped, it is advisable to lower the tension some- 
what unless this is well provided for by the makers. While working, the saw 
becomes heated and expands ; when not working, it cools off and contracts. 
So there is danger of a subsequent break, with possibility of an accident, if the 
tension is not slackened. When the saw is running, the tension, of course, has 
to be kept pretty firm, to prevent the blade slipping off the wheel and to keep 
it moving smoothly. 

A band saw break sometimes comes gradually, its beginning being shown 
by a noticeable click. The machine should then be stopped at once and the 
blade removed. 

Other Precautions. 
Band saws should not be 
operated, either indoors or 
out, in a temperature low 
enough to cause the opera- 
tor's hands to become stiff. 
Too low a temperature is 
also apt to cause the blade 
to snap when started. Use 
of gloves by operators 
should be positively pro- 
hibited. 

Saw blades should be 
carefully sharpened, and 
brazed with great care 
when necessaiw. If a saw- 
is not brazed properly, it 
is much more likely to 
break when next put in use. 
Too much emphasis can- 
not be laid upon the need of 
proper brazing, to assure 
the brazed joints being 
carefully made, the blades 
not being overheated, the flux and solder thoroughly uniting the parts, and 
the thickness being afterward brought down accurately to that of the rest of 
the blade. Cracked saw blades should not be used, and dull blades out of com- 
mission should not be left in the work-room. 

Illustrations of Guards. Fig. 138 (page 95) shows a guarded band saw 
in use in the plant of the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., of Providence, R. I. The 
return part of the saw is protected by parallel strips on either side, and the 
working side is also guarded. The lower wheel is enclosed in cast-iron doors, 
and the upper is protected by a spanning bow and by a hinged wire mesh 
shield slotted to fit over the hub. The makers of this machine, the Oliver 
Machinery Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich., furnish an L-shaped guard, of 
steel with a wood facing, for the working side of their saws, the guard cover- 




Courtcsy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 146. Band Saw Guarded. 



ioo WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

ing both front and side of the blade and adjusting with the guide, and a guard 
for the return part of the blade in the form of a U-shaped trough. 

Fig. 139 (page 96) shows the guard made by the Jones Safety Device 
Co., of Buffalo, N. Y. The wheel covering is composed of wire mesh on an 
angle iron frame. The return part of the blade is guarded, and the working 
portion protected by a sliding guard which raises and lowers with the guide. 

A method of guarding employed by the International Harvester Co. is 
shown in Fig. 140 (page 96). The lower wheel is protected by a removable 
wooden housing, and the upper by a sheet steel guard. The return part of 
the blade is also guarded. 

A simple home-made guard for the wheels is shown in Fig. 141 (page 96). 
It consists of substantial wooden doors hinged at one side so they can be 
swung open. A home-made device for guarding the working side, shown 
in Fig. 142 (page 96), is in use in the plant of the Link-Belt Co., of Chicago, 
111. It is a metal strip which is fastened to the guide and moves up and 
down with it. 

Fig. 143 (page 97), a picture of a German machine, shows the upper 
wheel surrounded by a protective bow and the lower covered with lattice 
work. A patented safety device, attached directly over the table, rests upon 
the material being sawed and prevents the fingers from hitting the teeth. A 
pipe railing guard for the motor furnishing the power is also shown. 

Another International Harvester guard is shown in Fig. 144 (page 97). 
The lower wheel is protected by a removable housing and the upper by a wire 
screen guard slotted so as to slip over the hub. The latter guard can be 
raised clear by means of a rope working over a pulley attached to° the ceiling. 
The return part of the blade is guarded. 

The method of boxing in the wheels shown in Fig. 145 (page 98) is in use 
in the plant of the Brown & Sharpe Mfg. Co., of Providence, R. I. Both upper 
and lower wheels are encased in wooden housings, and an exhaust is attached 
to the lower cover to carry away the sawdust. 

Fig. 146 (page 99) shows wooden shields (AA) in front of both wheels of 
a band saw used in a National Tube Co. pattern shop, and also a curved 
block of wood (B) to catch a flying end of the blade in case it should break. 

Self-feed Band Saws. The same wheel protection should be furnished 
self-feed saws as is given the hand-feed machine. It is advisable to have the 
front feed roller guarded to prevent the operator's hands being drawn in be- 
tween it and the stock, and the sprocket and chain gearing, or other form of 
power transmission for the feed should be protected. So also should the belt 
and pulley driving the feed works, if such are used for the purpose. When 
the top rollers act as hold-downs, the feed being by means of an endless 
chain beneath the stock, the part of the chain below the table should be 
fenced in. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmis- 
sion, Etc. 



JOINTERS OR BUZZ 
PLANERS. 



Next to the circular saw, the jointer or buzz planer has probably the widest 
range of usefulness of all woodworking machines, and, with the shaper, it also 
ranks next to the saw in its capacity for doing injury 7 to its operator. The planer 
often shortens the fingers of dreamers, and it is a poor machine for anyone to run 
unless he places his mind on his work and follows the instructions of 
experienced hands. 





Fig. 147. Old Style Square Head. 



Fig. 148. Safety Circular Cylinder. 



Its danger lies in the fact that under ordinary circumstances the operator is 
dependent wholly upon his hands for control of his work. With them he. pushes 
the stock over the knives and also keeps it firmly pressed to the table so as to 
secure an even cut. They are therefore brought frequently into close proximity to 
the danger point, the gap between the two tables in which the knife head is rapidly 
revolving. Any one of a number of causes is apt then to throw a hand off the 
material and into the knives. A knot or change in grain may be struck, too heavy 
a cut may be taken, the piece of stock may be too small for such planing, or the 
operator may be doing his work carelessly. Whatever the cause, the result is 
pretty sure to be a serious injury unless everything possible has been done to 
guard the machine. Some of the causes of accident can be foreseen by the operator 
and avoided, but others are beyond his control, and on both accounts the jointer 
demands as complete protection as can be given it. 

Circular Safety Cylinder. One of the most effective mechanical safeguards 
that can be installed on a jointer is the circular safety cylinder. This form of head 
fills up the gap between the tables to such an extent, and the knives project so little 
from the head, that if an operator's hands should come in contact with the knives 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



they cannot be mangled as they would be with a square head. Figs. 147 and 148 
(page 101) show the difference between the two kinds of heads very plainly 
and Figs. 149 and 150 show the nature of the injuries apt to be inflicted by each. 
Space does not permit of mentioning all of the many makes of circular cylin- 
ders. The one illustrated in Fig. 148 (page 101) is made by the Oliver Machinery 
Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich. Special thin knives are used in the Oliver cylinder, and 
the knives are prevented from flying out by notches at their ends fitting over small 
lugs in the cylinder. In addition to those makes which require special knives, there are 
circular heads in which the same kinds of knives can be used as in the square head. 
Not only does the circular cylinder prevent a workman's hands from getting 
materially below the table top, but the danger of kicking back is much diminished. 
Use of such a head largely increases the capabilities of a jointer. Shorter pieces of 
wood can be planed, and planing can be done against the end of a piece of stock. 
The circular head is steadier running than the square one, has less tendency to 
vibrate, and is less liable to get out of balance. 
A circular head should be used on every jointer. 

of other guarding, but it 

goes a long way toward 

giving the protection 

which should be given. It 

will also minimize many 

accidents due to failure 

of operators to use other 

guards provided. 



It does not obviate the need 





Done with Square 
Head. 



Fig. 150. Done with Cir- 
cular Cylinder. 



Types of Guards. 

There are two general 

classes of jointer guards, 

the sliding and rising 

type, in the use of which 

for facing the hands pass 

over the guard and the 
material beneath it, and the automatic, which is pushed aside by the stock and does 
not require the hands to be lifted from the stock. Each has its points of advantage. 
A sliding and rising guard keeps the knives covered all the time, except for edge 
work, but it always has to be adjusted for edging and usually for different thick- 
nesses of stock. An automatic guard leaves part of the knife gap exposed just 
before and after the passage of the material, but its automatic adjustment gives 
less opportunity for carelessness or failure to use the guard as intended. 

Sliding and Rising Guards. One of the popular guards of this type is the 
"Wills," shown in Fig. 151 (page 103), manufactured by the John A. White 
Co., of Dover, N. H. It is adjustable vertically and horizontally and can be 
swung to one side, as shown by the dotted lines. 

Fig. 152 (page 103) shows the Jones adjustable guard, made by the Jones 
Safety Device Co., of Buffalo, N. Y. The top covering is made in sections which 
telescope into each other, to avoid getting into the operator's way. The guard can 
be lowered to the side, as shown by the dotted lines. 



JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 



103 




An ingenious English guard, made by J. Campbell & Co., of Manchester, Eng- 
land, is shown in Fig. 153 (page 104). It is adjustable vertically and horizon- 
tally. The steel rod cover for the knives enables the operator to see his work. 
The uppermost rod revolves and can be used as a roller to bring back material. 

There are sliding and rising guards 
where the adjustment for thickness of 
material is automatic, the position be- 
ing governed by a balance weight. 

Champion Guard. A well-known 
guard of the automatic type is shown 
in Fig. 154 (page 104). It is called the 
Champion Automatic Flexible Safety 
Guard and is manufactured by the 
Champion Machinery Co., of Joliet, 111. 

Court* / John A. White Co. The coyer {qt ^ kn{yes fe Q f w0(x l en 

Fig 151. " Wills " Jointer Guard. s i ats so fastened together as to make 

the entire covering flexible. The guard is held up against the guide by a spring at 
the point of attachment to the table. When it is pushed away by material being 
fed to the knives, the flexible cover drops down to the side of the machine frame 
so as not to be in the way of the operator. The picture shows the material 
going through, the guard being pushed aside just enough to permit its passage. 

Other Automatic Guards. Another guard of the automatic type is the 
" Badger," shown in Fig. 155 (page 105) manufactured by the Badger Jointer 
Guard Co., of Eau Claire, Wis. In operation, the guard-plate is pushed aside by the 
approaching material so as to uncover just so much of the knife length as is re- 
quired. As soon as the material has passed by, a spring brings the guard-plate 
back into position over the knives. 

A home-made guard resembling the Badger, but made of pierced aluminum so 
as to be light, is shown in Fig. 156 (page 105). At the end of the straight edge 
nearest the guide the guard rides on the table. Such guards are also made of wood. 
It is well to have them as light as possible, to reduce friction. Sometimes 
they are made in the form of a disk, which is revolved by the material fed. 

In some plants a gtiard is used which re- 
sembles the Badger in general design, but which 
has a beveled nub extending up from the inside 
edge of the guard plate at the point directly over 
the knife gap when the guard is in normal position. 
This nub makes it possible for a piece of material 
to be dropped down between the guard and the 
guide and jointed in one or more places instead of 
its entire length. 

Many prefer a weight to a spring for an auto- 
matic guard, on the theory that a spring has only a 
certain amount of life, while the action of a weight 
is both positive and permanent and gives more even tension. The weight prin- 
ciple is a feature of the " Porter " jointer guard, shown in Fig. 157 (page 106) 
manufactured by the C. O. Porter Machinery Co., of Grand Rapids, Mich. 




Courtesy of Jones Safely Device Co. 

Fig. 152. Jones Adjustable 
Jointer Guard. 



io4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Fig. 158 (page 106) shows an English automatic guard patented by H. W. 
Gibbs, of Bedford, England. It is designed to meet the objection that an automatic 
guard leaves part of the knife gap exposed just before the material reaches it and 

just after it has passed by. 
The covering for the 
knives consists of two 
parts, both attached to the 
table edge and both held 
in position by springs at 
that point. The upper part 
is shaped so that it is easily 
pushed aside by the ap- 
proaching material, while 
the under part keeps the 
knife slot covered until the 
material reaches practi- 

Courtesy of British Factory Dept. caHy ^ ^ pf ^ ^ 

Fig. 153. Campbell Jointer Guard. between the tables. 

Home-made Automatic Guards. A home-made automatic guard is shown in 
Fig. 159 (page 107). A polished metal strip is placed on the curved part where 
the material comes against the guard to push it aside. This reduces the friction 
between guard and material. The picture shows the method of hinging the guard 
at the edge of the table and the placing of the spring which keeps it in position 
against the guide. 

A home-made automatic guard worked by a weight is shown in Fig. 160 
(page 107). A 7-8 inch board is cut to the shape 
shown and hinged to the table. About midway of 
the guard a piece of iron bent to right angle shape 
is fastened to it. The rope for the weight is fastened 
to the lower end of this piece, crossing the machine 
under the table and then being led over a small 
pulley and down the rear side of the machine. 

Swing Paddle Guard. Another home-made 
guard, which does not work automatically, is 
shown in Fig. 161 (page 108). It can easily be 
shaped out of a piece of hard wood by any me- 
chanic, and at small cost. It is bolted to the sur- 
face of the machine and can be set for any width 
of stock, covering all that part of the knives not 
in use. This guard is sometimes made with a 
curved edge on the feeding side, so that the ma- 
terial pushes it away when fed to the knives. 

Sometimes, too, it is fastened to the front 
table, to leave the rebating portion clear and also to reduce the likelihood of 
its interfering with the operator as he walks along the machine. When so 
attached, its action practically becomes automatic through the operator's body 



■■■■ .'.■:■■.■■■■■ 




fl 


■ 


a 


u 



Courtesy of Champion Machinery Co. 

Fig. 154. Champion Jointer 
Guard. 



JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 



i°5 




Courtesy of Badger Jointer Guard Co. 

Fig. 155. Badger Jointer Guard. 



pushing it back against the guide as soon as the material has 
passed by. A guard of this swing paddle -type can easily be 
equipped with a spring or weight to make it automatic. 

An ingenious variation of this 
type of guard, designed especi- 
ally to prevent its getting in 
the way of the workman, con- 
sists of making it in two pieces, 
one sliding over the other. The 
under part has a cleat beneath 
it which comes against the re- 
bating edge and acts as a stop. 
Each part covers about half of 
the knife gap, and both are 
pivoted to the rear table at the same point. 

Double Automatic Guard. In cabinet shops and other establishments 
where much planing of cross-grained hard-wood is done it is sometimes advis- 
able to remove the guide entirely and place two automatic guards, a right 
hand one and a left hand one, on opposite sides of the table, letting them meet 
in the middle. Either springs or weights may be used to work them. Such 
an arrangement, in use in Germany, is shown in Fig. 162 (page 108). The 
action of the two guards is governed by weights. With such a device the 
knives can be used along their entire length, but all except the part in im- 
mediate use is covered. A guard of this kind might often be used in taking out 
the wind. 

Finger Guard. Fig. 163 (page 108) shows an ingenious jointer guard 
devised by the General Electric Co., at its Schenectady works. As the stock 
is run over the knives the fingers, as many as obstruct the passage of the work, 
are pushed back under the table. As soon as the work has cleared the knives 

they spring back into 

place. The action is of 
sliding in a grooved cast- 
ing under individual ten- 
sion for each finger. 

Taking Out the 
Wind. The guard 
shown in Fig. 164 (page 
109) is used on a buzz 
planer in taking out the 
wind-. While not a per- 
fect guard it has proved 
quite effective for such 
work. It makes the 
operator begin to feed 
also prevents his 




Courtesy of American Steel Foundries Co. 

Fig. 156. Aluminum Jointer Guard. 

with the end of the piece of material 
pulling the piece back over 



and 
the knives. The 
guard consists of a flat, thin board extending clear across the table and 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of C. O. Porter Machinery Co. 

Fig. 157. Porter Jointer Guard. 



held about three inches above the knives by band springs, one at each end. 

Self-feed Jointers. Automatic feed jointers eliminate most of the danger 

attaching to the operation of a jointer. It is well, however, to have the guard 

at the feeding point cover as much of 
the feeding chain as possible, to avoid 
the chance of the operator's fingers be- 
ing nipped between the stock and the 
chain. 

There are also automatic machines 
for face planing, in which rollers take 
the place of an operator's hands in 
carrying the stock through the knives. 
These machines are equipped with roll- 
ers working independently of each 
other so as to allow of pieces of differ- 
ent thickness being planed at the same 
time. In many plants such machines 
are used even for taking out the wind. It is well to have a bar guard extend- 
ing down in front of the rollers as close as possible to the table to prevent 
a man's hands following stock in and getting caught. A covering for the tops 
of the rollers is also advisable. 

There is also a self-feed jointer attachment which can be used in connec- 
tion with ordinary jointers. In this the stock is fed to the knives and pressed 
to the tables by an endless chain carrying a series of fingers, which extend the 
full width of the jointer table. Their pressure upon the stock is regulated by 
coil springs. 

Irregular Work. The danger of 
the jointer increases greatly when 
it is used for such work as moulding, 
beading, tonguing and grooving, as 
the knives used necessarily protrude 
further from the head than under 
ordinary circumstances. A circular 
head should be used for all such 
work, and some mechanical arrange- 
ment should always be employed to 
give the necessary pressure on the 
material. Such a device, in use in 
Germany and manufactured by 
Blumwe & Sohn, Bromberg, Prin- 
zenthal, is shown in Fig. 165 (page 
109). On the guide (D) is placed a 
weight lever (be) which swings 
around (b) and is adjustable. The 
weight lever carries in its center a cast iron stool (h) on the lower surface of 
which are placed three rollers (e) which facilitate the feeding of the wood. The 
stool (h) is shiftable horizontally in a slot of the weight lever, so that the 




Courtesy of British Factory Dept. 

Fig. 158. Gibbs Jointer Guard. 



JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 



107 




pressure on the wood may be exerted at the necessary point. All the part of 
the table gap not covered by the apparatus is protected-by an adjustable guard. 
Short Pieces. Special danger is involved in the working of short pieces 
on a hand jointer. Such 
pieces may tip at the table's 
edge, or a blunt knife may 
give a blow that does not 
cut clean, or a ragged end, 
knot or bulging place on the 
stock may catch — in any 
event throwing the work- 
man's hand into the knives. 
Short pieces are also very 
likely to kick, owing to their 
lightness and the difficulty 
of holding them close to the 
table. Many shops will not 
allow short strips to be 

planed OII a hand jointer, and Courtesy of U. S. Cast Iron Pipe & Foundry Co. 

this rule should be generally Fig. 159. Home-made Jointer Guard. 

followed. 

Where such work is done, however, some safe means of holding the stock 
should be furnished and its use insisted upon. One of these means is a push 
block, made somewhat in the shape of a hand plane with a cleat at the back 

to cover the end of the stock. It is 
well to have the under side of the 
block a notched metal plate, to hold 
the material squarely and prevent it 
from kicking sideways. Or a strip of 
iron having the lower edge toothed 
can be fastened to the front end of the 
block so that the teeth will protrude 
a little below the bottom of the block. 
An appliance of this sort can be used 
to advantage in connection with an 
automatic guard. Such a push block 
is shown in Fig. 166 (page no). Simi- 
lar appliances can be made, and should 
be used, for three-cornered pieces and 
other irregular shapes. 

It is difficult to state the mini- 
mum length of stock which should be 
worked on a hand planer. The rules 
of the German woodworking associa- 
tions require a push block or other feeding apparatus for all pieces 
shorter than 15 3-4 inches and thinner than 2 3-4 inches. In some 
shops in this country 12 inches is fixed as the minimum length. 




Courtesy of Harris & Cole Bros. 

Fig. 160. Home-made Jointer Guard. 



io8 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



It is well to be on the safer side and put the figure high enough. 
There are self feed planers made especially for short pieces, on which it is 

claimed that even 5-inch stock can be safely handled. The feeding apparatus 

consists of rollers driven by 
sprocket chains, and the opera- 
tor has to push the stock only 
a short distance to start the 
cut. 

Rear Part of Knives. Any 
exposed part of the knives back 
of the guide should be kept cov- 
ered. Where much edge work 
is done, one part of the knives 
becomes dulled earlier than the 
rest, and the guide is. often 
moved for that reason. Some 
guides have an attachment for 
covering the knives back of 
them. If there is none, a piece 

of board should be clamped on, or some other device used. 

Care in Operation. No one should be allowed to run a jointer or buzz 
planer without full instructions as to 
the points of danger, and an operator 
cannot be too careful about his work 
and the adjustment of his machine in 
order to avoid injury. He should al- 
ways work from the side, never from 
in front. He should try never to let 
one of his hands rest upon that part 
of the stock which is directly over 




Home-made Jointer Guard. 




Courtesy of North German Woodivorkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 162. Double Automatic Jointer Guard. 



the knives. He should also be careful not to let either of his hands get too near 

either the front or the 
rear end of the material 
which he is working. 
The stock should not 
be pushed forward 
too rapidly, and the 
pressure of the hands 
upon the stock 
should be evenly di- 
vided. The opera- 
tor's footing should 
be secure, his grip 

firm, his position well taken, and his eyes and mind wholly on the job. An 

operator should never wear gloves while at work and his sleeves should be 

tisrht-fittinsf or short. 




Courtesy of General Electric Co. 

Fig. 163. Finger Guard for Jointer 



JOINTERS OR BUZZ PLANERS 



109 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids 

Fig. 164 



Shozi' Case Co. 

Buzz Planer Guard. 



A workman should try a jointer before using it, to see that the knives are 
not set to take too heavy a cut, as this is almost sure to kick the stock, 
especially if a knot or change in grain is struck. Special care should be taken 
to see that the rear 
table is in a plane 
with the highest 
position of the 
knives. 

When adjusting 
or changing knives, 
the belt should be 
removed from the 
pulley attached to 
the head, as other- 
wise the belt may 
creep on the tight 
pulley and unex- 
pectedly start the 
machine. Great care 
should be exercised in cleaning up around a jointer. Many a man's fingers have 
been badly cut by the knives catching the waste with which he was wiping off 
the bed. Brushing away shavings is another dangerous operation. When a 
guard is removed for rebating, it should be replaced as soon as that work is 
completed. 

Setting and Care of Knives. Many accidents are caused by the condition 
or setting of the knives. Dull knives cause kicking, and so do those unevenly 
sharpened. Knives should be sharpened and balanced with great care, and 
should then be set with no more than the necessary overhang for free cutting. 
They should be attached to the head so that the latter is in " running " as well 
as " standing " balance. Bearings should be close, yet free. Loose journals 
or insecure caps on bearings cause vibration and lead to accidents. To help 
avoid vibration, as well as secure good alignment, babbitting should be very 

carefullv done. 

Too much emphasis can- 
not be laid upon the ne- 
cessity of avoiding hurry or 
carelessness i n changing 
3 knives. Either is apt to re- 
sult in a knife being badly 
set, or the bolts not being 
tightened enough, or the 
wrong knife being used, or 
Fig. 165. Pressure Apparatus for Jointer. the ^ n if e not fitting properly 

(being set at an angle or something as bad), or some foreign substance getting 
between the clamp and the knife. Then, when the machine is working, the 
knife is likely to fly out or to gouge into the wood and kick it back. 

The Guide. To assure good work, as well as to prevent accidents due to 
twisting of stock and its irregular presentation to the knives, the guide on a 




no WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

jointer should be exactly at right angles to the head. In changing the position 
of the guide great care should be taken to fasten it securely in its new position 
so as to avoid any danger of its slipping. 

Steel Lips for Tables. It is highly important that the edges of the tables 
be kept in good condition, as the possibility of injury increases naturally with 
the width of the gap between the two tables. To guard against this gap being 
made irregular and wider by the edges breaking off, it is advisable to have the 
tables equipped with steel lips so made that they will extend over the head 
as far as possible without interfering with the cutting. 



I 


[ 

■ 






ht, ,,,■■*■, ■irJf 


Iff Jl n 


'\m'> - ■**»/ ■■•''' ■■■■■"■ ■ 


i — ; — Hi 


■ : --\jS^~ ' 


'■'•- ■ ~- ! * :; " • ^V-iK.,* 



Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Ass'n. 

Fig. 166. Push-block for Short Pieces. 



Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, 
or other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Trans- 
mission, Etc. 



SHAPERS. 



The shaper, as the irregular moulder is commonly called, is one of the 
most dangerous of woodworking tools. For every operator who has run a 
machine for a number of years without suffering injury there are hundreds 
who have lost all or parts of 
fingers or hands, and there 
have been many cases of 
loss of life. 

The exceptional danger 
of the shaper is due to the 
facts that the material must 
be guided by the hands, 
that for much of the work a 
guide cannot be used, and 
that, on account of the 
necessity of leaving the 
work smooth-finished, the 
knives must be run at a high rate of speed. 

Shaper work is of such variety that a universal guard would be difficult, 
if not impossible, to find. There are patented guards adaptable to many kinds 

I 




Courtesy of Olson Stair Co. 

Fig. 167. Wooden Spring Shaper Guard. 





Courtesy of North German Wood- 
workers' Association. 

Fig. 169. Guard for Grooving. 



Courtesy of Noitli German Woodworkers' Assn. 

Fig. 168. Notched Board Shaper Guard. 

of work, however, and home-made guards can be 
devised for particular work which will fulfil 
the necessary double purpose of protecting the 
operator's hands and acting as tension on the 
material. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Straight Work. For straight work a guide can be applied in such a way 
as largely to lessen the risk of accident, and a guard can generally be used in 
connection with it, either in the form of a patented article or of some such home- 
made device as the wooden spring 
shown in Fig. 167 (page in). 
This spring can be raised or low- 
ered, as the holes for the bolts 
which fasten it to the guide are 
slotted. There are patented guides 
which are adjustable to bits of 
widely different diameter, thus 
doing away with the necessity of 
having a guide to fit each bit. 

An effective home-made guard 
for many operations is easy to 
design, if time and thought are 
given the subject. In Germany 
such attention has been carefully 
devoted to the protection of shaper 
workmen, and the result is a large 
variety of guards, covering all 

Courtesy of North German Woodworkers' Assn. SOrtS of WOrk. One of them, which 

Fig. 170. Feeding Apparatus. can readily be made by any wood- 

worker, is shown in Fig. 168 (page in). A piece of wood notched comb-like 
is fastened to the shaper table in such a way that the wooden teeth press 
like a spring against the wood to be shaped. The angle at which the teeth 
are cut prevents the throwing back of the stock. A similar notched board, 
attached to the guide, serves as a hold-down and also protects the operator's 
hands. 

Sometimes a blade spring is used to give horizontal pressure. A strip of 
wood or metal is fas- 
tened to the table in 
front of the spindle and 
parallel with the guide. 
On the inner side a 
blade spring is at- 
tached. As the stock 
is fed between this 
spring and the spindle, 
the spring holds it 
firmly against the 
knives. The strip hold- 
ing the spring can be 
arranged to run along 
grooves in the table so that it will be adjustable forward and backward. 

Grooving Work. Where grooving is to be done by cutters or saws, many 
consider it too dangerous to press the stock against the cutting tool by hand, 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. 171. Home-made Shaper Guard. 



SHAPERS 



"3 



and therefore require the use of 
mechanical pressure apparatus. A 
German arrangement for giving' both 
vertical and horizontal pressure is 
shown in Fig. 169 (page 111). The 
material (A) is pressed horizontally 
against the knife through a screw 
spring (f) and down pressure is 
given by a blade spring (h) adjusted 
by a hand wheel. Similar pressure 
apparatus is used generally in Ger- 
many for much work. 

Where a circular saw is used in 
a shaper head for grooving and no 
pressure apparatus is used, the guide 
can be built so as to surround the 
head on three sides, the back part 
being beveled at an upward slant to 
allow chips to fly out. To the guide 
can be fastened, on top, a protection 
plate which will overreach the saw. 
This plate can be either of wood or 
of wire mesh. 

Feeding Apparatus. For some 
kinds of work done on a shaper. 
the Germans often use special feeding 
(page 112). The spindle is surrounde 
which is fastened in front the ^uide 





Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig- 173- Home-made Shaper Guards. 



Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 

Fig. 172. Home-made Shaper Guard. 

apparatus, such as is shown in Fig. 170 
d on three sides by a wooden frame on 
(b). To this frame is fastened also a 
wooden casing (c) working at one 
side on hinges (rr) and fastened at 
the other side by a bolt (s). This 
covers the entire knife head, leaving 
only enough room in front for the 
material to pass beneath. The chips 
are carried oft" by the slanting roof 
(d) at the rear. The stock to be 
worked is set on an iron carriage (f) 
which slides in an iron channel (e) 
screwed fast to the table. A press 
plate (h) holds the stock firmly on 
the carriage. It is brought into 
position by a lever (i) which then 
serves also as a handle for pushing 
the apparatus and material by the 
knives. Both press plate and lever 
are adjustable on a supporting hori- 
zontal arm and are carried by a post 
(1) attached to the carriage. 



"4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Jones Safety Device Co. 

Fig. 174. Jones Shaper Guard. 



Variety Work. Shapers used for a large variety of work in which no 
guide cau be employed are especially hard to guard. Some of the patented 
guards are very effective, however, and local ingenuity has devised all sorts of 

protective arrangements for differ- 
ent kinds of work. Fig. 171 (page 
112) shows a home-made type of 
guard much used in furniture fac- 
tories in Grand Rapids, Mich. It 
acts both as hold-down for mater- 
ial and protection for operator. It 
is customary to have a number of 
sizes, for different needs, hung up 
near a shaper table. Other home- 
made guards used in these fac- 
tories are shown in Figs. 172 
(page 113) and 173 (page 113). 
Patented Guards. Fig. 174 shows the Jones adjustable guard, made by 
the Jones Safety Device Co., of 
Buffalo, N. Y. Each arm is 
jointed so that it can be thrown 
up when necessary. When in 
position, a spring puts tension on 
the stock. 

The guard shown in Fig. 175 
is made by the American Wood 
Working Machinery Co., of 
Rochester, N. Y. The curved 
block in front of the spindle is 
supported by adjustable spring 
bars. 

Another adjustable guard, 
made by the J. A. Fay & Egan 
Co., of Cincinnati, O., is shown 
in Fig. 176. The wooden front 
piece can be moved about by adjusting the spring bars. 

The Grammes guard, made by 
L. F. Grammes & Sons, of Allen- 
town, Pa., is shown in Fig. 177 (page 
115). It is hinged for throwing 
back. The fender is held down on 
the work by a spring. 

Fig. 178 (page 115) shows the 
K. C. guard and chip breaker, made 
by the Kansas City Shaper Guard 
Co., of Kansas City, Mo. It is made 
of steel and malleable iron and is 
The dotted lines show how it can be opened. 




Courtesy of American Wood Working Machinery Co. 

Fig. 175. Shaper Guard. 




Courtesy of J. A. Fay & Egan Co. 

Fig. 176. Fay & Egan Shaper Guard 

automatically adjustable. 



SHAPERS 



ri 5 




Courtesy of L. F. Grammes & Sons. 

Fig. 177. Grammes Shaper Guard. 

(page 116). The springs 
for tension are placed 
around bolts, attached to 
the bottom ring and 
coming up through the 
top one.. Smaller rods 
are inserted between the 
spring-encircled bolts for 
additional safety. 

Gelvin's attachment, 
made by Vandergrift & 
Morris, of Shelbyville, 
Ind., is shown in Fig. 182 
(page 116). Itisadjust- 



Another combined guard 
and chip breaker, the Richards, 
made by W. S. Richards, of 
Albany, Oregon, is shown in 
Fig. 179. 

The Racine Guard, made 
by the Fair Mfg. Co., of Racine, 
Wis., is shown in Fig. 180 
(page 1 16) . This guard is fin- 
ished with aluminum paint to 
give better light around the 
shaper head. 

The Buckeye guard, made 
by Butterfield & Canty, of 
Logan. O.. is shown in Fig. 181 




Courtesy of Kansas City Shaper Guard Co. 

Fig. 178. K. C. Shaper Guard. 




Courtesy of W. S. Richards. 

Fig. 179. Richards Shaper Guard. 



able for thickness and for different sizes 
of bits, and each of the two arms is re- 
movable. 

A well-known English guard, 
Campbell & Greenwood's, is shown in 
Fig. 183 (page 117). The picture shows 
the convex shield in position for straight 
work and for circular work, and when 
turned up for access to cutters. The 
shield is pierced for observation and can 
be slid up and down. 

A German guard is shown in Fig. 
184 (page 117). It is hinged so the 
front part can be lifted up, as shown in 
the picture. Tension on the work is 
given by a spring. 



u6 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Fair Mfg. 

Fig. 180. 



Racine Shaper Guard. 



Home-made Guards. 

Figs. 185 (page 118) and 186 
(page 118) show two adjust- 
able home-made guards used 
by the International Harves- 
ter Co. In Fig. 185 (page 
118) the guard is composed of 
a pierced metal shield, while 
in Fig. 186 (page 118) it is a 
substantial wire cage. 

The guard shown in Fig. 
187 (page 119) was devised 
at the wagon plant of the 
Peter Schuttler Co., in Chi- 
cago. Being designed for 



The iron ring guarding the spindle is made 




heavy work, it is very substantial 
of heavy bar metal. The 
guard is adjustable up and 
down on the strong wooden 
framework hung rigidly from 
the ceiling. 

Ring, Plate and Cap 
Guards. Where curved 
pieces of wood are handled, 
as in furniture factories, and 
consequently a guide cannot 
be used as a rule, the German 
woodworking associations 
recommend protection rings 

as the best form Of guard. Courtesy of Butterfield & Canty. 

These rings are made of Fi S- lSl - Buckeye Shaper Guard. 

metal or inlaid wood, the latter having the advantage of being light and not 

warming up. Fig. 188 (page 119) 

shows one of the metal rings, in the 

form of a light spoked wheel. The 

ring is fastened on the spindle, as 

close as possible to the cutters, and 

revolves with it. Through its rapid 

rotation the spokes become invisible 

to the workman. An assortment of 

rings of different sizes is usually 

kept on hand. Rings are also used 

1 which are so attached to the spindle 

that they revolve with it when no 

jj| work is being done, but as soon as 

Courtesy of Vandergrift & Morris. ""^ anything comes in contact with them 

Fig. 182. Gelvin's Shaper Guard. they cease to move. 




SHAPERS 



117 




Circular plates curved so as to come down over the cutters as far as 
possible, rounded at the edges and pierced on top to form arms, can also be 
employed. Brass caps of various diameters, pierced for arms and rounded off 
at the edges, are some- 
times used in England. 
A German device, in the 
form of a pulley-like 
guard for the cutters, is 
shown in Fig. 189 (page 
120). Any of these ar- 
rangements leaves the 
table entirely clear. 

Suction Pipes. Sev- 
eral of the pictures 
shown, notably Figs. 171 
(page 112), 172 and 
173 (page 113), 185 and 
186 (page 118), illustrate 
the suction pipes which 
should always be used 
on shaper tables to keep 
them clear of shavings. 
This is an important 
feature of shaper guard- 
ing, as in brushing away shavings with bis hands an operator runs much risk 
of coming in contact with the cutters, even under guards when set for certain 
kinds of work. Suction pipe openings should take the form of a flat orifice 
lying on the table, and it is desirable to have them arranged so they can be 

swung around in any 
way. 

The shapers in Fig. 
173 (page 113) are 
equipped with leather 
devices to fan the cut- 
tings off the work. These 
are made by cutting two 
slots parallel half way of 
a piece of leather. By 
buckling out the middle 
between the slots, the 
leather is then slipped 
over the spindle. Not 
only does such a device 
help keep the material 
clear of chips, but its flapping ends warn the operator if his hand gets too 
close to the cutters. 



c ourtesy of British Factory Dept. 

Fig. 183. Campbell Guard for Shaper. 




Fig. 184. Hinged Shaper Guard. 



n8 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Home-made Feeding Device. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 185. Pierced Shield Shaper Guard. 



For certain work on short pieces a feeding 
arrangement can well 
be used. A simple 
device of the kind, 
invented by a chair 
factory foreman, 
makes use of a pair 
of common laundry 
wringers. By con- 
tinual turning of the 
wringer, the pieces 
push each other 
through. Strips ar- 
ranged on the table 
act as springs to 
hold the material 
against the guide. 

Back Part of 
Spindle. When a 
guide is used, it is 
advisable to have 
that part of the 
spindle and knives 
which protrudes 



back of the guide fenced off, unless protected by any guard used. A covering 
can easily be made, and often it can be a part of the guide. 

Setting and Care of Knives. Knives should be set in the spindle with the 
utmost care, and 
fastened very se- 
curely. Many bad 
accidents have been 
caused by flying 
knives. The 

threaded collars 
and spindles should 
be watched closely 
for damaged 
threads and crys- 
t a 1 1 i z e d metal. 
Shaper knives 
should be sharp- 
ened very carefully, 
both for cutting 
edge and to keep 
them in proper 
balance. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 186. Wire Cage Guard for Shaper. 



SHAPERS 



An ingenious arrangement for 
holding knives securely is in use in a 
large plumbers' supply plant in which 
very heavy knives are used on many of 
the shapers. Both the knives and the 
collars which hold them are grooved, 
as shown in Fig. 190 (page 120). The 
grooves are made twelve to the inch. 
Since this scheme was put into effect 
not a single knife has flown in this fac- 
tory. 

In some plants knives and head 
are made in one solid piece, which of 
course prevents any possibility of a 
knife flying. Such an arrangement is 
very expensive and the workmen do 
not like it, as grinding is more difficult 
and takes longer. 

Care in Operation. Guards are de- 
signed to keep the workman's hands 
from coming in contact with the knives 
should they slip from the material be- 
ing worked, or should the material be 
kicked back, or the stock break un- 
expectedly, or a glue joint pull out, or 




Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 

Fig. 187. Home-made Shaper Guard. 



any one of a number of other possibilities materialize. While they minimize 
the likelihood of accident, they cannot wholly take the place of caution on the 
part of the operator. He should see to it that hi.s mind is concentrated on his 

work, that his footing is firm, and that everything 
about his machine is in good working order and 
properly adjusted. Xo accumulations of stock or 
finished work should be allowed on the table, to get 
in his way, nor should there be rubbish on the floor, 
over which he may trip. 

Shaper operators should not wear gloves, and 
their sleeves should be short or tight-fitting. When 
a guide is used, the operator should be sure that it 
is so well fastened that it will not slip. Care 
should also be taken that the work is securely 
fastened to any working forms, or patterns. Such 
forms, with clamps, should be used on all work 
possible. 

General Suggestions., A shaper machine should 
be of the most heavy and rigid construction and 
Courtesy of North German Wood- should set very firmly on the floor, to avoid the 

vibration, chatter, or " give," which are as fatal to 
Fig. 188. Ring Guard for , . , ' , ., n 1 * 

the doing of good work as they are likely to cause 




Shaper. 



accident. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Pulley Shaper Guard. 



It is advisable to use an endless belt on the spindle. The countershaft 
and the belts leading from it to the machine should be surrounded by a fenc- 
ing, preferably of wire mesh, raised a little above the floor at the bottom and 

several feet high. 
Every shaper should 
be equipped with an 
efficient belt shifter, 
with its control con- 
venient to the opera- 
tor in his working 
position. The handle 
should be so situated 
or guarded that it 
cannot be acciden- 
tally moved by the 
operator. 

If the mechanism 
under the table is ex- 
posed, the whole table front beneath the top can well be fenced in, leaving 
openings for adjustment wheels and for the foot treadle shifting the belts, if 
such is used. Lock nuts should al- 
ways be provided for spindles. A 
rubber mat or slats should be fur- 
nished to give the operator firm foot- 
ing. 

Only experienced men should be 
employed to run shapers. Care 
should be taken to supply only proper 
knives and that they are kept in per- 
fect condition. Shaper operators 
should be cautioned from time to time 
as to the danger of the machine. Familiarity is apt to breed contempt, and 
the least carelessness may cause a bad accident. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Trans- 
mission, Etc. 



JBBpHH 


"*^\ 


i -TiMa^ 


'~*¥** >a '**lillMm 



Courtesy of L. Wolff Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 190. Grooved Knives and Collars. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



(Including Surfacers, Borers, Mortisers, Tenoners, 
Derricks, Drag Saw and Dry Kilns.) 



warn 







Sanders vary so greatly in form 
that they have practically only one 
point in common which requires guard- 
ing, the belts and pulleys or other driv- 
ing mechanism. Many machines can 
also be guarded considerably by 
exhaust apparatus. 

Feed Entrance. The ordinary 
sander, in which the material, held 
down by pressure rolls, is fed over re- 
volving drums, needs guarding at sev- 
eral points. One is the feed entrance. 
If an operator's hands should be caught 
by the rolls there, they would be 
severely injured. Some sanders come 
equipped with a metal bar in front of 
the feed rolls, leaving just enough 
room beneath for the stock to enter, as 
shown in Fig. 191, a machine commonly 
used for furniture work. When not so 
guarded, a metal bar should be placed Courtesy of c. s. Paine Co., Ltd. 
in front of the front top feed roll, so Fi S- I 9 I - Bar Guard on Sander, 

attached that it will raise and lower 

with the roll, its lower edge always being just a little above the 
bottom of the roll. 

Take-away End. The take-away man is very apt. e^pecialty when short 
pieces are being sanded, to reach over the little feeding-out table and allow his 
fingers to drop over its inner edge. Then a piece of stock coming along is 
likely to cut the fingers off. Whenever possible, an extension of the feeding 
out table, as shown in Fig. 192 (page 122), should be provided. It is well also 
to have a guard at this point to keep a man's hands away. 

One device is a board or sheet of metal extending from the upper frame 
of the machine down as close as possible to the table, with another piece, con- 
nected with it at -right angles at the bottom, reaching out parallel with the 




WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 





Courtesy of Gruhl Sash & Door Co. 

Fig. 192. Feeding-out Table for Sander. 



Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. 193. Take-away Guard for Sander. 




Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 



Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 



Fig. 194. Sander Belt and Gear Housing Fig. 195. Sander Belt and Gear Housing 
in Place. Removed. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



123 



tabic for several inches. Another is an apron, hinged to the machine frame, 
which is pushed up and out by the stock coming through. To avoid track- 
ing where very fine wood is being sanded, as in furniture and chair factories, 
this apron is sometimes made stationary in a slanting position, as shown in 
Fig. 193 (page 122). The board which acts as an apron is attached to the 
machine frame by angle iron. It reaches far enough down and out to keep 
hands out of danger. 

Gears, Belts, Etc. Another danger point is at the sides of the machine, 
where belts and pulleys and nests of gears operating the feed rolls are situated. 
The risk here is the greater because the sanding drums oscillate as well as 
revolve. Fig. 194 (page 122) shows how this driving mechanism can be com- 
pletely covered by wooden housings, stopping a little short of the floor so that 
sweeping out may prevent accumulation of rubbish there. The guard is re- 
movable and can be 
lifted away, as shown 
in Fig. 195 (page 

122) when necessary. 

Fig. 196 shows a 

method of guarding 

this point by wire 
screening on an angle 

iron frame. 

Where the press 

rolls are adjusted 

from the bottom of 

the machine, a flat 

board cover is often 

provided for the top 

of the machine to 

prevent anyone 

reaching over and 

putting h i s hand 

down into the ma- 
chine between the Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

ro U s Fig. 196. Screen Guards for Sander. 

Endless Bed Feed Sander. In furniture and chair factories and other 
plants where many small pieces are polished, as well as larger work, the end- 
less bed feed sander is much used. Such a machine, made by the H. B. Smith 
Machine Co., of Smithville, N. J., is shown in Fig. 197 (page 124). This 
machine needs guarding only at the sides, where the belts and pulleys and 
sprocket wheels and chains are located. There are no feed or pressure rolls, 
the frame of the machine in front comes well down to the bed, and the sand- 
ing drums, which are on top instead of underneath, are completely covered. 

Disk Sanders. The disk sander, much used in furniture, box and wagon 
factories and other plants, can often be well guarded by the exhaust apparatus, 
as shown in Fig. 198 (page 124), a picture of a double disk sander in a furni- 
ture plant. Each wheel is entirely enclosed under the table, and as much as 




I2 4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Michigan Chair Co. 

Fig. 197. Endless Bed Feed Sander. 

give a bad scraping, which may result 
chine can always be guarded at least 
by a semi-circular exhaust hood partly 
encircling the pulley towards which 
the dust is driven, and the other pul- 
ley can usually be boxed or fenced off. 
The hood should be so large or set so 
close to the belt that a hand cannot 
get caught between belt and hood. 
Fig. 202 (page 126) shows well 
guarded sanding belts in a wagon 
plant. 

Moulding Sanders. The sander 
used in picture moulding and other 
plants which polishes and brushes the 
moulding at the same time can be 
completely housed on top, with the 
covering hinged on one side so that it 
can be lifted up when necessary. If 
the front feed rolls are not protected, 
the bar guard suggested for the 
ordinary sander should be used. 



possible above it. Fig. 199 (page 125), 
another furniture picture, shows a 
single disk sander with the bottom 
part and the back of the upper part 
enclosed, and also a spindle sander 
guarded as much as possible by its suc- 
tion pipe. 

The sanding wheel used for such 
work as polishing doors and sash can be 
well guarded by a suction hood, as 
shown in Fig. 200 (page 125). Similar 
protection, though not quite so com- 
plete, can be given such sanding drums 
as those used for polishing felloes. Fig. 
201 (page 125) shows a door panel 
sander whose wheels are enclosed in 
suction hoods. 

Belt Sanders. The various styles 
of belt sanders can be guarded quite 
effectively by exhaust apparatus. 
Wherever possible, they should be com- 
pletely housed except at w r orking 
points. When near a passageway or so 
situated that persons may fall on them, 
they should be fenced off. The}' - can 
in blood poisoning. The horizontal ma- 




Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 

Fig. 198. Disk Sanders Guarded. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



125 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. Courtesy of Gruhl Sash & Door Co. 

Fig. 199. Disk Sander Guarded. Fig. 200. Sanding Wheel Guarded. 

The same bar guard should be used on the moulding" sander employed in furni- 
ture factories. 

SURFACERS. 

The surfacer, or power feed planer, is one of the most widely used of wood- 
working" machines. Either 
single or double, and in one 
or another of its many sizes 
and forms, it is employed in 
saw mills, planing mills of 
all kinds, box factories, 
bridge, boat and ship-build- 
ing shops, car, wagon and 
agricultural i m p 1 e m e 11 1 
plants, furniture and chair 
factories, cabinet and carpen- 
ter shops • — in fact in practi- 
cally every woodworking es- 
tablishment. 

Driving Mechanism. 
Whatever their sizes and 
whether designed to plane 
two sides or only one, all sur- 
faces need the same sort of Courtesy of Standard Mill Work COm 
guarding in many respects. Fig . 20I . Pane i Sander Guarded. 




126 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of McD owcll-Trammell Co. 

Fig. 202. Sanding Belts Guarded 



The belts and pulleys or other driving apparatus should be fenced off. If 
pulleys are located at the front, they can well be protected like those of sizers, 
moulders, etc., as suggested in the chapter on " Planing Mill." 

The gears ordinarily 
used to drive the feed 
rolls should be encased. 
Some surfacers are built 
without gears, both 
heads and rolls being 
driven by roller chains 
working over sprocket 
wheels, and all moving 
parts being situated on 
the rear side of the ma- 
chine, out of the opera- 
tor's way. Most of 
them, however, have a 
number of dangerous 
gears which if left ex- 
posed even partially are 
apt to cause accidents. 
Fig. 203 and Fig. 204 (page 127) show a single surfacer well guarded on both 
sides. Fig. 203 shows how the guard on that side opens. 

Feed Entrance. Many surfacers are equipped with a substantial bar 
guard in front of the feed entrance, which prevents an operator's hands follow- 
ing stock into the rollers. Such a machine is shown in Fig. 205 (page 127). 
The guard is bolted to the machine and always remains in place. Where 
a surfacer is not so guarded, and short stock is being worked or a feed- 
ing table long enough to keep the operator out of danger is not used, a 
safety strip can well be placed in front of the feed roll. This strip, or bar, 
should be fastened to the 
frame carrying the roll, so as 
to remain in adjustment for 
any thickness of stock. The 
pony planer used for light 
work in furniture plants, etc., 
is especially likely to require 
this bar protection. Many of 
these machines have the fixed 
bar shown in Fig. 205 (page 
127). 

General. Every sur- 
facer should be equipped 
with an efficient belt shifter, 
clutch, or other means of quickly disengaging the power. It is best to use a 
sectional feed roll, which will allow simultaneous feeding of pieces of stock of 
varying thickness without danger of a thinner piece being kicked out or 




Courtesy of Baxter D. Whitney & Son. 

Fig. 203. Single Surfacer Guarded, Guards Open. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



127 



otherwise causing" trouble. 
Knives and heads should be 
cared for and adjusted as 
indicated for sizer, moulder, 
etc., knives in the chapter on 
" Planing Mill." As in the 
case of sizers, etc., it is ad- 
visable, when working about 
a head, to throw the power 
off the main drive belt as 
well as the belt driving the 
head. 

BORERS AND MOR- 
TISERS. 




The chief dangers con- 
nected with boring machines 



Courtesy of Baxter D. Whitney & Son. 

Fig. 204. Single Surfacer Guarded, 
are found in the gears or belt driving the spindle and in the protruding set screw 
frequently used to hold the bit in the chuck. These points should be guarded 
both when borers are used separately and when in machines which also do 
other work. 

Gears. When gears are used to drive a spindle, they are sometimes en- 
cased by the manufacturer. If this is 
not done, they should be enclosed in a 
home-made cover, which can advan- 
tageously be of sheet metal or wire 
mesh. 

In the case of multiple borers, 
whether vertical or horizontal, all the 
spindle gears can often be covered by 
one shield, as shown in Fig. 206 (page 
128), a picture taken in a wagon plant. 
This can be either removable or 
hinged for necessary access. It is well 
to have it hinged, so that when thrown 
back it remains attached to the ma- 
chine. The shield should come down 
as low as the work will permit. Fig. 
207 (page 128) shows a hinged wire 
screen guard in two sections, each of 
which can be raised by a rope running 
over a pulley above. 

Set Screws. A chuck which will 
hold the bit without the aid of a pro- 
truding set screw is the safest to use. 
Many machines come equipped with 
round safety sockets. When a pro- 

Courtesy of Grand Rapids o now Case to. J 

Fig." 205. Surfacer Feed Roll Guarded. truding set screw is used, it should 




128 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 







. 


* f ~~~~ 






'■ '■ ' *>■ 'j'^" .'■■-■ " [ 


y ( j^ .1 


•< 


' Si-^lfc? ^ 






Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 206. Multiple Boring Machine Guarded. 



always be covered. A collar hollowed out underneath can be dropped over the 

chuck so as to cover the screw head. When the thickness of the socket is 

great enough, a sunken screw can often be used. (For other means of protec- 
tion see the chapter 
on Power Genera- 
tion, Transmission, 
Etc.) Any protrud- 
ing set screws in col- 
lars on spindles 
should also be cov- 
ered or countersunk. 
Fig. 208 (page 129) 
shows a bung borer, 
used in a cooperage, 
equipped with home- 
made guards. 
Leather is wound 
around the protrud- 
ing set screw and the 
gears at the top are 
encased in a sheet 
metal boxing. 
Belts. In borers with belted spindles the belts are sometimes dangerously 

near the operator. In such cases they should be protected by shields. 

Counterweights and Springs. If a counterweight is used on a vertical 

borer to effect return movement of the bit, care should be taken that the 

counterweight is firmly fastened. When springs are used for the return move- 
ment, they should be 

kept in good condition 

and proper tension. 

Holding Work. It 

is essential that work be 

firmly held. Accidents 

have happened through 

a bit whirling loosely 

held work around and 

badly bruising or cutting 

the operator's hands. 

Protecting Hands. 

Fig. 209 (page 129) 

shows a home-made 

guard used in an office 

and bar fixture factory 

to keep an operator's 

hand from getting into the boring tool if it should slip off the work. The 

guard fits into slots in the uprights at the back of the sliding table on which the 

stock is fed to the tool. If more than one bit is to be used, this guard can be 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 207. Screen Guard for Multiple Boring Machine. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



129 



slipped out and one put in place having 
the required number of holes. 

Fig. 210 (page 130) shows a hori- 
zontal boring machine for boring tenon 
holes in felloes for wagon wheels. The 
guard is made of sheet metal. It is 
pushed forward over chuck and bit by 
a spring on top. As the chuck holding 
the bit conies forward, the top part of 
the guard remains stationary against 
the felloe. 

Mortisers. In some of the auto- 
matic hollow chisel mortisers the big 
driving belt at the side in the rear es- 
pecially needs guarding, as the bit runs 
at high speed. An upright sheet of 
metal should be placed in front of the 
belt, with a horizontal piece extending 
out from it over the belt. 

The chain mortiser, much used in 
sash and door and other plants, should 
always have a suction hood at the top. 
Many accidents have resulted from an 
operator carelessly attempting to brush 
off chips carried around on the chain 
and thus getting his hand injured by 
the chain. Fig. 211 (page 130) shows 
such a mortiser with a suction pipe attachment and also with a removable 
shield covering the upper part of the chain. 




Courtesy of Louisville Cooperage Co. 

Fig. 2o3. Bung Borer Guarded. 




Courtesy of Lehnbuter & Deichman Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 209. Home-made Guard for Borer. 



TENONERS. 

The tenoning ma- 
chines of various kinds 
used in furniture, chair, 
piano, wagon, car, handle, 
and sash, door and blind 
plants, cabinet and other 
woodworking shops 
should have their cutter 
heads guarded, and also 
any cut-off and grooving 
or slitting saws or shaper 
heads with which they 
may be equipped. Many 
machines come furnished 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 

Fig. 210. Felloe Borer Guarded. 



with metal shields for cutters and saws, but while some of these give enough 
protection others can well be supplemented. 

Suction hoods can generally be arranged to give most if not all of the 

needed protection. When 
this is not possible for ten- 
oner saws, these saws should 
have broad bands of metal 
covering all of the teeth ex- 
cept what must be left ex- 
posed to do the work. Ten- 
oner cutters should have the 
same attention and be set 
with the same care as shaper 
cutters. 

Guard for Hand on 
Lever. The single end ten- 
oner fed by hand carriage is 
especially likely to need 
extra guarding. The opera- 
tos's hand holding the lever for pressing the stock on the carriage comes dan- 
gerously near the cutter head. Fig. 212 (page 131) shows a guard consisting 
of a piece of sheet iron placed so that the operator's hand cannot slip off the 
lever handle into the tool in going by. Such a guard can be fastened to the 
lever. The cutter head is also guarded by a suction hood. Hand carriages 
for tenoners should be kept in the best of condition. 

Self-feed Double End Tenoner. This machine can as a rule be almost 
entirely guarded by suction hoods, or 
hoods of similar style. Figs. 213 (page 
131) and 214 (page 131) show front and 
rear views of a continuous automatic 
feed double end tenoner used in a furni- 
ture factory. This machine has two 
sets of knives in front and two in the 
rear, and all are well guarded by suc- 
tion hoods and extensions. Part of one 
of the rear hoods is shown raised for 
access to the knives. 

Fig. 215 (page 132), a picture taken 
in a sash and door plant, shows a 
double end tenoner with its cutters 
guarded by blower hoods, with sheet 
iron guards around the vertical shafts 
and with an extension to the feed 
chains at the feeding-out end. This ex- 
tension, which consists of two long iron bars bolted to the frame of the ma- 
chine, makes it unnecessary for the off-bearer boy to step in close to the ma- 
chine and thus be in danger of contact with the belts. The bottom pulley 




Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 211. Chain Mortiser Guarded. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



'3 1 




•^f^frvS 




Courtesy of Rockwell Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 212. Guard for Tenoner Lever 
Handle. 




Courtesy of Grain! Ra( 

Fig. 213 



Case Co. 



Double End Tenoner Guarded, 
Front View. 



could be protected by extending" the 
sheet iron guard to the floor and 
hinging" it so it could be swung aside, 
whenever necessary, for changing the 
belt. 

Spoke Tenoners. Fig. 216 (page 
132) shows a method of guarding the 
saws of an automatic feed tenoner 
and equalizer used for cutting off both 
ends of the spoke and cutting the 
tenon for the mortise in the hub at 
one operation. In addition to the 
shield which comes with the machine, 
there is a broad hinged flap over the 
teeth, and as much as possible of the 
outside of the saw, both above and 
below the mandrel, is covered. Such 
a flap guard is also shown in Fig. 217 
(page 133), which illustrates too an 
excellent method of guarding the belts 
and pulleys of the machine., and shows 
the blower hood over the tenoning 
head. 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. 214. Double End Tenoner Guarded, 
Rear View. 



132 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of The Wheeler-Osgood Co. 

Fig. 215. Double End Tenoner Guarded. 



Fig. 218 (page 133) shows a spoke tenoning and mitering machine with 

the cutter heads well guarded by castings and blower hoods. The picture 

shows how the operator places the spoke on the feeding chain. 

Tenoners for cut- 
ting the round tenon 
to fit in the felloe es- 
pecially need guard- 
ing, as the cutter 
head is brought some 
distance forward to 
do the work. Fig. 
219 (page 134) shows 
a metal plate guard 
above the head which 
slides back and forth 
with the head. A 
sheet metal guard 
could well be placed 
along each side of 
the run of the cutter 
head, hinged so it 
could be opened 

when necessary. It is advisable also to guard the belt, as the lever works in 

front of it. 

In Fig. 220 (page 134) a tenoner and cut-off saw is shown with a metal 

shield guarding the cutter head at the side where contact would be most likely. 

This picture also shows a screen to prevent ends of spokes, which often are 

thrown with great force, 

from striking persons. The 

holes and dents noticeable 

in the screen have been 

made by flying ends. 

DERRICKS. 

Derricks should always 
be erected by men ex- 
perienced in such work. All 
material used should be 
strong and of good quality, 
and should subsequently be 
watched carefully for de- 
terioration. All cables, 
blocks, hooks, guy wire 
fastenings, etc., should be 
inspected frequently by a competent man. The cables usually run over small 
sheaves and are subject to heavy wear, and they also are generally exposed 
to all sorts of weather. Keeping the cables well lubricated will both protect 



| m 


11 . r ^ 




T ■ a 

JL 4 


H^ x wf ,< * s v 


i IflB 


Hk - . 


64 1 


1*^3 



Courtesy of Peter Sclmttler Co. 

Fig. 216. Spoke Tenoner Saw Guarded. 



SANDERS, ETC. 



*33 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 217. Spoke Tenoner Guarded 



them from the weather and reduce wear. The posts to which guy wires are fastened 

are apt to rot off at the surface of the ground. Setting -the posts in concrete 

grout or painting or tarring the part set in the ground tends to protect them. 

Means of ap- 
proach to the bear- 
ings at the top of the 
mast pole should be 
kept in good shape. 
A ladder made of U- 
shaped irons bolted 
to the pole or iron 
steps such as are 
used on telephone 
poles is better than 
a ladder made of 
wooden cleats nailed 
to the pole. When 
the approach is by 
means of a saddle, 
the rope, saddle, 

block, etc., should be kept in good condition, and the hoisting should be done 

very carefully by hand, never by power. Whenever a man goes up the pole 

for oiling, he should be sure to 

examine the guy fastenings at the top. 
The throttle valve of the derrick 

engine should be kept in the best of 

condition. It needs frequent atten- 
tion, as the constant wear is likely to 

get it into bad shape. 

When a hand-power derrick is 

used, care should be taken that the 

handles are properly secured, that any 

open cog gearing is covered and that 

there is a ratchet stop to prevent the 

load dropping. 

DRAG SAW. 

The trip for raising and lowering 
a drag saw should be kept in the best 
condition, to prevent the saw sud- 
denly falling on some one under it. 
The drag saw machine should be en- 
closed by a fence all around it. The 
low running drive belt and the crank 




Courtesy of McDo-w ell-Tram me 11 Co. 

Fig. 218. Spoke Tenoner Guarded. 



should be well protected, and so should all gears, set screws, etc., about the 
machine. An operator should never attempt to make any adjustments without 
first shutting down the saw. 



134 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Peter Schuttler Co. 

Fig. 219. End Tenoner for Spokes Guarded 



Warning signs reading " Look out for the drag saw " should be put up 
at both sides of the saw run, and also at its outer end. If the limit of the 
saw's run is close to a passageway, there should be a fence at this point. If 

the saw runs close up to a 
wall, as is often the case, 
there should be a fence at 
each side, to prevent anyone 
using this point as a passage- 
way. 

In sawing short ends, as 
of logs for shingle blocks, the 
ends should be held in place 
by long arm levers, or se- 
curely clogged to the haul- 
way. It is very dangerous to 
hold a short end with the 
hands, or to endeavor to saw 
it off without first seeing it is properly secured, as the saw is apt to jump 
around. 

DRY KILNS. 

The pit of a dry kiln should be floored over, to prevent workmen from 
falling into it and possibly on the steam pipes below. Such a flooring can well 
be of iron grating or slatted, and it should be well supported and kept in good 
condition, as should also 
the tracks. Material 
put into kilns should be 
carefully piled, and cars 
should be handled with 
care to avoid crushing 
employees. When 
blower fans are used, 
the fan blades should be 
effectively guarded so 
that no one can come in 
contact with them. 

An elevated tram- 
way or runway to a 
kiln, such as is used in 
m a n y shingle mills, 
should be well planked 
and substantially hand- 
railed on both sides. 
The entrance to a kiln 




Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 220. Spoke Tenoner Guarded. 



should be kept in good shape and any elevated platform outside should be railed. 

Cables of counterweighted doors should be examined frequently for 

defects, as they run over small sheaves and are exposed to all sorts of weather. 



SANDERS, ETC. '35 

They should get a coat of some good lubricant once in three months. Runs 
of ail counterweights should be boxed up, to prevent their falling on anyone. 
When space beneath is used for a runway a timber should be placed across the 
lower end of guides to support a counterweight in case it should drop. At one 
side of the kiln door there should be a strip set on end and hinged so that when 
the door is raised it can be swung around under it, to prevent its falling down. 
If a door is improperly balanced and sticks above, it should not be pulled down 
by reaching up with the hands. Long hooked bars, with pulls at the other 
end, should be used, and the men using them should not stand directly under 
the door, as sometimes the cable breaks and the door then comes down with a 
rush. The best plan, however, is to balance the door properly. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation. Transmis- 
sion, Etc. 



HANDLES, LATHES, 
WAGONS, COOPERAGE. 



Some handle, cooperage and wagon plants get out the rough stock from 
the logs as well as manufacture the finished products, but the former work is 
usually done in a separate mill, sometimes called a billet mill, especially when 
it turns out stock for handles and spokes. 

Short Log Sawmill. This machine, for sawing logs into plank to be 
ripped into spoke and handle blanks, for cutting cooperage bolts and wagon 

and carriage stock, for getting out box 
boards, etc., for turning out furniture and 
chair stock, and for cutting up veneer 
cores, is difficult to guard completely. Sub- 
stantial protection, however, can be fur- 
nished. 

There should always be a strong split- 
ter back of the saw, to prevent the wood 
closing if it reaches that far. A guard is 
needed to prevent anyone falling on the 
saw, as the frame of the machine is apt to 
be low. In the case of the machine 
with a split table, one part passing 
on either side of the saw, a wire mesh or 
metal or wooden rail guard can be fastened 
to the machine frame or built up from the 
floor. Where part of the table is stationary, 
an adjustable rectangular iron frame may 
be supported from the stationary part at 
the level of the top of the saw, or a hinged 
adjustable sparred shield may be used in 
the same wa}^. Another method of guard- 
ing is by means of a wooden or metal gate suspended from the ceiling, as 
shown in Fig. 221, illustrating an English device. The gate is balanced by 
weights, working in grooves in AA. To make it rigid when protecting the 
saw, the lower part of the guard should rest, if possible, against the edge of 
the machine frame. If there is a wall conveniently at hand, this may offer a 
good means of supporting a guard. 




Courtesy of British Factory Dcpt. 

Fig. 221. Guard for Short Log 
Saw Mill. 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC- 



137 




Hooding the saw is especially difficult, as so much of the saw is 

apt to be used. Where the general run of the work -will permit, an oblong 

frame of wire mesh or wooden slats 

may be suspended rigidly from above, 

operated by balance weights so as 

easily to be adjustable to any height. 

In one large English mill a guard has 

been successfully used consisting of a 

hood-like arrangement actuated by a 

drum put in motion by the traveling- 
table. As the wood moves up to the 

saw the hood is gradually raised, and 

as the table moves away the hood is 

lowered. 

Hand Feed Machines. When a 

split table worked by hand, instead of 

by rack and pinion or rope feed, is 

used, the operator should be protected 

against flybacks by suspending in 

front of the saw, and as low as pos- Courtesy of Turner> Day & wooiworth Handle Co. 

sible, a heavy plank or such a wire Fig 222> Bk> c k Saw Guarded. 

mesh screen as is suggested for saw 

mill edgers (see index). The feeding 
table should be watched carefully, so 
that it will run smoothly and that no 
damaged roller causes trouble. This 
machine, or one very like it, is often 
used to saw spoke and handle blanks 
from planks turned out by the short 
log saw mill. For such work closer 
protection for the saw can be fur- 
nished, in the form of a suspended 
hood or otherwise. 

When the logs do not come to the 
billet mill cut to length, but are there 
cut by a drag saw or the rough stock 
is equalized by a bolt equalizer, these 
machines should be guarded as sug- 
gested elsewhere (see index). 

HANDLES. 

Block Saw. This machine is used 
M in a handle factory for cutting the bil- 

Courtesy of Turner, Day & Wooiworth Handle Co. let TOUghly tO nearly the shape of the 

Fig. 223. Block Saw Guarded. handle before it goes to the turning 

machine. To guard against kicking, band metal can be attached to the sides 
of the slanting table and curved up over the saw, as shown in Fig. 222. 




133 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



It is bent over in such shape as to fit close to the top of the saw and thus catch 
material that may start to climb and prevent it from passing over the crown. 
To guard against slivers and other finbacks, a board guard is suspended over 
the saw. 

Fig. 223 (page 137) shows another block saw, with the same suspended 
board but with a different guard against kicking. In this instance a round 
iron bent to right angles is fastened to the table at each side of the saw so that 
its end will just clear the saw. The block saw should also be equipped with a 
splitter. The saws shown have little splitters behind them. 

A somewhat similar saw, set in a slanting table, is sometimes used in a 
billet mill in making a second cut of bolts or billets to get the proper width 
after getting proper thickness on some form of the short log saw mill. 

Header or Smoother Machine. The machine for smoothing the bevel end 





Courtesy of Turner, Day & W oohvorth Handle Co. 

Fig. 224. Handle Smoother Guarded. 



Courtesy of Turner, Day & Woohvorth Handle Co. 
Fig. 225. Throater, Rest in Place. 



on ax handles should be hooded in a metal casing like a picket header or at 
least boxed in, as shown in Fig. 224. The blades are set through 
slots in the rim on the disk and the bolts holding them are on 
the outside. 

Throating Machine. This machine, with its gang of little saws, for taking 
the extreme roughness out of the curve near the end of ax handles should be 
guarded as much as possible by means of the rest for the work, as shown in 
Fig. 225. 

Other Machines. A number of the other machines used in making 
handles, such as plow handle shapers, D handle jointing and backing and 
shaping and finishing machines, ferrule seat shaping and boring machines 
and the machines for cutting threads, should have their cutters (or saws) 
guarded as much as possible by shields or hoods. Where the knives are inside, 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



! 39 



as in some chucking 
and tenoning ma- 
chines, the projecting 
bolt heads on the 
outside should be 
covered. Some of 
the modern machines 
come furnished with 
the needed protec- 
tion. Where it is 
lacking or ins u f- 
ficient, it can be sup- 
plied by blower 
hoods or otherwise. 
Handle tenoners and 
borers should be 




Courtesy of W. H. Gillette Co. 

Fig. 226. Turning Machine Guarded. 



guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). 

LATHES, OR TURNING MACHINES. 

The danger points of a lathe or turning machine are its cutters, its holding 
spur and its belts. The latter can often be eliminated wholly or partially by 

use of motor drive. There are motor 
head lathes for certain kinds of work 
which do away with all belting, and in 
which the motor and controller can 
both be entirely enclosed. A hand 
wheel at the end of the motor allows 
the turning of the spindle to see the 
work. With this on, an operator is 
not likely to try to stop the lathe by 
putting his hand on the work, as he 
is pretty sure to do after the work is 
nearly completed and as he sometimes 
thoughtlessly does when the work is 
still in the rough state. Whenever 
possible a spur and cup center should 
be used for holding the stock. Where 
a spur runs exposed, it should be cov- 
ered by a collapsible hood or shield. 
Lathe operators should not wear 
loose-fitting jumpers or loose or flow- 
ing neckties or work with their sleeves 
down, as loose clothing may catch on 
revolving material and be wound 
around it. Operators should take care 
never to reach through a belt to oil 
outside bearings or for any other pur- 
pose. 




Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 

Fig. 227. Turning Machine Guarded. 



140 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Defiance Machine Works. 



Fig. 228. 



Guarded Lathe with Swinging 
Head. 



carrying off the chips, as shown in Fig. 226 
parts plant, and in Fig. 227 (page 139), 
a picture taken in a furniture factory. 
Such a machine as that shown in Fig. 
22J is sometimes set up against a win- 
dow and the shield left open at the 
back, so that the chips may fly out 
through the window and be collected 
in a box outside. 

Swinging cutter heads, found in 
some automatic spoke and handle 
lathes, should also be shielded as fully 
as possible. Fig. 228 shows a guarded 
lathe of this kind, made by the Defiance 
Machine Works, of Defiance, O., both 
stationary and swinging heads being 
protected. 

Whether a turning machine is pro- 
tected by a hood or not, it is advisable 
for the operator to stand as much as 
possible to the side, to avoid flying 
chips. Where a shield is not curved 
sufficiently to throw chips downward, a 
screen can well be used to keep them 
from flying about the shop. 



Shields for Cutter Heads. Cut- 
ter heads, whether rotating or not, 
should be covered as completely as 
possible by hoods or shields. Where 
the head or heads are set along the 
rear of the machine, a long curved 
shield hinged to the back end of the 
machine frame can be placed over 
them as far as possible without inter- 
fering with the work. This will tend 
to prevent injury to the operator 
and to discharge dust and shavings 
at the rear. With many modern ma- 
chines such guards are furnished by 
the makers, but these can often be 
extended to advantage, without in- 
terfering with the work. Where 
there is none, a home-made one can 
be installed. Either can usually be 
supplemented advantageously by con- 
nection with a blower system for 
(page 139), a picture taken in a buggy 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 229. Blower Hood Guard for Lathe. 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



141 




sy of American 1 In 

Fig. 230. 



Rounding Machine Guarded. 



Heads and Knives. To avoid danger of the bursting of rotating heads, 
the utmost care needs to be taken to have the heads in perfect balance and 
the knives sharp and 
set true. The same 
vigilance should be 
exercised in adjust- 
ing and fastening 
these knives as in the 
case of shaper knives. 
It takes a very ex- 
perienced man to 
care for heads and 
cutters properly. In 
some machines the 
knife holders sit in 
dove tailed slots, to 
keep them fro m 
working loose or fly- 
ing out when the 
head is in motion. 
Some machines are 
provided with adjust- 
able back rests which press against the stick while it is being turned, helping 
to keep the stick from springing or the knives from gouging. 

Blower Hood Protection. Fig. 229 (page 140) shows blower hood pro- 
tection for a corner 
block, rosette and plug 
turning lathe. The cut- 
ters are bolted to a head 
which is fastened on the 
end of a revolving shaft 
and is completely cov- 
ered by the hood ex- 
cept a small opening on 
the side in front of the 
cutters. The pieces to be 
machined are placed on 
a block with an auto- 
matic clamp attach- 
ment and are pressed 
against the cutters on 
the head by a lever. Fig. 
230 shows handle 
rounding machines well 
The gfears driving; the feed rolls could also be 







EfekJ 


L4«S 






^s 




8P^?g< 


MP*\* 




9 B M 


B$ ~- ^ 3- 






Baity 


O SE IBs '■' > ;< Hflfl 






- 


V 









Courtesy of Grant Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 231. Guard for Lathe Saw 



protected with blower hoods, 
covered to advantag;e. 



142 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Back Knife Lathe. The back knife gauge lathe, which is largely used in 
furniture, chair and all sorts of spindle work, is especially apt to have a danger 
point in the spur in the center holding the material. This is revolving all the 
time, and has caused many injuries. It can be guarded by a collapsible tube, 
which will be pushed back by the roughing out tool carriage as it comes across. 
This tool should be guarded as much as possible, to prevent the operator's 
accidental contact with it. A blower hood or curved shield can easily be 
applied. 

The back knife itself should not be dangerous, as it moves slowly, yet 
many persons have been injured by it. An operator should be careful never to 
reach under the knife to place a new piece of stock in the centering frame in 
the rear. He should always wait until the knife is low enough for him to 
reach over it. 

Automatic Feed 
Lathes. For t u r 11 i 11 g 
broom, rake, fork and 
other handles, curtain 
and pike poles, and many 
other straight or taper- 
ing articles, there are 
automatic feed lathes, in 
which a number of pieces 
of material are placed in 
a rack on a table from 
which feed rollers keep 
taking the bottom piece. 
On some of these ma- 
chines there is a mass of 
gears at the side which 
should be guarded by an 
easily removable cover. 
Copying Lathes. 
Where the cutter head 
travels across the path of 
the material to be turned, as in modern copying lathes, it can easily be hooded 
except for the cutting point, the hood being attached to the cutter head frame. 
Machines are made so guarded. In some automatic copying lathes the cutter 
head is brought forward to the work by a hand lever, remaining locked back 
out of harm's way when not in use. The cutting is done. on the under side 
of the material, throwing the chips downward and lessening chance of injury 
to the operator. 

Guarding Lathe Saws. In some of the lathes for turning handles, spokes, 
etc., there is a saw at the front across which the material moves endways by 
means of a traveling screw. This should be guarded, as the operator gets 
very close to it in removing the turned piece and putting rough stock in place. 
An effective home-made guard is shown in Fig. 231 (page 141). A strong 
support (A), securely bolted to the machine frame, extends out horizontally 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 232. Screen for Spoke Driver 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



J 43 



beneath the saw and several inches beyond it. To this is hinged a vertical 
board (B) across the upper end of which is fastened a slanting board guard 
(C) for the top and front of the saw. A horizontal cleat (D), on the side of 
the vertical board, rests on the support and prevents the guard from swinging 
against the saw. The top piece of the guard is made slanting to guide the 
cuttings, which are heavy and sharp and fly with great force, toward the floor. 
Sometimes there is a belt at the right of the saw running directly under 
and close to a crank for tightening the rough stock between the centers. There 
should be a shield for this belt both under the crank and around the pulley 
in front. 

WAGONS. 

Box Board Edger. The 

machine to which stock is 
fed on a traveling table 
should be guarded for both 
kicking and flyhacks. Heavy 
pressure rolls are often 
placed back of the saws and 
a metal hood over each saw. 
A wishbone-like pronged de- 
vice is sometimes used to 
hold stock down firmly and 
tends to prevent its kicking 
before it reaches the pressure 
rolls. If hoods are not used. 
a screen can be hung in front 
of the saws. 

Spoke Drivers. When 
the hammer swings, such a 
machine should be railed oft 

at back and sides. Fig. 232 

(page 142) shows such a 

guard, made of reinforced 

wire mesh. Hammer handles 

should be watched carefulh 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 233. Guard for Spoke Driver. 



for defects which might cause them to break, and the heads should be examined 
frequently to assure their being in good condition and securely fastened. It 
is well to have an adjustable metal guard, as shown in Fig. 233, to prevent 
the operator being accidentally struck by the hammer. The guard should 
come down within 2 inches of the end of the spoke. 

For driving light spokes into carriage and spring wagon hubs there are 
also pneumatic machines, which are especially safe. The safety valve of the 
air compressor for such a machine should never be set above safe working 
pressure. 

Spoke-facing Machines. The disk spoke facing and tapering machine 
should be encased at the back to cover the bolt heads there, and it is well to 



144 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




cover the front as far down as the 
work will permit. The machine in 
which the spoke passes between two 
heads which face both sides at once 
can have' its knives thoroughly guarded 
by blower hoods, as shown in Fig. 234. 
Spoke Throaters. On the machine 
in which the spoke is fed on a revolving 
carrier driven by gearing there should 
be a guard on the side of the cutter 
head toward the operator, as shown in 
Fig. 235. It is well also to have blower 
hoods both above and below the head. 
Fig. 236 (page 145) shows an auto- 
matic throater with cast iron guard fur- 
nished by the makers, with blower hood, 
and with home-made leather guards at 
the front to keep chips from being 
thrown with violence. The cutter heads 
of the machine to which the spoke is 
fed on reels should also be shielded or 
hooded. 

Axle Machines. The automatic 
machine for gaining axles should have 
its heads covered as fully as possible 

without interfering with the work. Shields are usually furnished by the maker, 

but sometimes these can well be supplemented, as shown in Fig. 237 (page 

146). A shield should cover the pulley 

driving the head, as well as the head. 

The cutter heads of axle shoulder shaping 

machines, whether single or double, 

should also be shielded except at the 

working point. 

Wheel Rim Planers. The automatic 
machine for truing up the face and one 
side should have its cutter heads enclosed, 
and they usually are, even though the 
operator is at the other side of the wheel. 
The hand-feed planer often used for truing 
up the other side of the rim should have 
a wooden guard over the cutters, as 
shown in Fig. 238 (page 147), held up 
against the face of the rim by a weight 
or spring, to prevent the operator's 
fingers resting on the face as the rim 

Courtesy of McDowell-1 rammell Co. 

goes over the cutters. Fig ^ Spoke Throater Guarded. 



Courtesy of McDozvell-Trammell Co. 

Fig. 234. Spoke Facer Guarded. 




HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



M5 



Felloe Machines. The heads of the two-side felloe planing machines 
should be shielded as much as possible, and exposed gearing, especially at the 
front, should be covered. Fig. 239 (page 147) shows two such machines with 
blower hoods connected to the cast iron guards furnished by the makers, that 
at the left planing the straight sides and that at the right planing the curved 
sides. 

Wheel Boxing Machine. The bit for boring the hub for the box should 
be protected when in normal position by a hood guard, one-half of which 
is hinged at the top so it can be turned back for change of bits. 

Rimming Machine. When the saw which cuts the rim to proper length 
is brought up through the table by a foot lever, the lever should be guarded 
so that no one in passing can 
accidentally come in contact 
with it and bring the saw up 
against the operator. 

Hub Machines. The hub 
reamer can be guarded by 
fastening a shield of sheet 
metal formed into a semi- 
circle to the attachment 
which holds the hub in place, 
as shown in Fig. 240 (page 
147) . This attachment 
moves to the left as the 
reamer enters the hub, and 
the shield moves with it and 
thus covers the reamer dur- 
ing the entire operation. An- 
other way of guarding the 
reaming bit is to have a hood 
held out over it by a spring, 
the hood collapsing as it is 
forced back by the hub. 
When the hub is reamed after the spokes have been driven into it, prongs can 
extend out around the bit, so placed as to fit between the spokes when the 
wheel is pushed on the bit. 

Hub turning machines should have the roughing knife at the back guarded 
by a curved shield, which will tend to hold the pieces if the hub should break. 
The big circular cut-off machine for cutting logs to hub block length, to which 
the log is fed on a carriage traveling on a saw mill track, should have its saw 
railed off at the back and hooded on top down to the mandrel. 

Panel Sticking. When the edges of panels, as for buggy frames, are 
worked on a shaper, an efficient guard can be used, as shown in Fig. 241 (page 
148). Bolted to the guide, which is cut out to fit the head, is a piece of wood 
shaped so as to cover the opening in the guide left for the cutters. This not 
only acts as a hold-down for the stock, which is fed under it, but it also keeps 
the operator's hands from the cutters. 




Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 236. Spoke Throater Guarded. 



146 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Poles, Shafts and Single-trees. When the old cut-off-rip saw-shaper 
method of making poles is used, the cut-off saw should be hooded or guarded 
by a band coming down as low as possible. For the rip saw there should be a 
splitter, a long table and a board rigidly suspended over the saw a little in 
front of the crown. The shaper should be guarded in one of the ways 
suggested elsewhere (see index). 

The shaft and pole heel tapering machine should have its disk heads cov- 
ered at the back, and in front down to the working point just above the table. 
The single-tree dressing and pointing machine should have its cutter head 
guarded by a blower hood which will come up around the outer end of the 
head. On the automatic feed pole machines which turn out a pole a minute 
the side and top heads should be hooded, and the belts and pulleys and feed 

chain and sprockets 
should be fenced off like 
big planing mill ma- 
chines. A combination 
guard and table for a 
pole sticker are shown in 
Fig. 242 (page 148). 

Other Machines. 
The many other ma- 
chines used in wagon and 
carriage work, such as 
jointers, surfacers, shap- 
ers, sanders, rip saws, 
cut-off saws, equalizing 
saws, tenoners, borers,, 
mortisers, should be 
guarded as suggested 
elsewhere (see index). 

Automobiles and 
Cars. Automobile 
manufacturing employs 
practically the same 
special machinery as wagon making, so far as the woodworking goes. The 
same is true largely of the manufacture of cars, though the machinery is apt 
to be of heavier build. 



. Si 


ill 


1 






-— — so; ^ 


r * — ^ tm -J**-*^ 


-dteJ 


£> ^ '"..^ '^-"» 




" 



Courtesy of Studebaker Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 237. Automatic Gainer Guarded. 



COOPERAGE. 

Stave Sawing Machines. The cylinder machine known as the drum saw 
should have as much as possible of its teeth guarded, to prevent a stave get- 
ting caught or being dropped on the saw and then thrown, and to guard the 
off-bearer when one is employed. A metal band can be brought up from the 
side of the machine frame, extending over the teeth as far as the work will 
permit. The band should reach out beyond the teeth, and it can have a cleat 
under its outer edge. This guard can be braced from the front of the frame, 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



147 



if necessary. Such a 
band guard for barrel 
stave saws is often fur- 
nished by the makers. 
The bilging cylinder saw 
for kegs can be protected 
in the same way. The 
small drum saw used in 
pail and tub factories is 
often guarded by a home- 
made wooden box hood 
set into the machine 




Courtesy of McDowell-Trammell Co. 

Fig. 239. Felloe Planers Guarded 

ated like shingle saws, 
as suggested elsewhere 
(see index). When a 
vertical pendulous saw is 
used, the rear teeth 
should be protected by a 
metal band, and it is well 
to fence the saw off as 
much as possible at both 
back and sides. 

Stave and Heading 

Jointers. When the 

knives are set in a disk, 

the disk should be en- 
tirely encased at the 

back, and it can well be 

in front except for the 

necessary working point. 



Courtesy of Peter Schuttlcr Co. 

Fig. 238. Wheel Rim Planer Guarded. 

frame and covering 
practically all of the 
teeth not in use, as 
shown in Fig. 243 
(page 149). A drum 
saw should also have 
a metal band cover- 
ing the projecting 
bolt heads where the 
saw is bolted to the 
head, or spider, 
which is keyed to the 
shaft. 

Heading Saws. 
The horizontal head- 
ing saw should be 
guarded and oper- 





Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 240. Guard for Hub Reamer. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Heberer & Co. 

Fig. 241. Panel Sticker Guarded. 



The little hand jointer often used in pail and tub factories can well be equipped 

with a small automatic guard, or with two if the guide is set in the middle. 

Stave and Heading Planers. When the feeding point is not well guarded 

by the makers, a hood should 
be arranged to cover the rolls 
or chains, coming down over 
the front as far as possible 
without interfering with the 
entrance of the stock, and if 
necessary guarding any ex- 
posed ends of rolls. The 
head line planer should be 
protected in the same way, 
the hood covering the head 
as well as the feed roll. 

Head Rounder. The 
barrel head rounding or 
circling machine should have 
its saw covered as much as 
possible by a blower hood, as 
shown in Fig. 244 (page 149) 
or otherwise, to keep pieces from flying about the shop and to prevent con- 
tact with the saw teeth. The hood can well be brought even further over the 
top of the saw than as shown in the picture. The knives in the head of this 
machine should be very se- 
curely fastened to prevent 
their flying out. In some 
machines they are dove- 
tailed, to do away with the 
chance of screws or other 
fastenings working loose. 

When the heading is 
circled on a heading lathe 
with stationary cutters, as in 
pail and tub plants, there 
should be a board fencing 
around the plane in which 
the pieces fly. 

Pail Trimming Lathe. 
In operating this machine 
care should be taken to work 
the carriage properly and 
not to take so heavy a cut as 
to force a stave out, and pos- 
sibly cause the pail to collapse and a number of staves to be thrown. The 
operator should also endeavor to keep in a working position out of range of 
thrown staves. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 242. Pole Sticker Guarded. 



HANDLES, LATHES, ETC. 



149' 



Crozers. Machines for chamfering and crozing barrels, casks or kegs 
while in a horizontal position should have their cutter -heads guarded so that 
there will be no danger of injury to the operator in the event of an arm getting 




Courtesy of E. Murdoch & Co. Courtesy of Louisville Cooperage Co. 

Fig. 243. Drum Saw Guarded. Fig. 244. Head Rounder Guarded. 

beyond the end of the barrel while placing it in position or removing it. Semi- 
circular shields around the sides of the heads nearer the operator's working 

position make effective guards. Some 
machines come equipped with such 
shields. There are machines in which 
the cutter heads move entirely out of 
the barrel before it is released by the 
chuck rings and do not return to work- 
ing position until brought there by a 
lever. 

In the machines in which the bar- 
rel is placed vertically the cutter head 
can be guarded by a wire screen, as 
shown in Fig. 245. 

Edging Saw. The rip saw often 
used in pail and tub plants for edging 
heading before it goes to the jointer 
should have a splitter at the back and 
a board suspended in front of the 
crown with a pendant flap. A feed- 
ing: carriage could well be used for 




Courtesy of Tight Barrel Cooperage Co. 

Fig. 245. Vertical Crozer Guarded. 



such work, especially when very small pieces of stock are sawed. 



i 5 o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

Hoop Machines. Hoop planers should be guarded like stave and heading 
planers. The automatic hoop cutting machine can well have finger guards 
like those suggested for veneer clippers (see index). The hoop bar chuck 
pointing machine should have the bolt heads on the outside guarded by a 
shield. The hoop pointing machine in which the knives are set in disks should 
have the disks encased at the back. 

Vats. Vats for slack barrel hoops should at least have a fence around 
them 30 inches high, with a gate at one side counterbalanced so it can easily 
be raised out of the way when occasion requires. Whenever possible, it is 
well to build such vats with their sides 30 inches above the floor level. 

Barrel Hoist. This conveyor should be guarded to prevent a barrel tip- 
ping off the prongs or dogs of the chain and falling on the man below who is 
placing the barrels on the conveyor. A simple but effective guard consists of 
boards hanging from the ceiling as close to the outer points of the dogs as 
possible and extending as far down as can be. 

Other Machines. Windlass ropes should be regularly inspected. The 
dangerous gears on stave bending machines, power punching and flaring ma- 
chines and some trussing machines should be guarded, unless guards are 
furnished by the makers. The punches should be equipped with a ring guard, 
the bottom edge of which will allow the placing of the stock but will not let 
the operator's fingers get under the punch and the top edge of which is above 
the highest movement of the punch. Rip saws, cut-off saws, etc., should be 
guarded as indicated elsewhere (see index). 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
Etc. 



• 






^FM ■ 1 


fiif 

Si 


I 

I 


— ^^^^^^ ^ w " 




—-!,./ 


•-■»■*■■ . _- 


BESS=-^£: 


" 


—— 


"" 


jt*«?'S!SP 


\ 



VENEER, FURNITURE, 
CHAIRS. 

Vats. One of the 
most dangerous features 
of veneer manufacturing 
is found in the vats in 
which the logs are soft- 
ened by boiling. These 
vats should be well 
guarded to prevent any- 
one falling into them, as, 
whenever the lids are re- 
moved, a body of boiling 
hot water is exposed. 
There is much risk of 
such accidents, as men 

have to do a lot of WOrk Courtesy of Roberts & Connor Co. 

around the edges of a vat. Fig. 246. Fence around Vat. 

One method of protection is a railing along the edge, or a fence with a 
walk inside, as shown in Fig. 246. Such a guard should be made strong, as 
workmen will use the fencing as a brace and it is likely to be hit by logs being 
swung out of the pit. A better method is to build the sides of the vat up 
above the ground or floor level, as shown in Fig. 247. Such a guard can be so 

substantial that there 
will be little chance of 
its giving way. 

One of the best 
means of guarding vats 
has been devised by the 
Paine Lumber Co., of 
Oshkosh, Wis., who 
have applied for a patent 
on it. A pipe railing- 
guard surrounds the vat, 
and there are horizontal 
bars 12 inches apart over 
the top, secured to an 
iron pipe at the back and 

Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. loose at the front ends. 

Fig. 247. Vat with Built-up Sides. In raising logs from the 




T 52 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 248. Veneer Vat Guard. Fig. 249. Veneer Vat Guard, Cover Down. 

vat, as many bars as necessary raise with the log. As the log is removed, 
the bars drop back into place. Each bar raises separately and drops by gravity 
into its individual socket. Hinged wooden covers are dropped from the back 
over the vat when there is no need of its being open. These are in sections, 
so all the vat not in active use may remain covered. Fig. 248 shows a log being 
lifted out by the traveling crane used for the purpose, and the wooden covers 
thrown up. Fig. 249 
shows one of the covers 
in place over its section 
of the vat. 

Workmen should be 
provided with suitable 
spike poles, etc., for use 
in floating logs to the 
edge of a vat, where the 
hooks can be made fast. 
Planks should never be 
placed across vats for the 
men to work from, as 
they are decayed by the 
acids developed by the 

process. This decay is Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 

often inside, leaving the Fig. 250. Rotary Cutter Guarded. 




VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 



iS3 



surface in apparently good condition. 
Breaking of such planks has caused 
many fatal accidents. When bar 
guards are used over the top of a vat, 
the workmen should not be allowed 
to get out on them to hook the logs. 
It is a good plan to have a warning 
sign at a vat, cautioning the work- 
men against dangerous practices. • 

Steaming Process. Vats used in 
the steaming process should be guarded 
like boiling vats. While a workman 
does not run much chance of being 
scalded, as the steam is turned off be- 
fore the vat is opened, he can get a 
bad fall, and possibly other injury. 
Sometimes, too, the drain stops up 
and condensation causes a few inches 
of water to accumulate at the bottom 
of the vat. The drain should be ar- 
ranged, if possible, so it can be cleaned 
from the outside. 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 252. Veneer Clipper Guarded. 



Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Lid. 



Fig. 251. Guard for Veneer Clipper. 

When steaming boxes are used 
and the doors slide up and down, in- 
spection should frequently be made of 
the cables and their connections to the 
weights and doors, to avoid accident 
due to the doors falling. In some 
plants the doors are held in place by 
bars. To avoid decay, the boxes can 
well be made of reinforced concrete. 
Rotary Cutter. There is practi- 
cal^ no danger from the knife of this 
machine. In some makes, however, the 
men off-bearing and removing waste 
have to work, and in a great rush, close 
to bevel gears actuating the movement 
of the knife toward the log. These 
gears should be covered, as shown in 
Fig. 250 (page 152), and so should the 



J 54 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




chain and sprocket transmission regulating them. Unless protected by the 

drive belts and pulleys, the change gears at the end of the machine which 

actuate this transmission should be 
guarded by a cover which can easily be 
opened or removed. The drive belts 
and pulleys should be well guarded. 

Slicing Machine. The driving 
parts of the machinery, such as con- 
necting rods, gears, belts, etc., should 
be guarded, and so should any pits in 
which the machinery may be set. The 
slides along which the stay log has a 
reciprocating movement on a hori- 
zontal machine should be protected by 
a railing. 

Veneer Clipper. This machine, 
which is of the same class as the paper 
cutter and is used for cutting veneer to 
size, is dangerous both to the man 
operating and the one taking away, on 
account of the risk of getting a hand 
under the knife. An effective guard 
consists in having prongs come down 
as close as possible to the table both in 
front and back of the knife, as shown in 

Fig. 251 (page 153) and Fig. 252 (page 153). Fig. 251 shows a machine 

used to cut veneer to length. The 

prongs, which are of wire, are 2 inches 

apart. They are 3 3-4 inches from 

the knife on one side and 5 inches on 

the other. The prongs in Fig. 252, 

which shows a clipper used for cross- 
cutting and also for cutting to 

width short lengths of veneer stock, 

are made of wood. They are 

1 1-2 inches apart and 3 inches 

from the knife. These prongs are 

made to swing away from the 

knife when the machine is cutting 

widths. Such a prong guard is ad- 
visable for veneer clippers, whether 

power-feed or hand-feed. With it 

installed, a hand of either operator or 

take-away man will be stopped before 

it can get into danger. 

A guard for the off-bearing side of a clipper used for cutting veneer to 

narrow widths is shown in Fig. 253. It consists of an oblong frame made of 



Fig. 253. Guard for Veneer Clipper. 




Fig. 254. Veneer Clipper Guard. 



VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 



J 55 



gas pipe, filled in with wire mesh. The guard is hinged on each side, a little 
nearer the top than the bottom, so as to keep it in an upright position and yet 
allow it to swing out under slight pressure and let the cut veneer fall out under 
it. The table is on an incline so that gravity will carry the strips of veneer 
down it. The guard is built high to prevent reaching over the knife to pull 
the rod throwing the clutch in or out. It also comes down a little below the 
lowest travel of the knife when no veneer is in the machine, thus tending to 
prevent accidents due to off-bearer boys pulling scraps from under the knife 
while idly waiting for more veneer. This guard and inclined table obviate the 
danger to off-bearers involved in removing strips by the armful from a flat 
table and an unguarded knife. 




Courtesy of Roberts & Connor Co. 



Courtesy of Grand Rapids Veneer Works. 



Fig- 2 55- Segment Saw. Fig. 256. Segment Saw. 

Fig. 254 (page 154) shows a stationary wire mesh guard for the off-bearing 
side of a clipper used for cutting veneer to narrow widths. It is hung by hooks 
from rods extending from one side of the machine to the other and is easily 
removable when it is necessary to take out the knife. This screen sets out 
about 7 inches from the knife and works even with or a little below the lowest 
travel of the knife. 

Segment Saw. The chief danger connected with the segment saw is found 
in the segment feature. Great care should be exercised in selecting and tight- 
ening the flat head countersunk screws by which the segments are fastened to 
the saw disk. No chance should ever be taken with an old screw which may 
not remain tight. Not only might the particular segment fly, but if it became 
loose and dug into the wood it might cause a wreck of the saw, throwing 



i56 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



segments with violent force. Off-bearers get considerable protection from the 
arrangements for taking care of the material sawed, two forms of which are 
shown in Fig. 255 (page 155) and Fig. 256 (page 155). 

Band Mill. The band saw used to cut veneer logs into Hitches for a seg- 
ment saw or a sheer should be guarded like a band mill in a saw mill (see 
index). There is one bad practice indulged in by some sawyers, which should 
be avoided whenever possible. To cut flitches so as to get the best " gloss," as 
the grain is called, requires very skilful and careful work. If the setters do not 
quickly grasp the sawyer's idea as to the dogging of the log on the carriage, 
he is apt to step around the front of the band saw and show them how to do 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 257. Slasher Guard, Hood in Place. 



Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co., Ltd. 

Fig. 258. Slasher Guard, Hood Raised. 



it or do it himself. This is very dangerous. The saw is often running at 
very high speed, and the space around it is likely to be both slippery and lit- 
tered up. This space should be kept clean, at any rate, and the practice re- 
ferred to should be discouraged. 

Slashers. Fig. 257 and Fig. 258 show a six saw slasher, used for cutting 
rail and panel veneers to length, guarded so that when in operation the 
operator's hands cannot touch the saws. The guards also hold the veneer in 
place while it is being cut and prevent the pieces from being thrown by the 
saws. Each guard is hinged to its upright support. It is swung up by the 
slats on the conveyor and drops back over the saw after a slat has passed. 



VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 



'57 




In Fig. 257 the guard is shown in normal position and Fig. 258 shows how it 
is swung up by a conveyor slat. The particular machine illustrated is run 
by six operators. Each 
stands between saws and 
pulls the veneer for the 
desired cut. 

Splicer. This ma- 
chine for jointing and 
glueing sheets of veneer 
after its operator has 
matched them needs to 
be guarded at its feeding 
point, where the material 
passes between two solid 
link chains. Fig. 259 
shows a guard for this 
point in the form of flat 
springs set just ahead of 

the nip in the chains. Courtesy of Louisville Veneer Mills. 

These springs hold the Fi S- 2 59- Veneer Splicer Guarded. 

veneer flat and also prevent the operator's hands from following into the 

chains with the material. Some such device should always be used. 

Glue Machine. There is little danger from the rollers of this machine, 

as they run very slowly and the top 
roller fits loosely on the lower one. 
The gears at the end of the machine 
should be covered, however, as opera- 
tors often stand very close to them 
when feeding. 

Dryers. The belts and pulleys 
along the side of many of these ma- 
chines should be fenced off to a suf- 
ficient height, and the gears and 
sprockets and chains should be cov- 
ered or fenced. 

Lifting Tackle. All lifting tackle 
used in moving logs should be regu- 
larly and frequently inspected for de- 
fects and should be kept in the best of 
working condition. Hooks should be 
kept sharp and chains annealed at 
intervals. Gearing should be covered. 
If a log haul is used in a veneer mill, 
it should be guarded as suggested in 
the chapter on " Saw Mill." 
Other Machines. The other machines used in veneer mills of one kind or 

another, such as rip saws, drag saws, cut-off saws, swing saws, equalizing saws, 




Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. 260. Miter Saw Guard. 



i 5 8 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



jointers, sanders, edgers, matchers, slab slashers, etc., should be guarded as 
indicated elsewhere in this book (see index). 

FURNITURE, CHAIRS, ETC. 

Many of the machines used in furniture, chair, desk and show case fac- 
tories are common to practically all woodworking plants doing fine work. A 
large number of the guards suggested elsewhere (see index) for rip saws, cut- 
off saws, swing saws, buzz planers or jointers (both hand-feed and automatic), 
band saws, resaws, shapers, mortisers, tenoners, boring machines, sanders, 
etc., are applicable. 

So much stock work is done in 
such factories that machines can often 
be guarded much more effectively than 
is possible when they are constantly 
being put to a variety of uses. A lit- 
tle ingenuity on the part of foreman 
or operator will often devise better 
protection for a specific operation than 
could be given by a safety device in- 
tended to adapt itself to a wide range 
of work. The variety of such home- 
made guards is endless. 

Miter Saw Guard. A home-made 
guard for a miter saw, to prevent the 
triangular blocks cut off the stock 
from riding up on the back of the saw 
and being thrown, is shown in Fig. 260 
(page 157). It consists merely of a 
bevelled board set upright close be- 
hind the saw and held in place by a 
clamp at the rear edge of the table. 

Grooving Saws. Fig. 261 shows 
a guard for a grooving saw which also 
acts as a spring to hold the stock down 
on the table. The wheel under which 




Courtesy of Widdicomb Furniture Co. 

Fig. 261. Grooving Saw Guarded. 



the stock passes is so arranged that it allows the stock to be moved freely 
beneath it. In edge grooving for stock a guard often used consists of a wooden 
block higher than the saw and extending a little beyond both its front and 
back. This is secured on the table in such a position that there is just enough 
room between it and the guide for the stock to pass over the saw. 

Dovetailing Machines. The gang dovetailer can be guarded about as 
much as is necessary by a metal shield in front of the spindles and gearing, as 
shown in Fig. 262 (page 159), or by a suction hood. There are automatic 
dovetailers for drawer work in operating which the material is clamped on a 
feeding carriage which, once started, automatically feeds the work to the cut- 
ting tools. 



VENEER, FURNITURE, CHAIRS 



'59 



Tenoners. These should be 
guarded like tenoners used in other 
shops (see index). On the chain feed 
double end tenoner, when small pieces 
are fed, as in coat hanger work, addi- 
tional protection is often given the cut- 
ters by appliances for holding the stock 
down firmly. Such an appliance some- 
times takes the form of a block sliced 
into closely set teeth like a comb. 
These teeth are flexible and long and 
give the required tension for holding 
the stock on the feed. 

Double Saw and Chuck Machine. 
Automatic machines can be used for 
sawing off both ends and chucking or 
sizing one or both ends of chair legs, 
chair spindles, stretchers, etc. The 
chucking heads and saws should have 
protection in the form of shields cover- 
ing them as much as possible or by suc- 
tion hoods. 

Rod Machines. The two-side 
sticker often used for working material 
into flag sticks, dowels, and rods of 





Courtesy of Michigan Chair Co. 

Fig. 263. Heading Machine Guarded. 



Courtesy of Grand Rapids Show Case Co. 

Fig. 262. Gang Dovetailer Guarded. 

various kinds, as well as chair spindles, 
should have its cutter heads and feed 
rolls guarded like those of any other 
sticker (see index). 

The feed rolls and cutters of the 
power-feed rod machine used for turn- 
ing stretchers, curtain poles, flag sticks 
and other kinds of rods should be 
guarded. It is well also to have a 
shield over the pulley and belt in the 
center of the machine. 

Carvers. The operators of these 
machines should work with sleeves 
short or rolled up, to avoid being caught 
by the cutters. Where there is any 
length of spindle exposed, it is well to 
enclose it in a sleeve whenever possible. 
Set screws in collars on spindles should 
always be of the headless type. 

Heading Machine. The machine 
for heading out back posts for chairs, 
with its one horizontal and two vertical 



i6o WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 

saws, should have wooden block guards on each side of the saws, as shown in 
Fig. 263 (page 159). These are so arranged that they leave only enough open 
space for the material to pass through. 

Veneer Cutter. The machine used for cutting veneer to size can be 
guarded like any veneer clipper, as already described in this chapter. When 
not so guarded, it should be worked with great care, especially when one man 
operates the knife and another handles the material. Even if equipped with a 
holding bar, fingers are apt to be badly pinched. 

Finishing Room. One of the danger spots in a furniture plant is the room 
where the filling is rubbed in. The filling mixture used generally contains 
naphtha, which makes it highly explosive. To guard against fire, discipline and 
cleanliness are highly important. The men employed there should be in- 
structed how to handle a fire, by smothering it, and sand in pails or paper bags 
should be kept within easy reach. Only a small amount of the filling mixture 
should be kept in a pot. at a time, and the pots should be entirely emptied at 
the end of the day. The supply of naphtha should be kept in an outside building, 
and should be in charge of a competent man. It is best to use electric lights 
in such a room. When gas is used, a pot containing mixture should never 
be allowed to stand under a gas light. Fire has been known to originate from 
a burned bug dropping from a lamp into a pot below. To avoid the danger of 
fire from spontaneous combustion, the rags used in rubbing in the filler should 
be very carefully handled. Spontaneous combustion sometimes occurs within 
six hours. Discarded rags should be placed at once in a metal receptacle, 
which should be taken to the boiler room twice a day and its contents burned. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
Etc. 



PATTERN SHOP, BOX 
FACTORY, ETC. 

The high rank of the pattern-maker among woodworking mechanics and 
the widely varying sizes and shapes of material worked make the guarding 
of machines in pattern shops unusually difficult. Patterns are largely made up 
of small pieces, however, and guards can be used for most of the work. As for 
the pattern-maker's intolerance of guards, it can be impressed upon him that 
they imply no reflection upon his skill. 

Two rules should be rigidly enforced in pattern shops, one that each 
machine shall be shut down as soon as any work upon it is completed, and 
the other that guards shall 
be used whenever possible 
and shall be replaced im- 
mediately after completion of 
any work for which they 
cannot be used. 

Pattern Shop Saws. The 
universal saw bench with 
two arbors is the hardest to 
guard of all pattern shop 
machines. Until recently 
the only practical protection 
was a hood suspended from 
above, or from the side of 
the table if it did not tilt. 
The Oliver Machinery Co., 
of Grand Rapids, Mich., how- 
ever, has worked out a new 
method of guarding. It con- 
sists of a splitter for each saw and a light hood supported by an arm attached 
to a support back of the table. The hood guard is adjustable, to take care 
of the depth of cut and also the position of the saw either backward or for- 
ward. The splitters are adjustable so as to be useful whether the cut is deep 
or not. Fig. 264 shows a saw in its highest position, and Fig. 265 (page 162) 
shows it in a very low position. 

Where the hood method of guarding is used, the hood must be easily and 
quickly adjustable and so arranged that it can be thrown out of the way when 
bulky pieces are to be handled. It must be large enough to cover the entire 
throat. A guard of the suspended type is shown in Fig. 266 (page 162), which 
also shows a fence and casing for the belt and a sign requiring replacement of 




Courtesy of Oliver Machinery Co. 

Fig. 264. Pattern-maker's Saws Guarded. 



162 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




the guard. Fig. 267 (page 
163) shows a hood held over 
the saw by a strong arm. 
This arm is fastened to the 
table by a hinge, and when the 
guard is thrown back it stands 
in a vertical position. Raising 
of the guard is effected by a 
foot lever. The hood is made 
of band iron with side pieces 
of fiber. It has a roller in front 
and at the rear a small dog to 
prevent kicking. The saw in 
which the arbor raises instead 
of revolving, or the table is 
raised and lowered, can be 
guarded by a hood. 

Courtesy of Oliver Machinery Co. Where frequent changes 

Fig. 265. Pattern-maker's Saws Guarded. of saws are made in a table, 

from rip to cut-off and from one size to another, there can well be a false throat 
for each rip saw, equipped with a splitter and a light hood attachment. When 
unwieldy pieces are to be worked or other work done for which a guard can- 
not be used, the original throat plate can be put in. 

Buzz Planer or Jointer. This machine should have a safety cylinder 
head, and often additional guards can be used, such as the automatic ones 
referred to in the chapter on " Jointers or Buzz Planers." If a big piece is to 
be worked wdth such 
a guard on, the oper- 
ator can loosen up 
the spring or land the 
weight, as may be 
necessary, and set 
the guard to cover 
what he does not 
need of the knife gap. 
A guard which has 
been found practical 
for a great deal of 
work is shown in 
Fig. 268 (page 163). 
The sliding wooden 
shield (A) is counter- 
weighted so the por- 
tion of the knife not 

Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

used is covered Tr-ccxjj^jrc 

Fig. 266. Hood Guard for Saws. 




PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 



163 



automatically. The handle (C) may be used for adjusting the shield for small 
work, while the foot-lever (B) is used when the operator has a long or heavy 
board requiring both hands to handle. A brass shoe (D) on the shield reduces 
friction. The picture 
shows a sign forbid- 
ding the jointing on 
this machine of any 
piece containing less 
than one square foot 
of lumber. 

No one should 
be allowed to run a 
buzz planer without 
full instructions as to 
the points of danger, 
and an operator 
should carefully note 
how much of a cut 
the knives are set for 
before doing any 
kind of planing. Short pieces should not be run over the machine 




of Illinois Steel Co. 

Fig. 267. Pattern Shop Saw Guard. 



A sign 
should be put In plain view stating the minimum size of piece which can be 
run. In many shops 12 inches is the minimum allowed. If a short piece is 
forced against the knives when they are set to take a large chip, the piece is 
apt to be forced back from the operator's grip so quickly that his hands drop 
instantly on the knives if they are over the gap. If there is any projecting 
knot or' other bulging place on the side being planed, this is practically sure 

to happen. 

Universal Wood- 
working Machine. 
This wood milling 
machine, which does 
a large variety of 
work that formerly 
required a number of 
machines, eliminates 
much of the danger 
attaching to pattern 
work. It bears the 
same relation to pat- 
tern-making that 
highly specialized 

Courtesy of National Tube Co. . 

T . ^ ~ , machinery does to 

Fig. 268. Pattern Shop Jointer Guard. / 

tool-making. Alter 

the work has been placed on the table the machine can be operated without 
the workman having to bring his hands near the cutters. 




WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Other Machines. The other machines used in a pattern shop, such as 
band saws, shapers, surfacers, lathes and grinders, should be guarded as sug- 
gested elsewhere (see index). Direct motor drive will do away with the dif- 
ficulty of guarding 
against the belting dan- 
gers of lathes. Fig. 269 
shows a screen to protect 
workmen against flying 
pieces from a neighbor- 
ing lathe. Fig. 270 shows 
sheet metal guards for 
the belts and pulleys of 
a planer. Fig. 271 (page 
165) shows shields over 
gears, discs and blades 
of a dowel pin machine 
used in a pattern shop. 

BOX FACTORY. 




Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 269. Screen for Lathe. 



Rip Saws. Building 
up box shooks by edging 
them on a rip saw is dan- 
gerous work, especially when short stock is used. Boys should never be al- 
lowed to run such saws. In making rough boxes the saw should have a hood, 
in addition to a splitter, coming well down to the stock, as there are many 
knots in the stock. The front of the hood can be of mesh on top, so the opera- 
tor can see the cut. An iron strip can hang from the front of the hood, curved 
up to allow easy passage of 
material. Where a light and 
narrow hood is attached to 
the splitter, a board can be 
suspended over saw and 
hood, to protect the opera- 
tor's eyes, cut out in the 
center so as to come well 
down toward the table on 
each side of the saw. This 
board can be arranged to 
swing back as material is 
pushed through. 

Home-made guarding of 
a rip saw with splitter and 
metal hood is shown in Fig. 




Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 

Fig. 270. Planer Belts and Pulleys Guarded. 



272 (page 165). In Fig. 273 (page 166) is shown a guard devised to meet the 
requirement of a clear table on all sides of a saw in the center. The reinforced 
mesh guard, pivoted on the splitter and positioned by an extra pin, allows 



PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 



165 



every part of the saw line to be visible. Fig. 274 (page 166) shows an over- 
hung saw equipped with a splitter and with reinforced-mesh guards for both 
upper and lower part of the saw. Clearance is given for a stroke of 3 feet by 
the sliding feed table. The 
rear support of the upper 
guard is of hard wood rein- 
forced with sheet metal. 

Whenever possible, for 
short stock anyway, a feeding 
apparatus, such as that shown 
in Fig. 275 (page 166) should 
be used. The stock is held on 
the carriage by a hand clamp 
or lever with a band spring at 
the back. The under side of 
the lever is fitted with spikes 
or a small tooth plate to hold 
the stock firmly. The saw 
shown has also a splitter, 
which should always be used, 
and a board guard against fly- 
backs with a pendant flap. A 
German feeding arrangement 




Courtesy of Tennessee Coal & Iron Co. 

Fig. 271. Dowel Pin Machine Guarded. 



used in making small boxes is shown in Fig. a 7 6 (page 167). The boards are 
h d firmly by a lever. When box shooks are built up by runnmg them 
th Igh a'seH-feed edger, the edger rolls should be protected hke those of 
any self-feed saw (see index). In many box faetor.es with saw null con- 
nection box boards are cut on regular shingle or heading machmes. These 
nec # . should be guarded and operated as 

suggested elsewhere (see index). 

Cut-off Saws. Cut-off saws 
should be hooded, and equipped with 
splitters to guard the off-bearer. 
When a carriage-fed overhung cut- 
off is used, the spout carrying waste 
to the conveyor should be brought 
up close to the saw or there should 
be a partition covering the side of 
the saw to below the bottom, to pro- 
tect the operator when he reaches 
into the spout to push anything 
down. The operator should not bring 
up stock to the carriage as he pulls 
the carriage back for another cut. 




Courtesy of J. N. Roberts Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 272. Guard for Rip Saw. 



When saws are set close together in gangs and fed by a hand carnage 
there should be means of clamping the pieces together for steady feeing. If 
h y have to be held by hands as they go through, there ,s much nsk of the 



1 66 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 





Courtesy of Remington Type- 
writer Works. 

Fig. 273. Mesh Guard 
for Saw. 



Courtesy of Remington Typewriter 
Works. 



Fig. 



274. Overhung Saw 
Guarded. 



hands being cut. It is a good idea to cover these gangs with an inverted " V " 
trough. Self-feed gang saws, in which the stock is carried through by a chain 
with brackets, are much safer than the hand-feed ones. It is well to use these 

always for heavy work. 

Fig. 277 (page 167 
shows guarding of a com- 
bination trimmer and 
edger having three saws 
on one shaft. The over- 
hung saws, a rip and a cut- 
off, are stationary at 
either end, but the cut-off 
saw in the middle has to traverse the shaft freely for a distance of 18 inches. 
Each saw is guarded both above and below by reinforced wire mesh, the rip 
saw has a splitter behind it, and the pierced fingers projecting in front of the 
upper guards prevent the operators' hands holding the stock on the feeding 
carriages from getting into the saws. 

It is a good idea, when conditions permit, to fence off cut-off saws placed 
in a row. Off-bearer boys are apt to fool with each other, increasing the 
chance of their being injured. Using a carrier belt to take away sawn-off 
pieces is safer than employing off-bearers. 

Other Machines. The feed rolls of the self-feed box board matcher should 
be guarded, to prevent hands being caught, by the split pan arrangement, each 
half of the guard adjusting itself with its roll. The cutters of the sizing ma- 
chine used in making small boxes should be covered as much as possible, the 
guard for the movable 
spindle and cutter head 
being attached so it will 
move with them. 

A special combina- 
tion of jointer and edger 
can be used to joint one 
side and two edges of 
stock for lock corner 
boxes, which is apt to be- 
come badly twisted and 
warped before it is re- 
sawn. The pieces are 
ifed by a chain with dogs 
on it, and sectional pres- 
sure feet, with spring 
hold-downs, keep the 
stock true on the rear 
table, in which the saw is 
: set. Nailing machines should have all gears covered, and any belts and 
-pulleys used. 




Courtesy of Heyzvood Bros. & Wakefield Co. 

Fig. 275. Feeding Apparatus. 



PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 



167 




Courtesy of American Museum of Safety. 

Fig. 276. Feeding Apparatus. 



The safest box board printing presses are those in which the boards are 
taken by the machine from the bottom of a hopper. When a cylinder press 
is used to which boards are fed one at a time, it is best to have a chain trans- 
fer with brackets and 
a long- table. The 
gears actuating the 
cylinders should be 
encased, and the big 
pulley and belt at the 
side guarded. A 
platen press should 
have a safety device 
to prevent a hand 
getting caught be- 
tween platen and bed. 
Other machines used 
in a box factory, such 
as swing saws, band 
resaws, sanders, mor- 
tisers, gang dove- 
tailers, etc., should be 
guarded as suggested elsewhere (see index). Fig. 278 (page 168) shows a 
horizontal resaw, used in a box factory, with wheel boxings which act also as 
guards for the wheel pits, and with a blower hood (swung back in the picture) 
which serves as a protection for the saw. . 

General. Waste holes should be double railed to a height of 3 1-2 feet, 
or hoppered with an open space at the bottom into which rubbish may be 
swept. A good blower system is especially desirable. When a saw is not 
guarded underneath by the suction pipes of such a system, and no other pro- 
tection is furnished, the spout leading down to the conveyor should be 
arranged to protect all of the saw running under the table. Great care should 

be used in piling boxes to a height 
above the head. 

The yard requires protection similar 
to that suggested for a saw mill yard (see 
index). Swinging bridges, or lift plat- 
forms, leading from one building to an- 
other should be railed on both sides and 
each entrance to a bridge should be 
guarded. This can be automatically 
done by means of a bar raised as the 
bridge is lifted up. 

The open side of a permanent out- 
side platform along which stock is taken 
on a conveyor from stock room to factory should be fenced. Openings left at 
places where piling of stock taken from the conveyor is done should be guarded 
when not in actual use by bars hinged at one end and fitting into sockets at 
the other. 




Courtesy of Remington Typewriter Works. 

Fig. 277. Trimmer and Edger Guarded. 



i68 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of American Thread Co. 

Fig. 278. Band Resaw Guarded. 



MISCELLANEOUS. 

Woodenware. The 
manufacture of wooden 
chopping bowls, ladles, 
other kitchen utensils, 
etc., involves the use of 
a number of machines 
common to many wood- 
working plants, such as 
drag saws, bolter saws, 
rip saws, cut-off saws, 
band saws, buzz plan- 
ers, sanders, variety 
and back knife lathes 
and rounding or dowel 
machines (see index). 

The bowl lathe 



used for cutting wooden bowls from a split or half bolt, which has a stationary 
knife, is more dangerous to others in the room than to the operator, whose 
working position is alongside the machine practically out of the range of fly- 
ing pieces. To prevent anyone being injured if the spinning bolt should fly 
off the spindle or should break into pieces, as well as by flying chips, there 
should be a substantial guard on each 
side of such a lathe. The operator 
should take care that the bolt is se- 
curely fastened on the threaded 
spindle and that the machine is not 
speeded too high. Fig. 279 shows the 
type of screen guard often used to 
protect employees against chips flying 
from a variety lathe. 

The chief dangers of the round- 
ing or dowel machine, through which 
many of the smaller articles are put 
before going to the variety lathe, are 
found in the gearing, pulleys and 
transmission, which should be well 
guarded. Fig. 280 (page 169) shows 
sheet metal guarding of the gears. In 
operating this machine a workman 
should be careful not to feed a small 
piece when the machine is set for a 
larger one, as the piece is then apt to 
be thrown out. 

Fig. 281 (page 169) shows a la- 
dling machine, used for dishing out the 




Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 

Fig. 279. Screen for Variety Lathe. 



PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 



169 



inside of the ladle, with a guard protecting the rear side and top of the knife. 
The same protection should be ap- 
plied to the ladling machine which 
makes the back of the ladle. 

A similar curving shield should 
be employed to guard the cutters 
of the automatic machine for cut- 
ting such oval wood dishes as are 
used for holding butter, lard, berries, 
etc., and some machines come fur- 
nished with it. 

The machine used for finishing, 
or making a square bottom on 
wooden trays, in which the knives 
are set in a disk, should be guarded 
at the back, to prevent contact with 
the bolt heads there, and, whenever 
possible, protection should be given 
as much of the front as need not be 
left exposed for doing the work. The 
dauber, which finishes the inside of 
the tray, should be fenced in except 
at the point where the work is held 




Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 

Fig. 280. Rounding Machine Guarded. 



against the revolving wheel in which the knives are set. 

Baskets. Many of the machines used in the manufacture of baskets, such 

as drag saws, rotary veneer cutters, veneer clippers and circular and band 

saws, should be guarded as suggested 
elsewhere (see index). Some of the 
machines used for stapling involve 
the danger of the operator getting a 
finger pierced by a staple or crushed 
by the staple drive. When such 
danger exists, the operator having to 
place finger or thumb quite close to 
the stapling point, it is difficult to 
provide protection, as it is necessary 
for the operator to see the stapling 
point in doing the work. For some 
of such work the metallic thimble 
used in connection with corner stay- 
ing machines in paper box making 
might advantageously be employed. 
For making one-piece baskets there 
are automatic machines to which the 
veneer is fed from a roll and in which 
stapling and all is done by the ma- 




Courtesy of Chapman-Sargent Co. 

Fig. 281. Ladling Machine Guarded. 



chine. There are also automatic basket strip cutting machines. 



170 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



The bottom machine, for making the rounded end for the bottom of a 
peach basket, should have its revolving disk in which the knives are set cov- 
ered at back, on top, and in front well down toward the stand or rest on which 
the material is placed, leaving just room enough for the cutting to be done. 

Brushes. The saws, planers, shapers, turning lathes, borers and other 
common machines found in a brush factory should be guarded as suggested 
elsewhere (see index). In drilling brush handle holes it is well to use some 
mechanical arrangement instead of pressing the wood with bare hands against 
the boring tool. Such arrangements are used largely in Germany, and they 
have reduced the number of accidents in this work very materially. 

Spools and Bobbins. The circular saws, lathes and rounding machines 
used in making spools and bobbins should be guarded generally as suggested 
elsewhere (see index). When a blower system is used, the knives of the 

rounding machine can be 
completely covered by a 
hood. Automatic turning 
machines for spools can be 
used, to which the rounded 
pieces are fed through a hop- 
per. 

Some of the double 
spindle bobbin boring and 
reaming machines should 
have a shield alongside of 
the spindles back of the 
hand wheel for moving the 
work from one bit to the 
other. The bobbin grooving 
machine, for cutting grooves 
in the ends of bobbins, should 
have a band guard over the 

Courtesv of Dodge Mfg. Co. * 

top and back of the saw at 
Fig. 282. Rimming-out Machine Guarded. ,, -, r ,, , • 

the end of the machine. 

Spool and bobbin disc dividing saws should be protected by a hood coming 

down as low as possible. 

Cross Arms. The rounding planer, for chamfering or rounding tops of! 
cross-arms, should have its cutter head guarded by a hood, or at least by ai 
curving shield, and the front feed roll should be protected. When the cutting 
heads of a rounder travel, each can be protected, and is by some makers, by 
a shield attached to its framework. 

Wood Pulleys. One of the potentially dangerous machines used in mak-; 
ing wood pulleys is the rimming-out machine for facing or rimming out the 
inside of the pulley. The fast-moving traveling arms of this machine have. 1 
caused many very serious injuries to employees passing by. The plane of 
rotation of these arms should be well guarded whenever there is any danger 
of contact with them. Fig. 282 shows such a machine guarded by a wooden 




PATTERN SHOP, BOX FACTORY, ETC. 171 

boxing and by a table which prevents anyone walking into the machine while 
in motion. 

Transmission, Etc. For the guarding of belts and pulleys generally, or 
other driving apparatus, see the chapter on Power Generation, Transmission, 
Etc. 



POWER GENERATION, 
TRANSMISSION, ETC. 

BOILERS. 

Only experienced men should be in charge of boilers, and no one not 
employed in a boiler room should be allowed there. In every boiler room an 
easily readable placard containing rules for boiler tenders should be hung up 
in a conspicuous place. A boiler room should be well lighted, especially in the 
vicinity of the gauge glass and the steam gauge. The room should be kept 
well cleaned up, all material being kept far enough away so as not to prevent 

ready access, especially to the 

safety apparatus. During working 

hours the exits should be kept free 

and unlocked. 

Care. The most important 

thing in taking care of a boiler 

with a view to its safety is to have 

it examined frequently by an ex- 
pert boiler inspector and to follow 

his directions implicitly. 

The water column should be 

blown out and the gauge cocks 

tried the first thing each morning, 

to determine the height of the 

water in the boiler. Fires should 

never be started or unbanked until 

this is done. The steam gauge 

should be tested by opening and 

closing the stop cock to see if the 

hand moves freely, the safety valve 

lifted to see if it is working 

properly, and the feed tried to see 

if water will go in. All valves 
should be opened very gradually. To make sure that the water column is 
kept clear, it should be blown out by opening bleeder valve, for a few seconds, 
several times daily. In addition to this the gauge cocks should be frequently 
used. 

In case of low water the fire should immediately be covered with wet 
ashes. The feed should not be turned on under any circumstances, nor the 
safety valve tampered with or opened. The steam outlets should remain as 
they are. After pressure is reduced the fire should be drawn and the boiler 










H — 


w* 




ll 


\ I; 






1 


v. 

- 




; Ik 




m - "*— ^*Bi^ 


W '■§ 






li , f '-"Hft 


V 


Hf"'"i 




viS 



Courtesy of National 
Tube Co. 

Fig. 283. Gauge 
Glass Cover. 



Courtesy of National 
Tube Co. 

Fig. 284. Gauge 

Glass Cover, Front 

Half Removed. 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



173 



cooled off, after which the boiler should be opened up and examined by an 
expert. 

If the boiler is " dead " and has to be fired up, this should be done grad- 
ually without forcing 
the fire, to prevent 
unusual expansion of 
the boiler. 

The steam gauge 
should be compared 
with the safety valve 
when the latter 
blows off, and if they 
do not agree the 
trouble should be lo- 
cated at once. 

All gauges, 
cocks, etc., should al- 
ways be kept clean 
and in good order 




Courtesy of Link-Belt Co. 

Fig. 285. Engine Flywheel and Crank Guarded. 



Automatic valves should be examined sufficiently often to assure their acting 
properly in such emergencies as the bursting of tubes. 

Generally boilers should be blown down two gauges once or twice a day. 

and entirely emptied and cleaned and 
examined once a week. Internal sur- 
faces should be kept free from scale 
or deposit. 

Every boiler should be provided 
with a fusible plug, the inner end of 
which should be kept free from scale, 
and it is advisable to have a high and 
low water alarm. These should be 
watched carefully and the latter 
tested every day. 

When leaks are discovered, they 
should be repaired as soon as possible. 
If leaks occur at longitudinal seams, 
the boiler should be shut down im- 
mediately and investigated. No leak 
should be calked when a boiler is 
under pressure. 

Cold water should never be 

pumped into a hot boiler. No water 

should be allowed to come in contact 

with the exterior of a boiler. 

If there are two gauge glasses, both should be used continuously. ^ The 

steam gauge should be tested from time to time to see whether the indicator 

goes back to zero when the steam is shut off. 




Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 

Fig. 286. Manhole Guard 



i74 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



When the steam pressure exceeds the amount allowed, on account of 
shutting down of the engine, etc., water should be run into the boiler and the 
draft diminished. If this is not sufficient, the fire should be partly covered. 
Care should be taken that the steam pressure does not exceed the highest 
pressure allowed. 

When cutting a boiler into header, the pressure should be equalized as 
nearly as possible. Then the by-pass should be opened first, and afterward 
the main valve. If there is no by-pass, the header valve should only be cracked 
open until the pressures are perfectly balanced, then opened wide. 

Safety Valve. The safety valve should be of sufficient size to handle all 
the steam a boiler can make. There should be no valve between the safety 
valve and the boiler. No extra weight should be hung on a lever valve, and 

the tension springs in pop valves should 
be set by a boiler expert. Safety valves 
should be arranged so that the escap- 
ing steam does not fill the boiler room. 
Feed. There should be two inde- 
pendent means of feeding a boiler. All 
water column connections to a boiler 
should be of ample size and kept free 
from scale and corrosion. The feed line 
to each separate boiler should be pro- 
vided with a check valve, between two 
stop valves so that the check valve 
can be taken apart and examined. 

Blow-off. Every boiler should 
have a bottom blow-off pipe, and a sur- 
face blow-off when the nature of the 
water requires it. Blow-off pipes 
should be of extra heavy material, 
should if possible be equipped with 
swing or expansion joints, and the dis- 
charge should be so located as not to 
involve danger to passers-by. Blow-off 
pipes should be inspected regularly for corrosion inside and outside. Blow-off 
valves should be kept tight. When boilers are blown off into an overflow 
tank or any enclosed tank with vent and overflow, such tank should be built 
to stand boiler pressure. 

Gauge Glass. Gauge glasses should be made of the best Scotch glass 
and the glands should be kept in line. The gauge glass should fit as loosely 
as possible in the glands to allow for expansion, and the water column valves 
should be perfectly true so that the glass in expanding will not bind on one 
side. No gland should be tightened on the gauge glass without the watei 
column first being shut off. In turning on, steam should be turned on first, 
and water next. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 
Fig. 287. Guard for Governor Balls 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



175 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 288. Metal Hood for Line Shaft 
Clutch. 



The gauge glass should be of such height that when water appears 
in it there is an inch of water over the front end of tubes. 

Gauge glasses should be guarded 
by slit tubing or Mississippi wire 
glass, or otherwise, in such a way as 
not to prevent ready observation of 
the state of the water. When insert- 
ing or testing a water gauge, a work- 
man should wear wire gauze goggles 
to protect his eyes. 

Runways, Valves, Etc. Run- 
ways, properly railed and lighted, 
should be placed on boilers, and 
should lead from boiler to boiler. 
These runways should provide access 
to all valves, etc., which need to be 
regularly used and inspected. Prop- 
erly guarded stairs or ladders should 
give access to these runways. If pos- 
sible, main stop valves should be 
workable, in case of need, by hanging 
chains or from an adjoining room. 

Sewers or hot-wells for steam or 
hot water should be covered with metal, brick or cement, never with plank- 
ing alone. Pipe lines should not be 
laid on the top of a floor, as they may 
cause men to trip over them. Steam 
and hot water pipes within reach of 
passageways, etc., should be properly 
covered to avoid burns. 

Boilers and steam lines should be 
equipped with non-return valves. Two 
valves should always be provided be- 
tween each boiler and the main 
header, so that one valve may be 
taken apart for repairs and kept 
perfectly tight without taking steam 
off the main. It is well to drill a hole 
in the steam gauge case, to let pos- 
sible leakage out and prevent ex- 
plosion. 

Cleaning. A workman should 
never go into a boiler before closing 
main stop, blow-off and feed valves 
and attaching to each of them a sign warning everyone not to move it, as 
there is a man in the boiler. No workman should open a valve or slide to 




Courtesy of Fairbanks, Morse & Co. 

Fig. 289. Screen Guard for Overhead 
Clutch. 



176 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



which such a sign is attached, until he has seen that no one is in the boiler. 
In plants of the National Tube Co. a split and hinged metal case painted red 
is slipped over the header valve wheel and locked, the man who is going into 

the boiler taking the key with him. It 
is advisable that a workman should 
never go into a boiler unless there is 
someone outside on the watch. Two 
men should " spell off " in cleaning a 
boiler, one man being on the outside 
to assist the man cleaning in case of 
need. 
When boilers are taken off for cleaning, the main stop 
valves in the steam connection should be shut. Dependence 
should not be placed on automatic quick closing valves alone. 
In entering a boiler no lighting material should be used which 
is easily inflammable at higher temperatures. 

Dutch Ovens. When Dutch ovens are used, the holes in 
the top should be kept covered, preferably with a hinged cover 
counterweighted, at all times when not actually in use. They 
should have pipe railings on three sides whenever the method 
of feeding will permit. 







WATER WHEELS AND TURBINES. 

Protection should be provided at head gates and passageways over dams, 
raking platforms and forebay. 

Where flash boards are used on a dam and have to be removed at high 
water, on account of there being no overflow gate, a bridge should be built 
over the dam and a railing provided on both sides. The flash boards should be 
taken up through the platform of the bridge and covers should be provided 
for the openings in the platform through which the flash boards are passed. 
The dam construction in all cases should be so that flash boards from six to 
eight feet long can be used. Where 
flash boards have to be replaced oc- 
casionally, especially at high water, 
they should never be over eight feet 
long. If longer, a control or overflow 
gate should be provided so that 
workmen will not have to handle 
flash boards under high water. A 
railing, preferably of iron, should be 
provided around the headgate, and 
also on any passageways along the 
forebay. 

On the raking platforms where racks are raked or cleaned a railing should 
be provided the entire length. The uprights or supports for this railing should 
extend outward from the face of platform at an angle of about sixty degrees, 



^ mmm ~^ttK : 










tt^ JP 


~^B2 


If 


I. 


m 


B 



Courtesy of Murchie Iron Collar Co. 

Fig. 291. Safety Clamp Collar. 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC, 



177 



and should be three feet high, and placed some eight or ten feet apart. They 
should be fastened very rigidly and a substantial railing -placed on them, allow- 
ing a good margin for safety should anyone fall over on the railing or take 
hold of it for protection. If the railing is placed in this position, it will not 
interfere with the rackman raking the racks. He can place his rake under the 
rail and it will allow him to pull the rake up in a vertical position, so as to 
remove the waste. If the uprights are placed some eight or ten feet apart, it 
allows space enough to remove logs under all ordinary conditions. 

Water Wheels. A water wheel should be wholly fenced in, whether 
the wheel is in a house or out in the open. An iron railing or a strong picket 
fence, at least 3 1-2 feet high, is the best protection. If a railing is used, there 
should be double rails. A pas- 
sage leading to an outside bearing 
should be double hand-railed, 
well clear of the rim, spokes and 
hub of the wheel. All wooden 
walks and runways out over a 
dam and around a wheel should 
be cleated, to prevent slipping on 
them when wet by spray. Walks 
and runways should be double 
hand-railed. Clutch connections, 
shafts and gearing should be 
covered. All connections to oil 
bearings should be equipped 
with an extended pipe, so the 
oiler can work in safety. 

Turbines. The bevel gears 
above and the top of the shaft 
should be well guarded. A hous- 
ing of slatted wood or heavy 
wire mesh, with facilities for 
opening at oiling points, is pref- 
erable to even the heaviest railings. Platforms or runways over pits or pen- 
stocks should be protected on both sides, as they are nearly always wet. When 
an electric generator is direct driven by a turbine, the flywheel should be 
fenced around. 

ENGINES. 

No one but a competent engineer should be allowed to run an engine. 
Persons not employed in the engine room should not be allowed in it. Engine 
rooms should be well lighted and kept clean. Parts of the floor most used 
should be covered with rubber mats or other arrangements for assuring a 
firm footing. 

An engine should be equipped with an efficient governor, with an approved 
automatic speed limit stop which should be kept in the best of condition, 
and with buttons in the engine room and throughout the mill by which the 




Courtesy of B. F. Goodrich Co. 

Fig. 292. Guard for Floor Countershafts, Etc. 



i 7 8 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




engine can be shut down from different points in case of need. This button 
system should be tested at least once a week. In some plants the engine is 
shut down daily by means of the button system. So far as possible, engines 

should be provided 
with automatic lubri- 
cating devices. 

Care. A factory 
engine should never 
be started or stopped 
without first blowing 
a warning whistle 
audible all over the 
mill. Safety devices 
on the engine should 
be examined daily to 
see that they work 
properly. All belts, 
pins, and cams should 
be examined daily 

Courtesy of International Harvester Co. r i r , /-~>i 

for defects. Cleaning 

Fig. 203. Screen for Belts and Pulleys. r • *. r 

s yo - r of moving parts of an 

engine should be done only when it is standing still. 

•When men work on line shafts 
or anything directly connected with 
the engine, the man in charge should 
first hang a sign on the throttle-valve 
wheel, and the engine should not be 
started until this man has himself re- 
moved the sign. When men are so 
working at times when the engine is 
shut down, the engine should not be 
started up until notice has been re- 
ceived from these men, and then only 
after blowing the warning whistle. 

Fencings. The flywheel should 
be guarded with a plate or mesh 
screen or an iron picket fence coming 
down to the floor, or with a double 
pipe railing with a toe board at the 
floor level extending up at least 6 
inches. If possible, this fencing 
should be at least 15 inches from the 
wheel or belt, when it need 'not necessarily be higher than 3 1-2 feet. If it 
has to be set close for lack of space, it should be at least 6 feet high, and if 
of piping should be filled in with wire mesh. 




Courtesy of Paine Lumber Co. Ltd. 

Fig. 294. Slat Belt and Pulley Guards. 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



i 79 



The connecting rod, cross-head, crank-pit and crank shaft in many cases 
require similar fencing to a height of at least 3 1-2 feet. When the drive belt 
or ropes are within 7 feet of the floor, they should be guarded. If such a belt 
runs partially under the floor, its entire run should be covered with sound 
flooring. Flywheels of air pumps, air compressors, lighting engines and 
auxiliary engines should be fenced. 

All railings or other fencings should if possible be far enough away from 
moving parts to prevent accidental contact, but not so far away as to give 
room for a passageway inside them. No tools, clothing, or other articles 
should be kept within fencings. Every floor opening should be railed off, 
with a toe board at the floor, or have some suitable trap door, such as is 
shown in Fig. 286 (page 173). All entrances to floor depressions should be 
on an incline, and the other sides of the depressions railed. 

Governor. The governor should be kept clean and examined daily to see 
that its mechanism is in 
proper working order. 
If the governor is belt- 
driven, the belt should 
always be an endless one, 
never made up of several 
pieces. The belt should 
run on well-flanged pul- 
leys, or have a belt guide. 
It should be strong, se- 
curely fastened, and kept 
in good shape, so it will 
not slip. An oil-soaked 
belt should never be al- 
lowed to run a governor. 
B e 1 t-driven governors 
should always be 
equipped with broken 
belt stops. 

The keys and screws securing the gears of a gear-driven governor should 
be examined frequently to avoid any chance of slipping. To assure governor 
pulleys or gears being tight on the shaft they should be fastened with a set 
screw as well as a key. Governor gears should be guarded at the meshing 
point, if not wholly covered. 

On fly-ball governors the stop pin should always release automatically 
from the governor as soon as the engine has come up to speed. An automatic 
device can easily be installed to assure the removal of this pin. One way is 
to hinge the stop pin at the bottom to the governor frame so it will drop by 
gravity as soon as the pressure of the governor shaft on it is removed. The 
safety cams should never be removed or set back or the governor blocked. 

If the governor balls are located near a passageway or so that close 
approach to them is necessary, they should run inside of a hemispherical metal 
or wire mesh cup, or be encircled by a metal strip or rod, as shown in Fig. 
287 (page 174). 



9/ 


**« 


—j - __ _f . . 


^ A* 

imm 

■ - 1 t - 


H 
II 




II 


W/ A>+ "<' 




— -J._ . . ..- ■ ; 



Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 295. Line Shaft Motor Drive Guards. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Flywheels. A flywheel should be inspected daily to see that its bolts and 
keys are tight. It should also be examined frequently for cracks, and many 
consider a hammer test advisable at regular intervals. Flywheels should be 
kept clean. A flywheel should be kept running true, as running out of true will 
tend to crystallize the shaft, which then may break at any time. The shaft for 
a flywheel should always be of ample diameter and strength. Otherwise 
the wheel will twist the shaft and run out of true. 

To prevent a flywheel breaking from overspeeding it, it should be 
examined periodically by a flywheel expert, who should after each examination 
furnish a written statement of the speed within which the engine can be run 
to allow sufficient factor of safety for the flywheel. This statement should 

be posted up in the engine room where 
the engineer will be sure to see it in 
the course of his daily work. 

Runways, Stairways, Etc. Run- 
ways or stairs or ladders should be 
provided by which to reach valves. 
Stairs or ladders giving access to 
emergency valves should always be 
stationary. Preferably emergency 
valves should be arranged so that they 
can be worked from below by means of 
a chain hanging down. Where an oiler 
goes on top of the engine or bearings, 
iron stairs should be provided, with 
suitable railings. 

All elevated platforms and walks 
should be provided with double hand- 
rails and toe boards, both on the out- 
side and on the side toward moving 
parts. Railed stairways or stationary 
iron ladders should lead to them. 
Fig. 296. Guard for Belt Coming Stairs should not be built at a sharper 

Through Floor. angle than 50 degrees, beyond which 

only ladders should be used. Ladders should always be made of iron, and 
stationary. 

Gears, Keys, Shafts, Etc. Any gears about the engine, or elsewhere in the 
engine room, should be wholly covered if possible. Keys should not be 
allowed to project from hubs of small flywheels where no outboard bearing 
is used, as on some lighting and auxiliary engines. All shafts to which close 
approach is necessary should be tubed, railed or otherwise guarded. A pro- 
jecting tail rod should be wholly enclosed in a stationary casing. 

Steam pipes and cylinders subject to outside contact should be covered 
with non-conducting material or otherwise properly guarded. Sewers or catch 
basins for steam or hot water should be covered with metal, brick or cement, 
never only with planking. Exhaust pipes should always discharge into exhaust 
pits with metal covers, or well over the roof, unless carried to points where the 
exhaust steam is put to use. 




POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



181 



Other Safety Devices. Suitable means should be provided for turning 
the engine off center, when necessary, without danger to employees. Con- 
densing engine safety devices for shutting off steam in case the engine begins 
to " race " should be such that they will also break the vacuum at the same 

time. 

There should be a steam gauge in the engine room showing the pressure 
on the boilers in use. There should be a steam separator on engine supply 
pipes, placed as close as possible to the throttle. Separators, steam-reservoirs, 
and drop-legs should be provided with gauge glasses. A drain pipe should 
lead from all low places in steam line, separators, water-legs, etc., to a trap. 

SHAFTING. 

The ideal system of transmitting 
power is motor drive, preferably by an 
individual motor for each machine in a 
plant. When line shafting is used, one 
line should drive machines on two floors 
wherever possible. Power should be 
transmitted independently to each line 
of shafting on different floors, and 
clutches should be provided so one shaft 
may be cut out without interfering with 
others. Means of ready communication 
with the prime mover room should be 
provided in each room of a factory, and 
it is advisable also to have there means 
of immediately shutting down the prime 
mover. Plenty of bearing surface should 
be provided for a shaft to run in. Hang- 
ers should be numerous and strong, and 
should be examined often to see they are 
secure A realignment of shafting and Courtesy of Huttveiker & Briggs Co. 
bearings should be made at least once a Fig. 297 . Gu | r 4^ r ew ^ y otor Belt near 
year. Shafting should be kept clean. 

Guarding. High overhead shafting should be protected, for a sufficient 
distance on either side of points which may have to be approached, by means 
of metal tubes, U- or V-shaped metal or wood shields supported from ceiling 
or wall, or other effective device, or a service platform should be provided, 
railed and toe-boarded on both sides. Elevated shafting within reach from the 
floor should have a U- or V-shaped trough of metal or wood beneath it, or 
other efficient protection. Shafting near the floor should be entirely encased 
or guarded by fencings, with doors or flaps for access at necessary points. 
When such shafting cannot be entirely enclosed, railings should prevent people 
approaching it except at points where safe passageways are provided. Vertical 
shafts should be surrounded by metal, wire mesh or wood casings to a height 
of 6 or 7 feet. Drive shafts of live rolls or roller tables should be guarded by 
hinged metal covers over the top and by hinged aprons of metal or wire 
screen extending down from the top covers over the shafts. 




WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



Couplings, Gears, Clutches, Etc. All couplings should be of safety type 
or be covered. Spur, bevel, or other gears should be covered. Safety collars 
or headless set screws should be used, or projecting set screws guarded. Keys 
should be covered or cut off, key-ways covered, and projecting shaft ends cut 
off or encased in a stationary cover. Friction clutches should be guarded. A 
metal hood for a clutch is shown in Fig. 288 (page 175), and a screen guard 
in Fig. 289 (page 175). 

Oiling, Etc. An automatic system should be used, wherever possible, for 
oiling overhead bearings, or the oiling should be done from the floor above by 
means of small pipes, or the oiling should be done when the shafting is not in 
motion. Where oiling is not done thus, and there is no service platform, oilers 
should use safety ladders. Even with a service platform, the oiling can well 

be done through metal pipes extend- 
ing out from the bearings. One ex- 
perienced man specially charged with 
the duty should do all oiling, and he 
should wear tight-fitting clothing and 
should use oil cans with long enough 
stems to keep his hands out of danger. 
There are safety cans through which 
the oil is forced by pressing a button, 
and which can be provided with as 
long a spout as necessary, so a man 
can stand on the floor and oil overhead 
bearings which are not too high up. 

Work on Shafting. It is best not 
to place a ladder against shafting in 
motion on which oiling or other work 
has to be clone, but when this cannot be 
avoided the ladder can well have hooks 
at its upper end to hold it on the shaft. 
It should also have sharp steel points, 
or other means of preventing slipping, 
at the bottom, and should be built 
wider at bottom than at top. It is 
dangerous to place a ladder against 
a wall close to line shafting in motion, as a man working in a cramped position 
between shafting and wall is especially exposed to danger. 

When a man is going to do work on line shafting which is shut down, 
he should always hang a danger sign on the throttle of the engine or the con- 
troller of the motor or the lever of the friction clutch or pulley. On motor 
driven shafting it is well to have a safety switch at the top of the means of 
approach to the shafting, which can be opened by anyone working on the shaft. 

COUPLINGS, COLLARS, SET SCREWS. 

Couplings. Safety couplings requiring no bolts or keys should be used, 
or couplings should be so made or guarded that no projecting bolt heads and 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 298. Guard for Overhead Hori- 
zontal Belt. 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



iS- 



niits or key-ways are left exposed. Good styles of couplings are made either 
with a thickened flange in which the bolts are countersunk or with a rim 
flange beyond which the fastenings need not project. With each of these 
care should be taken to keep the bolt heads below the flanges. It is well also 
to enclose the sides with metal disks. When couplings are near the floor or a 
wall, it is a good idea to have them entirely enclosed or protected with shields. 
Collars. The projecting set screw should be eliminated from all collars, 
wherever situated. One of the best methods is to countersink the 
screws, or use a collar with safety flanges high enough to keep 
the head of a screw from protruding beyond them. A protrud- 
ing head can be guarded by a rubber protector fitting over it, by a wooden 
collar with a hole in it for the head, by a metal plate shaped to fit over the 
screw and sprung around the shaft, or by leather or rubber belting wound 
around the collar, the screw extending through a hole in the belting at each 
turn until belting and screw are flush. Headless set screws are now made 
which thorough tests have 
proved to be practical, and 
flat-headed screws, slotted 
for a screw-driver, are some- 
times used for certain kinds 
of work. There are also 
safety collars which clamp a 
shaft without the aid of set 
screws. 

In saw mills set screws 

in collars are often protected 

by nailing a 2 x 4 strip of 

wood to a timber below or 

at the side of the collar and 

fastening to it a metal band 

about four inches wide 

curved over the screw. When 

it is necessary to get at the 

screw the strip can be quickly pulled loose and slid along the shaft out of the 

way. A couple of taps with a hammer will put the guard back in place. 

Set Screws. The revolving set screw is dangerous elsewhere as well as 

on a shaft, and all set screws on revolving parts of machines should be of 

safetv type, countersunk, or guarded. Machine spindles and chucks can easily 

be "made to hold tools without set screws, and often the headless or slotted 

head screw can be used on them. When a protruding screw is used, it should 

be guarded as suggested above. 

Key-ways. Open key-ways should always be covered. 

BELTS AND PULLEYS. 

As woodworking machinery is necessarily driven at a very high rate of 
speed, belts and pulleys require special attention in the matter of efficient 
guarding as well as those of equipment and care. 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 299. Planer Belt Guards. 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




\ 



Guarding. All pulleys and belts of woodworking machines need good 
guarding, because of their great speed, the tendency of floors about them to be 
slippery, and the frequent crowded conditions due to machines setting close 
together or material filling up space that otherwise would be open. 

Floor countershafts and the belts running from them to machines should 
be fenced off. Belts coming down from overhead shafting should be encased 
up to a height of 7 feet from the floor. Belts running in a slanting direction 
can be guarded by a channel or trough, in which the lower part of the belt 
runs. The upper part of such a belt can be protected to a sufficient height, 
when necessary, by an inverted channel. Belts running through a floor 

should be encased above the floor to a 
height of at least 7 feet. If the belt is 
not otherwise protected below the floor, 
it is a good plan to have a curved board 
or metal guard, somewhat wider than 
the pulley, encircle the pulley and ex- 
tend on the outer sides of the belt to 
fastenings on the ceiling. All belt holes 
in floors should be guarded, to prevent 
workmen stepping through them or 
tools and material falling through and 
being caught and thrown. Belts should 
not lead to machines on an angle when 
this can be avoided, whether coming up 
from below or down from above. Such 
belts are especially dangerous when un- 
guarded, and guarding them takes up 
much space. 

Belts running wholly or partially 
lower than 7 feet above the floor should 
be boxed in or railed off, preferably by 
wire screening. All very low running 
belts should be boxed in or fenced off, 
and at necessary points passageways 
over them should be provided, equipped 
with double hand-rails and toe boards. 
When a low-lying belt has board guards placed vertically along each side, as 
is sometimes done, the boards should be wide enough to allow for sagging. 
When a belt runs horizontally at a height greater than 7 feet above the floor, 
the under part should run in a channel, preferably of wire mesh, supported 
from the ceiling and extended at each end up to above the pulley, or a screen 
or flat board should be placed beneath it. 

All low running pulleys should be completely housed and other pulleys 
near points which ever require to be approached should be fenced. If not 
housed or fenced, and of the spoke variety, the spokes should be covered with 
a metal or wooden disk. This disk should be easily detachable to facilitate 
frequent examination of the pulley for broken spokes or cracks. All friction 
clutch pulleys should be guarded. They can well be enclosed in metal or 
mesh casings. 



Courtesy of International Harvester Cc. 

Fig. 300. Guard on Boring Machine 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



x85 



Owing to the fire hazard, guards of wire mesh, expanded metal or 
wooden slats are preferable to solid housings, as they tend to prevent the 
accumulation of dust and dirt and other inflammable material. For the same 
reason it is usually desirable that guards around floor countershafting, etc., 
do not extend quite down to the floor, so that stuff accumulating at the bot- 
tom can easily be swept out. Where the belt or countershaft . mechanism 
is so situated, however, that a stray piece of waste stock or other material 
might get into it, the guard can well extend close to the floor, having a 
hinged section for clearing out accumulated rubbish and for access for lubri- 
cation, etc. 

Belt Shifters, Etc., Every machine not direct driven by an individual 
motor should have a loose 
pulley and a belt shifter, or 
a clutch. A machine direct 
driven by motor should have 
its switch within easy reach 
of its operator. 

A belt shifter should be 
permanent and within easy 
reach of the operator, and 
whenever possible it should 
be so designed that it can- 
not rest at any intermediate 
place between having the belt 
entirely on the loose pulley 
or absolutely to the extreme 
limit away from it. The 
shifter sometimes may well 
be equipped with an efficient 
device for locking the belt on 
the loose pulley only. A 
home-made shifter is often in 
such a position that anyone 
coming near it can easily 
move it one way or the other. 

Where no lock or balance weight is used, a man shifting a belt from 
tight pulley to loose should be careful to see that the belt is well home on the 
loose pulley, so that it will not slip back and start the machine. Creeping of 
a belt from loose pulley back to tight is sometimes prevented by having the 
loose pulley run on a sleeve not revolving with the shaft or spindle, collars 
on the sleeve preventing end motion of the loose pulley toward the tight one. 
Sometimes a tight pulley is made a little larger than the loose one, with a slight 
bevel edge on it. All loose pulleys should be well lubricated. 

When a belt persists in slipping from one pulley to another, it is best to 
go to the root of the trouble, lining up the overhead rigging, leveling the ma- 
chine and squaring up the pulleys, and seeing that the belt is not strained to 




Courtesy of Tennessee Coal & Iron Co. 

Fig. 301. Planer Gears and Belts Guarded. 



i86 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



death nor pulled out of shape. If the belt is flexible, will stay straight on the 
floor when laid out free from a load, and is square at the butt and properly 
spliced, it can be depended upon. 

A belt shifter should be used with cone pulleys, as well as the ordinary 
kind. There are cone pulley shifters which are practicable for most kinds 
of work. 

Care of Belts. The equipment and care of belts in woodworking plants 
are very important as they get severe usage, being run at very high, speed 
and often at great tension over small pulleys. Belts should always be of suf- 
ficient size to transmit the power, as 
otherwise the life of the belt will be 
shortened and it will be a continual 
source of trouble. It will also become 
dangerous, as when it works under con- 
ditions more straining than those for 
which it was intended it is liable to part 
and fly. Belts should have as few lac- 
ings or other fastenings as possible, and 
frequent examination should be made 
to see that the fastenings are secure 
and that no parts of them project be- 
yond the belt. Endless belts are the 
best to use and the whole belt should 
be of the same width and thickness. 

Belt fastenings should not be of a 
character to catch clothing, they should 
be kept as smooth as possible, and they 
should not be too close to the edges 
of the belt. Laces should set close to 
the belt and have no projecting ends. 
The ends of the belt should butt close. 
A gap caused by the lacing slackening 
and the ends drawing apart is danger- 
ous, both to operator and machine. 
Metal fastenings should be turned over 
with a hammer on the points or teeth, 
so that there will be a minimum chance 
of catching on anything. The cemented joint or splice is excellent in its way 
and with the help of a tightener pulley is kept in tension with ease. Such a 
joint needs to be very carefully cemented, and the extreme ends of the over- 
lapping belt must be intimately united where the thin section meets the thick 
one. This is the point where they may pull away when in use, causing an end 
to project dangerously. 

Belts on Overhead Pulleys. Belt placers should be used, when possible, 
for replacing belts on overhead pulleys. These appliances should be kept 
in a conspicuous place where they may easily be found. A simple appliance 
consists of a pole with a coned or straight and smooth spindle secured to the 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 302. Band Saw Guards 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



187 



end. A belt placer frequently used consists of a pole with a bolt through 
one end fastened with a nut on either side of the pole to hold it rigid, the head 
of the bolt being cut off to make it a straight smooth pin. The pole of a belt 
placer should be about 1 foot shorter than the distance from the pulley to the 
floor, so that the man using it will have to hold it at his side. A belt should 
not be placed on or taken off an overhead pulley by hand when avoidable. 

A belt should always be placed on the side of the pulley running away 
from the man placing it. In unshipping a belt it should always be thrown off 
the driving pulley, not the driven. If a ladder is used for replacing a belt on 
an overhead pulley, the ladder should be set 
on the side of the pulley opposite the belt. 
Another man should be stationed at the bot- 
tom of the ladder to prevent its swinging to 
one side. It is best to have one experienced 
man to take care of belts and to put them on 
overhead pulleys and remove them. 

When a belt is removed from the driving 
pulley on shafting, it should never be allowed 
to hang loosely on the shaft, as the two sides 
of the belt may come in contact and the re- 
sulting friction wrap both around the shaft 
and then wind the belt around it. There 
should always be a perch on which to hang 
the belt, made of strong material and prefer- 
ably of a shape conforming to the arc of the 
pulley. 

General. When two pulleys are close to- 
gether, or one is near a hanger, there should be 
a hook to catch the belt if it should slip off 
and prevent its wedging or falling on the 
shaft. If two pulleys are very close together 
and no such belt rest can be provided, the 
space between them can be filled up with a 
wooden pulley of the size of the regular pul- 
leys or of the smaller one of the two. Un- 
guarded belts should be approached with 

great care. The}^ not only catch clothing easily, but the electricity a belt 
accumulates may throw anyone touching it off his balance and possibly 
into danger. 

Cast iron pulleys should be tested often with a hammer, and it should be 
borne in mind that the sound is usually much different if the belt is or is not 
on the pulley. A common and objectionable practice with pulleys held by 
compression on a shaft is not to have a close contact at rim. Care should be 
taken that no dangerous gap is left at this joint. Pulleys with small pieces 
broken out of the rim are dangerous, both on account of possible contact of 
clothing with them and through the possibility of wear upon the belt. 

Direct individual motor drive will do away with most belting and is 
advisable wherever possible. 









Hf 


IES 


< 1 'I 








J 


B\ "j 










«J 


■ n 




I ^**^^"*'^H H Jj 


' . " 


n^Mk. • I 1 



Courtesy of Illinois Steel Co. 

Fig. 303. Guard for Electric 
Switches and Controllers. 



i88 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



GEARS, FRICTIONS, SPROCKETS AND CHAINS. 

Gears. All gears should be guarded, no matter what their location. 
Wherever possible they should be entirely boxed in, by removable or hinged 
covers if necessary. When very frequent oiling must be done, small hinged 
openings can be arranged in a cover at requisite points. Gear covers are best 
made of sheet metal, but wire mesh or wood may sometimes be used. 

Where only band metal guards are practicable, the bands should extend 
far enough around the wheels to prevent anyone getting caught between wheel 
and guard or any stationary framework. From each edge of the band a metal 
shield should extend beyond the meshing point. Care should be taken to 
avoid danger from any projecting set screw, key end or shaft spline, as well 

as from teeth. The sides of armed 
gear wheels not wholly encased 
can well be filled in with disks of 
metal. Reversible gears should 
be guarded both top and bottom, 
if not entirely enclosed. Bevel 
gears should always be wholly en- 
cased. 

A nest of small gears, as on 
sa'nders, can well be enclosed in 
one casing, which is removable or 
can be opened when necessary. 
When spur gears run partly be- 
neath a floor, and are not boxed, 
a solid enclosure around the floor 
opening should extend as high as 
the rims of the wheels. When a 
dangerous pinion cannot well be 
protected by a guard attached to 
the machine frame or supported 
from the floor, the meshing point 
is sometimes guarded by mount- 
ing in front of it, and on the same 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 304. Guard Around Motor Switch. 



spindle, a disk of sheet metal larger than the pinion. 

Frictions. All frictions should be guarded, whether near a ceiling or 
situated low. Friction transmission is as dangerous as gears, as even when 
not in friction the pinion is running all the time and is very close to the larger 
pulley. Elevated frictions should be covered on the bottom as well as the 
sides and ends, and low frictions should be similarly covered on top. x<\ll 
coverings except top ones can well be made of screening or slats, so conditions 
can be seen at all times. Top covering should be of plate metal or planking, to 
prevent water from dripping through, or bolts, knots, etc., falling in. Covers 
should never be removed when frictions are in motion. Arrangements should 
be made so bearings can be oiled without removing covers. Frictions not 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



covered should have all projecting bolts protected, by sinking them in a 
wooden disk fastened to the back or in some other efficient way. 

Sprocket Wheels and Chains. All sprocket wheels should be boxed, and 
wherever possible the entire run of the chain should be boxed or railed off. 
These wheels and chains are even more dangerous than belts and pulleys. 
Covers can be hinged, so access to wheel and chain will be easy, and can be 
made of any material suitable for gear covering. When a sprocket wheel can- 
not be covered on top, it can at least be entirely boxed elsewhere and the cover- 
ings can extend up to the top of the chain. No keys or bolts on sprocket 
wheels should extend outside of a cov- 
ering. 

ELECTRICAL APPARATUS. 

Grounding and Guarding. Frames 
and bed plates of generating machines, 
transformer boxes, ladders, and other 
metallic parts should be jointly and ef- 
ficiently grounded. It is advisable also 
to surround such machines with an in- 
sulated platform for use by workmen, 
and they should be fenced off with 
wood, or some other non-conducting 
material. All instrument cases, switch 
mechanism, and oil switch cans should 
be grounded. 

All dangerous parts, such as ter- 
minals and connectors, should be lo- 
cated, as far as possible, so a person 
cannot touch them with his body, his 
clothing, or a conducting tool. Where 
this cannot be done, they should be 
fenced off or efficiently covered, wher- 
ever practicable, with non-conducting 
material. All motors should be 
thoroughly grounded, and any project- 
ing armature shaft should be covered 
with a stationary cap. 

Switchboards and Switches. Switchboards should be properly insulated 
and provided with enclosed fuses, and there should be insulated platforms or 
rubber mats in front of them. It is well to have switches enclosed with swing 
doors, as shown in Fig. 303 (page 187). Such guards should be grounded. 
Fig. 304 (page 188) shows a Avire mesh guard around a motor switch. Safe 
disconnecting means should be provided for rendering switchboards and 
switches " dead " for necessary work. In series arc circuits each individual 
lamp should have its own absolute cut-out, for rendering the lamp " dead " 
in case of necessary repairs. It is well also for the workman to wear rubber 
gloves. 




Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 305. Open Switch Padlocked. 



190 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



To protect a man working on a line or about a machine, a danger sign 
should be placed on the controlling switch, preferably by the man doing the 
work, and removed only by the man placing it. It is a good idea to use a 
sign which can be locked in place or a safety switch which can be locked. 

Fig. 305 (page 189) shows a two pole safety lock knife switch used as a 
cut-out switch to protect men when working on electric machines. When a 
man starts to work he places a lock bearing his name in the open switch. 
Another man starting afterward will also place his lock. This switch cannot 
be closed until the men have removed the locks, thereby preventing the 

danger of an unauthorized person closing 
the switch. The locks are stamped with 
workmen's names as a means of locating the 
responsibility of putting the switch in work- 
ing order when through work. 

General. Only persons experienced and 
competent to handle the apparatus should 
be allowed in any room where dangerous 
apparatus or wires are installed. Danger 
signs should be prominently displayed, in as 
many languages as may be necessary, in 
connection with all dangerous apparatus or 
parts, and with poles carrying high voltage. 
Emergency outfits for use in case of shock 
should be kept in places the location of 
which is known to all employees. Directions 
for artificial respiration should be posted 
where they will be frequently seen. 

PLATFORMS, STAIRWAYS, LAD- 
DERS, FLOORS, DOORS, ETC. 

Platforms and Runways. Platforms 
should be surrounded with ' substantial 
double railings at least 3 1-2 feet high, and 
with a toe board at the base sufficiently 
high to prevent tools and material from slip- 




ping off. Runways should be double railed 



Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 306. Triangular Ladder 

with Steel Points at Bottom. , , . , , - , , . 

on both sides and equipped with toe boards. 

Railings can well be made of angle iron or pipe. Stairways or stationary 

ladders should lead to all platforms. 

Stairways and Ladders. Stairways should have hand rails on each side, 

should be kept free from protruding nail heads and splinters, and the treads 

should be kept in good condition. Rubber strips, renewed when necessary, 

make good treads. Stationary ladders can well be made of iron. Portable 

ladders should be of safety type, wider at the bottom to prevent swinging, 

and should have sharp metal points or wooden or rubber shoes at the bottom. 

Recessed rubber makes a srood shoe for a ladder set on a wet surface in which 



POWER GENERATION, TRANSMISSION, ETC. 



191 



a spike cannot get a grip. A lead-coated base is sometimes used. Ladders 
should be placed in a slanting position when possible, as a perpendicular lad- 
der is dangerous, and portable ladders should reach two or three feet above the 
highest point of the place to be reached. 

Floors, Doors, Etc. Floors, their aisles, 
and passageways should be kept free from 
protruding nails, splinters and broken 
boards. Holes should be filled up flush with 
the floor and all projections removed, es- 
pecially about dangerous machines. Holes 
left when machines are moved should be 
carefully plugged. Care should be taken 
not to load a floor beyond its safe capacity, 
and aisles and passageways should not be 
blocked by heaping up material there. Floor 
openings should be provided with protection 
trap d.oors, as shown in Fig. 286 (page 173). 

Swinging doors should be provided with 
windows so large that anyone coming from 
the other side can easily be seen. These win- 
dows should be kept clean, and there should 
be ample light on each side of the door. 
When a machine operator has to stand near 
a swinging door, there should be a stop to 
prevent its hitting him. Counterweights 
used on doors should be boxed up. An open 

pit Should be pipe-railed. Truck and wheel- Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

barrow handles should have hand shields. Fig. 307. Safety Oiler's Ladder. 




GRINDING WHEELS, 
ELEVATORS. 

Grinding machines should be of heavy, rigid design, set on firm founda- 
tions. Grinding wheels should be bought only of responsible makers and of 
suitable kinds for the work to be done. 

Mounting. Wheels should be mounted with safety flanges, covering one- 
half of the wheel's diameter. If a nut is screwed against the wheel, it is apt to 

creep and break the wheel. Safety flanges are 
loaned by many makers of emeries. Flanges 
should bear against the sides of the wheel near 
their edges only, leaving plenty of clearance, and 
should be tightened only enough to hold the 
wheel firmly. It is advisable to have wheels of 
over 8 inches in diameter made with a safety taper 
of 3-8 inch to the foot and mounted with cor- 
respondingly concaved flanges. The inside flange 
should be keyed or pressed on the shaft, never 
loose. Pulp or rubber washers, a little larger than 
the flanges, should be placed between the wheel 
and the flanges, or flanges should be used which 
have facings of soft metal. Wheels should be 
mounted on spindles of ample size, and very care- 
fully, so as to run true and steady. A wheel 
should never be forced on an arbor. It should 
fit easily, the nuts being screwed against the collar 
just tight enough to prevent slipping. 

Guarding. A wheel should be equipped with 
a hood connected with an exhaust fan or a water 
' A "'•■■' system. This hood should protect all the wheel 

Fig ' lfGri?dtag C Wh I etr ting exce P t what must be left exposed for the grinding, 

and should be strong enough to help retain flying 
pieces if the wheel should burst. To protect the operator's eyes, a leather or 
rubber spark brush can hang from the hood down to the wheel or a piece of 
plate glass can be attached to the front of the hood or be supported from the 
table. As further protection, the operator can wear large glasses, or goggle 
glasses, and try to avoid standing in the plane of the wheel's rotation. 

Such glasses, as well as a steel hood with a leather spark brush hanging 
from it, are shown in Fig. 309 (page 143). Hoods and plate glass eye shields 
are shown in Fig. 310 (page 193) and Fig. 311 (page 194). Other hoods are 
shown in Fig. 312 (page 194) and Fig. 313 (page 195). 




GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 



r 93 




Courtesy of Tut 
Fig. 309.. 



Co. 



Grinding Wheel Guarded and Glasses for 
Grinder. 



Drive belts and pul- 
leys should be well 
guarded, and a cap 
should be placed over the 
end of an arbor and the 
nut. Good guarding of 
belts is shown in both 
Fig. 310 and Fig. 311 
(page 194), and the latter 
shows the end of the 
arbor protected. Every 
grinding wheel should 
be equipped with an ef- 
ficient belt shifter, within 
easy reach of the opera- 
tor in his working posi- 
tion. 

Operation and Care. 
On each machine should 
be indicated the revolu- 
tions of spindle and the 
size of the wheel to be run on it. Wheels should never be run above the proper 
speed indicated by the maker's specifications, and they should be trued fre- 
quently. Rests should be kept adjusted close to wheels, to prevent accidents 
due to work being caught between rest and wheel, or a releasing rest should 

be used. It is a good plan to have 
one competent man to mount wheels, 
true them, adjust the rest and regulate 
the speed. Belts should be run as 
slack as possible for the speed desired, 
so that, if material being ground digs 
into the wheel, the wheel will be apt 
to stop instead of breaking. 

Every wheel should be examined 
each morning to see if the bearings 
are tight and w T ell oiled and the wheel 
in good condition. Boxes should be 
kept well babbitted up, so the arbor 
will not get loose in them, and well 
oiled to prevent the arbor getting 
heated and expanding, breaking the 
wheel. Careful watch should be kept 
for vibration, and if such occurs the 
journal should be trued up and the 

boxes rebabbitted, or the wheel trued, 
Fig. 310. Grinding Wheel Hoods, Eye „_ u ni -u 
Shields and Belt Guard. ° r Dotl1 - 




i 9 4 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of National Tube Co. 

Fig. 311. Grinding Wheel Hoods, Eye 
Shields, Belt Guard and Arbor Cap. 



Wheels should be carefully ex- 
amined and tested before given out 
to workmen. ' It is well to have a 
regular testing pulley. Wheels are 
sometimes cracked in shipping. The 
workman also should examine the 
wheel before using it. Wheels 
should be kept dry, and should not 
be stored resting on the ground. 
Those used in wet grinding should 
not be left standing in. water over 
night. 

Grindstones. Generally speak- 
ing, the same safety precautions 
should be used as in the case of 
emery and other grinding wheels. 
Stones should be mounted with 
metal plates, not wedges, and there 
should be elastic washers between 
plates and stone. It is well to have 
the stone a little, thicker at the 
center, so as to fit into the concave 
plate. The axle hole should be 
round. No stone should be mounted 
Mounting, racing, and truing up should 



without first being carefully raced, 
be done with great care. 

Stones should not be used which have been quarried by explosives or 
which are plainly not of homogeneous formation or have cross veins. Stones 
should not be stored in wet places or standing on the ground. Stones should 
be tested frequently by tapping, especially new ones. 

Grindstone belts and pulleys should be 
thoroughly guarded. When a stone is driven by 
geared motor, the gears should be encased. There 
should be a fixed rule as regards speed of stones, and 
no workman should be allowed to exceed this speed. 
Use of a releasing rest will prevent many injuries 
due to a workman's hand being caught between a 
tool he is sharpening and the stone. 

ELEVATORS. 
General Equipment. Good construction should 
be used for a factory elevator. Short turns of cable 
should be avoided. Large drums and sheaves should 
be used, and as few sheaves as possible. When a 
drum is keyed on a shaft, the key should not be 
depended on to hold the drum tight. Set bolts also 
should be used, and there should be a set bolt in the 
key to keep it from coming out. 




Courtesy of Norton Co. 

Fig. 312. Hood for 
Grinding Wheel. 



GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 



i95 




Courtesy of William Stone. 
Fig. 313 



Hood for Grinding 
Wheel. 



There should be a substantial grating 
below overhead timbers for protection 
against material falling down the shaft. 
Safe access to overhead sheaves, speed gov- 
ernor, etc., should be provided by stairs or 
ladder. There should be at least 3 feet 
clearance at both top and bottom of a hoist- 
way. There should be stop buttons on an 
operating cable to stop the car at its highest 
and lowest points of travel. This should 
be in addition to an automatic limit stop. 

Ample light should be provided for all 
cars and at all landings. The sides of hoist- 
ways can well be painted white. Elevators 
and all apparatus should be thoroughly 
inspected at least once a week. 

Safety Devices. Every elevator should 
be equipped with an automatic safety device 
and a speed governor for actuating it. Gen- 
erally the safety device is best placed under the elevator platform. The speed 
governor can well be placed on the overhead timbers or supports, and it should 
be kept properly set. Machines of the winding drum type should be pro- 
vided with a slack cable device, properly adjusted, which automatically cuts 
off the power in case the elevator or weights are obstructed in their descent. 
Safety appliances should be carefully adjusted, kept clean and in good order, 

and tested often to see if 
they are working properly. 

Hoistway. A hoistway 
should be enclosed from 
floor to ceiling on every 
floor and also in the base- 
ment. At any rate there 
should be an enclosure to 
a height of 7 feet above each 
floor. Hoistways not en- 
closed in a shaft should have 
automatic hatch covers at 
each floor which will open 
and close as the elevator 
passes, as shown in Fig. 315 
(page 196). Railings or 
other suitable guards should 
be placed around such covers 
to prevent persons walking 
across them. 

Projections in a hoist- 

Courtesy of National Tube Co. x *^j^^ ^ 

Fig. 314. Tool Grinder Guarded. way should be removed or 




196 



WOODWORKING SAFFGUARDS 




Fig. 315. Automatic Hatch Cover Guard. 



protected with a bevelled board or piece of sheet metal running down from 

the projection to the side of the hoistway, so as to push away any part of the 

body or material coming in contact with it. Open parts of a car or hoistway 

near which counter- 
weights run should 
be protected. The 
bottom of a hoist- 
way should never 
be used as a pas- 
sageway. Stock 
should not be piled 
up high near a 
hoistway. No one 
should be allowed 
to work in a 
hoistway while the 
car is running. 

Car. A car 
should be guarded 

on the sides, and if possible at the back, to a height sufficient to prevent any- 
one leaning over and getting hurt. 

This requirement is imperative 

when the car runs in a hoistway 

wholly or partially open. A car 

should be roofed over with a screen 

or other covering, which can be 

hinged if necessary so that half can 

be swung up when long material is 

carried. When more than one side 

of an elevator is used for loading 

or unloading, the part not in use 

should always be guarded by a 

wide bar hinged at one end and 

fitting into a socket at the other. 
Gates. Safety gates should be 

used at all entrances to an elevator, 

not excepting the basement. A 

door that swings open or a bar or a 

chain is not a safe type of guard. 

The gate should be of rising and 

falling, rather than horizontally 

sliding type. It should be so high 

that no one can lean over it, and the 

bottom should come down to the 

floor. If slats are used, they should be so close together that no one can put 

his head through the gate, and the bottom should be fenced up with screening 

to a height of one foot, as shown in Fig. 317 (page 197). If clearance is not 




Courtesy of Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 316. Elevator Screened on Sides and 
Top. 



GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 



197 




Courtesy of International Harvester Co. 

Fig. 317- Elevator Gate Screened at Bottom. 



sufficient for a high gate, a 

telescopic or collapsible gate 

can be used. When a gate 

cannot be made of sufficient 

height to prevent anyone 

leaning over it, it should be 

set back 8 to 12 inches from 

the edge of the floor, to give 

room for a car to pass with- 
out acting as a shear for any 

part of a man leaning over 

the gate. Gates that can be 

seen through, such as wire 

mesh ones, are preferable to 

solid ones. The semi-auto- 
matic gate is safer than the 

full automatic, as it is not 

disturbed by the passage of 

the car. When fire doors 

only are used at entrances 

into hoistways, they should 

be made self-closing. This 
can be arranged by having the upper half of the door a little heavier than the 
bottom half. An attachment can be provided on the car to hold the door open 

when the car is at the landing. 

Cables. There should be at 
least two cables for the car and two 
for each set of counterweights. 
Hoisting cables should have at least 
two turns around the drum when the 
car is at the bottom of the hoistway, 
and back drum counterweight cables 
should have two turns around the 
drum when the car is at the top of 
the hoistway. 

Cables should be watched care- 
fully and kept in the best of condi- 
tion. They should be thoroughly 
lubricated, but not so thickly coated 
as to interfere with easy examina- 
tion. A wire cable should not be 
used when the wires (not the 
strands) commence to crack. No 
wire hoisting cable should ever be 
spliced. In replacing worn cables 
great care should be given to the 



;r pw 


^..Lfiutsi ^^tolL ^B 


1 1 

■ B 




m 




HI 




ill! 






■ >;-ir'' 


^^s^^H j& 


W IB 


1 


' ©M 


^H ^H 


S ' 




m%. 


_J .... 





Courtesy of Westinghouse Electric & Mfg. Co. 

Fig. 318. Wire Screen Elevator Gate. 



fastenings. Drum counterweight 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 




Courtesy of L. Christiansen. 

Fig. 319. Elevator Safety Lock. 



The drum 
Counter- 



cables running through, or passing by, car counterweights should have a 
suitable covering to prevent chafing and wear. 

Counterweights. Counterweights should be hung in guides and the 

guideways should extend far enough up 
at the top to prevent the weights coming 
out when the elevator is at the bottom 
of the hoistway. Guideways should be 
guarded so that the weights cannot 
strike anyone. For at least- 15 feet down 
from the overhead timbers they should 
be guarded with sheet metal, so the 
weights can't pull out, and it is best to 
carry this protection all the way down. 
Counterweights running outside of a 
hoistway should be boxed their full run, 
with a hinged door at each floor to permit examination of cables. Counter- 
weights for gates should be outside of the hoistway and boxed up. 
counterweights should not be placed above the car counterweights, 
weights should be properly strapped and bolted together. 

Locking. An efficient locking arrangement for the operating device 
should be provided and the operator should be required to lock the hand rope 
or lever on leaving the car. The hand rope or lever should also be securely 
locked while repair work is being done or while the elevator is being used at a 
landing. A simple locking device for a hand rope is a hook into which the 
part of the cable between the button stops can be swung. This hook can be 
fastened to the car itself, if enclosed, or to the hatch covers. 

Warnings. A gong should be sounded while a car is moving. Tell- 
tales, in the form of pendant chains a few inches apart, should hang down at 
least five feet below the entrance edge of a car. A sign showing the lifting 
capacity should be placed conspicuously in each car and at each entrance to the 
hoistway. A sign reading " Don't lean over gate " should be placed at each 
hoistway entrance. 

Operating. Operation of a freight elevator should be confined to certain 
specified and competent men, if pos- 
sible to one operator. Boys should 
not be allowed to operate cars. No 
one should be allowed to ride on a 
car except operators and workmen 
with loads. Jumping on or off a car 
when in motion should be prohibited. 
A car should be started and 
stopped carefully. Before starting 
his car, an operator should see that 
the entrance is closed and that his 
load and any persons on board are in safe positions. An elevator should never 
be loaded beyond its maximum carrying capacity. Trucks and material 
should not be allowed to remain on a car. An operating lever can well be 




Courtesy of L. Christiansen. 

Fig. 320. Elevator Gong. 



GRINDING WHEELS, ELEVATORS 199 

surrounded by a sheet metal guard. When an elevator is operated from the 
floor, and not by an operator, fixed signals should be provided. 

Carriage Hoists. Special care should be taken of cables of a back guidt 
carriage hoist, as if one cable should break the platform would tip. A hand 
power elevator should never have the rope operated by an electric motor or 
other mechanical power, as there are no automatic stops at the top and bot- 
tom landings and no safety device on the car. 

Outside Hoists. These hoists can well be completely enclosed, as is some- 
times done with corrugated iron. Two sides of the platform should certainly 
be enclosed. Unless a permanent operator is provided, and he does not assist 
in loading or unloading, there should be a locking device which will compel 
persons to go to the elevator when wishing to use it. 



Liability 

Insurance 

What it covers 
Why you need it 
Who furnishes the best 

Where to get it 



WHAT IT 
DOES 



WHY YOU 
NEED IT 



DURATION OF 
PROTECTION 



STABILITY 



JEtna Liability Insurance affords to its holders protec- 
tion against financial loss, and relief from annoyance and 
anxiety, on account of injuries accidentally sustained by any 
person for which they are alleged to be liable. 

All employers of labor, owners or lessees of property, or 
owners of horses and vehicles may be held liable for such 
injuries. They and, in fact, all business men will find it 
for their interest to read carefully these pages in which the 
advantages of the liability insurance furnished by the ^tna 
are briefly outlined. 

THE FIRST CONSIDERATION 

In placing liability insurance the first consideration is to 
be assured that you are obtaining the protection for which 
you pay. Claims for damages on account of personal injuries 
may, and frequently do, arise years after the occurrence of 
an accident. 

In buying a liability policy, therefore, you should, in the 
first place, be satisfied beyond a question of doubt that the 
company issuing the policy will be able, if called upon, to 
pay losses thereunder many years hence. 

The great financial strength of the /Etna Life Insur- 
ance Company is an absolute guarantee for the payment 
of claims under its contracts whenever they mature. 



LIABILITY INSURANCE 



20I 



SCOPE OF THE INSURANCE 

No less important than this matter of security is that of iETNA 
the quality and quantity of the protection furnished. The POLICIES 
^Etna Liability Policies are the most comprehensive ever PROTECT 
issued. Where other companies agree to indemnify only 
against loss from, or by reason of, the liability imposed by 
law, the ^Etna insures against loss and expense arising or 
resulting from claims, regardless of whether liability exists 
or not. That is to say, the ^Etna policies afford complete 
protection against any and all claims brought by persons 
injured, or by or in behalf of their beneficiaries, while the CLAIMS 
policies of many other companies cover only such claims as COVERED 
upon trial are found to have a legal basis. The latter do 
not, if the companies so elect, cover the multitude of claims, 
with their attendant expenses, which have no merit in law. 
It is unnecessary to comment further upon this point, or to 
mention other features of the tEtna policies, in order to 
show their superior value to the Assured. It is enough 
to say that the policies, their interpretation, and the Com- 
pany's service generally, are on the same broad scale of 
liberality and fair treatment. 



GENERAL REMARKS 

An .Etna Liability Policy provides that the Assured shall 
report every accident to the Company. Where indemnity is 
or may be applied for, the Company, by competent inspec- 
tors, thoroughly investigates the circumstances relating to 
the case. If these indicate liability on the part of the As- 
sured, immediate steps are taken with a view to settlement 
without litigation. Should, however, legal proceedings be 
taken, the Company undertakes, by able counsel, the defense 
of the suit on the Assurcd's behalf, relieves him from all 
trouble and responsibility, defrays expenses of litigation and, 
up to the limit named in the policy under which the accident 
is reported, pays damages which may be awarded. 

The usual limits of liability undertaken are : 

In event of an accident causing the death or injury of 
one person, $10,000. 

In event of an accident causing the death or injury of 
several persons, $20,000. 

Payment of an additional premium will increase these 
limits, if desired. 

The policies do not lapse upon these limits being reached, 
but continue their warranty to pay within such limits every 
accident that may take place during the policy year, whether 
few or many. 



REPORTING 
ACCIDENTS 



COMPANY 
DEFENDS 



USUAL 
LIMITS 



WOODWORKING SAFEGUARDS 



SAVE BOTH 
MONEY 
AND WORRY 



The Liability Policies of the TEtna Life Insurance 
Company protect the Assured not only from monetary dam- 
age, but also from loss of time and the annoyance and 
anxiety involved in claims and suits. They fix and reduce 
to a minimum liabilities and expenses in the conduct of 
business which, if not properly provided for, frequently 
result in financial disaster. 



INSPECTION 
SERVICE 



CASUALTY 
LINES 



INSPECTIONS 

One of the most valuable features of the service which 
the .Etna Life gives its liability policyholders is found in 
its inspections. These are made by trained experts, who 
bring to their work the varied knowledge gained by a wide 
range of experience. The ^Etna inspectors not only point 
out dangerous conditions, but recommend safeguards for 
them or suggest safer methods of doing work for which no 
safeguards are practicable. tEtna inspections not only 
prevent many accidents, but they tend to increase the gen- 
eral industrial efficiency of a plant. 

KINDS OF POLICIES 

The ^Etna Life Insurance Company issues liability 
policies covering: 

Employers' Liability 

Public Liability (Direct) 

Public Liability (Contingent) 

Elevator Liability 

General, or Landlords' Liability 

Teams Liability 

Automobile Liability 

Workmen's Compensation 

The JEtna Accident and Liability Company writes . 

Vehicle Property Damage 

Automobile Collision 

Burglary 

Plate Glass 

Flywheel 

Sprinkler Leakage 

Fidelity Bonds 

Surety Bonds 



LIABILITY INSURANCE 203 

workmen's compensation 

In States where Workmen's Compensation, whether COMPENSA- 
optional or otherwise, is provided by statute, the TEtna Life TION 
Insurance Company issues policies covering such liability. 
As in the case of its liability policies proper, this insurance 
relieves its holder of all worry and trouble connected with 
accidents to his employees, and it indemnifies him for any 
compensation which he may be called upon to pay to them. 



INDEX 





PAGE 


Accidents, investigation of, 


7 


^Etna Liability Insurance, 


. 200 


Air Compressor: 




flywheel, 


• 179 


for spoke driver, . 


• 143 


Air Jet, 


II 


Air Pump : 




flywheel, ..... 


• 179 


Artificial Respiration, 


. 190 


Ashes, disposal of, 


• 13 


Automobiles, 


. I46 


Axes : 




in felling, 


. 16 


in shingle mill, .... 


■ 57 


Axle Machines, . 


• 144 


Babbitting, careful doing of, 


10 


Bandage Materials, . 


• 13 


Band Mill: 




care in operation, . . 


. 28 


guide, adjustment of, 


. 28 


housing of, .... 


• 27 


housing lower part, . 


. 46 


rock saw. guarding, . 


. 28 


saws, use of, .... 


. 29 


shield for sawyer and lever, . 


• 27 


short side mill, .... 


• 29 


veneer mill, .... 


. 156 


whistle when starting up or sh 


ut- 


ting down, .... 


. 28 


Baskets : 




automatic one-piece machine, . 


. 169 


bottom machine, 


. 170 


stapling, 


. 169 


strip cutting machine, 


. 169 


transmission, .... 


. 171 


Belts : 




care of, . . . 


. 186 


of drag saw, .... 


• 133 


elimination by motor drive, . 


12 


of engines, .... 


, 178 


of engine governor, . 


• 179 


fastenings, .... 


. 186 


of log haul machine, 


• 23 


of mortisers, .... 


. 129 


perches for, .... 


. 187 


placing on overhead pulley, . 


186, 187 


in saw mill, screening of, 


21 


slipping of, ... 


. 185 


of swing saws, . . 


. 88 


of swing trims, .... 


• 36 


wedging, 


. 187 


Belts and Pulleys, 


. 183 


of band saw feed works, . 


. 100 


of borer spindle, 


127, 128 



Belts and Pulleys : 




of dowel machine, . 


. 168 


of drop saw trimmers, 


• 33 


of edgers, 


• 32 


of equalizers, .... 


• 85 


of grinding wheels, . 


193 


of grindstones, . . 


• 194 


of knee bolter, .... 


57 


of lath bolter, .... 


54 


of lathes, 


143 


mesh or slats guards preferable, 


185 


of panel raisers, 


66 


of pole machines, 


146 


of rod machines, 


159 


of sanders, . . . .12 


1, 123 


in saw mill filing room, . 


47 


in saw mill transmission floor, 


44, 45 


of shapers, 


120 


in shingle mill, .... 


57 


of sizers, moulders, etc., 


62 


of surfacers, . . . .12 


5, 164 


of veneer dryers, 


157 


of veneer rotary cutters, . 


154 


Belt Placers, .... 


186 


Belt Shifters, i 


3, 185 


for grinding wheels, 


193 


for planing mill machines, 


63 


for shapers, .... 


120 


for surfacers, .... 


126 


for swing saws, 


89 


for swing trims, 


37 


Big Timber Planer, . 


63 


Billet Mill, 13 


% 138 


Blacksmith Shop, in saw mill, 


47 


Blind Slat Machines, 


67 


Blower Hoods : 




for band saws, .... 


100 


for big timber planer, 


63 


for circular resaw, . 


66 


for lathes, .... 140, 14 


[, 142 


for panel sanders, . 


66 


for rip saws, 


75 


for rounding machines, . 


170 


for sash dovetailers, 


67 


for self-feed saws, . . . . 


79 


for sizers, moulders, etc., 


62 


for spoke facers, . . . . 


144 


for spoke throaters, 


144 


for stickers, . . . . 


63 


for tenoners, . . . 130, 13 


f, 132 


Blower System : 




for cleanliness, 


12 


for guarding, . . 


12 


as preventative of fire, . • •. 


12 


Bobbins : 


* 


boring and reaming machine, . 


170 


disc dividing saw, . 


170 



INDEX 



205 



Bobbins : 

grooving machine, . . . .170 

transmission, 171 

Boilers : 

blow-off pipes and valves, . . 174 

care of, 172 

chains for main stop valves, . .175 

cleaning, 175 

cutting into header, .... 174 

expert inspection, .... 172 

feed, 174 

firing up, 173 

fusible plug, 173 

gauge glasses, .... 172, 174 
goggles, use of, . . . .175 

high and low water alarm, . . 173 

keeping room clean, .... 172 

lighting room, 172 

locking header valve wheel, . .176 

low water, 172 

non-return valves, . . . . 175 

overflow tank, 174 

pipe lines and pipes, . . . . 175 
rules for tenders, . . . .172 

runways, 175 

safety valve, . . . 172, 173, 174 

of saw mill, 43 

sewers or hot-wells 175 

steam gauge, . . . 172, 173, 175 
of yarding engines, ... 16, 17 

Bolter Saws, see Saws (Bolter). 

Borers : 

counterweights and springs, . .128 

guard for hands, . . . . 128 

holding work, 128 

multiple borers, .... 127 

set screw in chuck, . . .127. 128 

spindle collar set screws, . . . 128 

spindle gears or belt, . . . 127 

transmission, ..... 135 

Bottom Machines, for baskets, . . 170 

Box Factory : 

box board matcher, .... 166 

cut-off saws, 165 

disk sanders 123 

equalizing saws, .... 85 

feeding apparatus 165 

horizontal band resaw, . . . 167 

jointer and edger 166 

nailing machines, .... 166 

off-bearers, 166 

piling, 167 

printing presses. .... 167 

rip saws, 164 

rough stock, 136 

self-feed edger 165 

sizing machine, 166 

surfacers, . . . . . . 125 

transmission, 171 

waste holes, 167 

yard, 167 

Boys : 

in lath mill 55 

running dangerous machines, . 8 

Bridge Building, surfacers, . . . 125 

Bridges : 

aver live rolls, . ._ . . .42 
over slab slasher chains, . -39 

Broken Belt Stop, for engine gov- 
ernor, 179 



PAGE 

Brushes, 170 

transmission, 171 

Buckers, 16 

Bull Chain : 

care of brackets, .... 22 

covering return part, ... 22 

Bumpers, for saw mill carriage, . 24 

Burner, 51 

Buzz Planer, see Jointer. 

Cabinet Shop : 

surfacers, 125 

tenoners, 129 

Cables : 

of cranes in saw mill yard, . . 50 

of derricks, 132 

of dry kiln doors, ..... 134 

of elevators, 197 

in logging, 16, 17 

of log hauls 22 

across railroad tracks, . . .51 
of veneer steaming box doors. . 153 

Cableway Yarder, .... 19 

Calks, for fallers' shoes, . . .16 

Camps, logging. . . . . 14, 15 

Canter: 

care of, 24 

guarding of 24 

Caxt-hooks 24 

Carefulness, necessary to prevent 

many accidents 7 

Car Making, 146 

surfacers, 125 

tenoners 129 

Carpenter Shop, surfacers, . . . 125 

Carriage (Feeding) : 

of bolter saws, . . ' . . .83 
of equalizing saws, .... 85 
of hand-feed split table saw. . . 137 
of handle blank saw, . . . 137 
of horizontal shingle saw. '. . 58 

of knee bolter 57 

of shingle mill cut-off saw, . . 57 

of tenoners, 13° 

of upright shingle saw, ... 59 

Carriage (Saw Mill) : 

dangers of, 24, 25, 26 

deck 

feed, lost motion. 

gears, couplings, frictions, . . 26 

head blocks. ... 

hook and link for locking, 

lock for feed lever, . 

nigger, operation of. 

operation of, . 

run, 

sheaves 

spring bumpers or air cushion 
throttle connection for shutting off 

steam, .... 
valve arrangements. . 

Carriers, of equalizers, . 

Cars : 

in dry kilns. 

of logging railroad, . 

in lowering, loading and unloading 



in saw mill yard, loading, 
railroad, care of, 



26 
26 



17, 



24 
84 

134 
15 

19 
49 

52 



206 



INDEX 



r, 



Cars (Elevator), enclosing and roof 

ing, .... 
Carvers, . . ... 
Caution : 

habits of, . 

in saw mill work, . 

of sawyer in saw mill, 

signs urging, 
Central Authority, for 

and care, 
Chains : 

in logging, ... 

of log haul, 

in saw mill, 

veneer, 
Chairs, .... 

back knife lathe, 

carvers, 

double saw and chuck machine 

endless bed feed sander, 

finishing room, . 

heading machine, 

rod machines, . 

surfacers, . 

tenoners, 

transmission, 
Chutes, in saw mill, 
Circular Mill: 

guide, adjustment of, 

housing lower part, . 

inserted teeth, . 

lever, locking, . 

saw, guarding, . 

shielding sawyer and leve 

wedge wheel or splitter 
Cleaning : 

of boilers, . 

of machines, 
Cleanliness, . 
Clipper, veneer, 
Clothing, 
Clutch : 

for slasher and trimmer chains 

on shafting, 

Collars, 

Committees, safety inspection, 
Conveyors : 

in planing mill, 

in saw mill, 

in shingle mill, . 
Cooperage : 

barrel hoist, 

bolter saws, 

bung borer, 

crozers, 

edging saws, 

equalizing saws, 

heading jointers, 

heading planers, 

heading rounders, 

heading saws, . 

hoop machines, 

pail trimming lathe 

punches, 

punching and flaring machines 

rough stock, 

stave bending machines, 

stave jointers, . 

stave planers, . 

stave sawing machine, 

14 



196 
159 

8 

21 

21, 24, 26, 28 

10 

inspection 



14, 15, 16, 18 
22 
47 
157 
158 
142 
159 
159 
123 
160 
159 
159 
125 
129 
160 



27 
46 
27 
27 
26 
26 
26 

175 
0, 11 

9 

154 
11 

39 
182 

183 



68 
46, 51 
56 

15" 
82 
128 
149 
149 
84 
147 
148 
148 
147 
150 
148 
150 
150 
136 
150 
147 
148 
146 



Cooperage : 

transmission, 

trussing machines 

vats, . 

windlass, 
Co-operation : 

of foremen and workmen, 

of workmen, 
Countershafts, 

of shapers, 

of sizers, moulders, etc., . 
Counterweights : 

of borers, .... 

of doors, 

of elevators, 

in saw mill, 

of swing saws, . 

of swing trims, 

of veneer steaming box doors 
Couplings, .... 

of live roll shafts, . 

on saw mill carriage,. 

in saw mill filing room, . 

in saw mill transmission floor, 
Crane : 

for loading logs, 

in saw mill yard, 
Cross Arms : 

rounding planer, 

transmission, 
Crossings, of saw mill yard 
Crozers, 
Curtain Poles : 

lathes, 

rod machines, 
Cutters : 

care of, 

of jointers, 

of lathes, . 

of planing mill machines 

setting of, . 

of shapers, 

of shingle mill jointer, 

supply of, . 

of surfacers, 

of tenoners, 



150 
150 
150 

150 

7, 8 

8 

184 

120 

62 

188 

191 

198 

21, 46 

86 

36 

153 

182 

4i 
26 

47 
44, 45 

. 18 
• 50 



railroad, 



170 

171 

5i 

149 

142 
159 



10 

. 109 

140, 141 

■ 64 

11 

120 



118, 



10 

. 127 

129, 130, 131, 132 



Dadoing, 

Dams, 176, 177 

Dead Rolls, of saw mill slide, . . 48 
Deaf Persons, employment of, . . 8 
Deck : 

care of, 23 

canter, . . . . . .24 

cant4iooks, 2^ 

caution on part of sawyer or scaler, 24 
dangers of work, .... 23 
selection of workmen, . . .24 
skids of railroad iron, . . ■ 2 3 
Derricks : 

blocks, 132 

cables, 132 

erection 132 

guy wires, . . . ' . 132, 133 

hand-power, 133 

hoisting to top of mast pole, . 133 
hooks, . . . . . .132 

ladder for mast pole, . . . 133 

material of, 132 

posts, ....... 133 



INDEX 



207 



Derricks : 

ratchet stop for, 

throttle valve, . 
Desk Factory, 
Discipline, 
Doggers, dangers of, 
Dogs : 

for lath bolter, . 

on rip' saw guards, 
Doors, . 

over band mill, . 

of dry kilns, 

opening and fastening, 

of veneer steaming boxes 
Dovetailers, . 

gang machine, . 
Dowel Machines, 
Drag Saw : 

adjusting, . 

belts, gears and set screws, 

in billet mill, . 

fencing machine, 

fencing run, 

short ends, 

signs, 

transmission, 

trip, .... 
Drill Presses : 

in logging machine shop 

in saw mill machine shop 
Drip Pans, for oil, 
Driving, in logging, 
Drop Saw Trimmers, see 1 
Dryers, for veneer, 
Dry Kilns: 

doors, balancing, 

doors, cables, 

doors, counterweights, 

fans, .... 

flooring pit, 

moving cars in, 

piling material, . 

runways and tramways, railing. 
Dust Brush, at machines, 
Dust, inhaling of, . 
Dutch Ovens, 

Edgers : 

box board, for wagons, 

for box shooks, . 

care in operation, . 

dangers of, 

dog guard, 

driving apparatus, 

filing saws with hook, 

finger guards, . 

flyback guards, . 

plank front guard, . 

pressure rolls, . 

short lever edger, . 

swinging roll guards, 
Electrical Apparatus : 

artificial respiration, . 

grounding and guarding, 

signs 

switchboards and switches, 
Elevators : 

access to overhead sheaves, 

cables, .... 

carriage hoist. . 



72, 



■ 133 

• 133 
. 158 

7 
24, 26 

• 54 
73, 76 

191 
47 

135 
12 

153 
67 

158 
68, 164, 168 



133 
133 
137 
133 
134 
134 
134 
135 
133 

15 
47 
13 
20 

157 

135 
134 
134 
134 
134 
134 
134 
134 
11 
12 
176 



143 
165 
30, 3* 
29 
30 
32 
3i 
29 
30 
30 
29 
31 
30 

190 
189 
190 
189 

195 
197 
199 



PAGE 

I96 
194 
198 
198 
I96 
195 

195 
195 
195 
195 
198 
198 
199 

195 
198 

195 
195 
195 
198 
I98 
13 



Elevators : 

cars, enclosing and roofing, 

construction, 

counterweights, 

enclosing lever, . 

gates, .... 

grating below overhead timbers, 

hoistway, clearance at top an 
bottom, . 

hoistway, enclosing, . 

inspection of, 

light for, 

locking operating device 

operating, . 

outside hoists, . 

safety device, 

signs, .... 

slack cable device, . 

speed governor, 

stop buttons, 

warning chains, 

warning gong, . 
Emergency Room, . 
Emery Wheels, see Grinding Wheel 
Engines : 

automatic lubrication, 

automatic speed limit stop ; 

belts, . 

care of, 

cleaning moving parts, 

crank pit, . 

crank shaft, 

connecting rod, 

cross-head, 

drive belt, . 

exhaust pipes, 

floor openings, 

flywheels, . 

gears, shafts, keys, . 

governor, . 

lighting and cleanliness, 

in logging, donkey, . 

in logging, road, 

in logging, yarder, . 

pipes and cylinders, . 

runways, stairways and ladders, 

in saw mill, 

separators, steam reservoirs 
drop-legs, 

sewers or catch-basins, . 

signal when starting, 

steam gauge, 

stop buttons, . 

trap doors. 

turning off center, 

warning signs, . 
Epileptics, employment of, . 
Eoualizing Saws, see Saws (Equalizing). 
Excelsior Factory, equalizing saws, . 83 

Exits I2 

Explosives : 

in logging T 4 

storage and use x 3 



178, 179 



and 



178 
T77 
178 
178 
178 
179 
179 

179 
179 
179 
180 
179 
180 
180 

179 

177 
t6 

T7 

16 
180 

180 

43- 47 



177 



181 
180 
178 
181 
177 
179 
181 
178 
8 



Fallers, . 

Feed Rolls : 

of box shook edger, 
of lath machine, 
of outside moulders, 
of panel raisers, 



16 

165 
54 
63 
66 



208 



INDEX 



Feed Rolls : 






Gang Saws : 




of resaws, 


65 


guarding of, 


• 32 


of rod machines, . . 


159 


locking machinery, . 


■ 33 


of rounding machines. 


141 


Gates : 




of sanders, .... 121, 


124 


for elevators, 


. 196 


sectional for sizers, moulders, etc., 


62 


in saw mill yard, 


. 52 


sectional for surfacers, . 


126 


Gauge Glasses, 


• 174, 175 


of surfacers, . . . . . 


126 


light about, 


. 172 


Feeding Apparatus : 




Gears, .... 


. 188 


for box factory rip saws, 


165 


of borer spindle, 


. 127 


for equalizing saws, 


85 


of cranes, . 


• 50 


Feeding Tables, ..... 


10 


of drag saw. 


• 133 


Felling, ....... 


16 


of dowel machines, . 


. 168 


Felloes : 




of edgers, . 


• 32 


borers, 


129 


of gang saws, . 


■ 32 


planing machines, .... 


145 


of grindstones, . 


.194 


sanding drums, ..... 


124 


in engine room, 


. 180 


Fenders, for saw mill yard locomotives, 
Filing Room, in saw mill, . 

Finishing Room, 

Fire : 


52 

47 
160 


of lath bolter, . 
of lath machine, 
of live rolls, 
of log haul machine, 
of sanders, 


• 54 

• 54 
. 41 
. 23 






. 123 


escapes, . . . . 
hazard reduced by cleanliness, 


12 
9 


of saw mill carriage, 
in saw mill filing room, 


. 26 






47 


precautions against, . 
First Aid, 


12 
13 


in saw mill machine shop 
of saw mill transmission 


• 47 
> • 44. 45 


Flag Sticks, rod machine, . 


159 


of shafting, 


. 182 


Flash Boards, 


176 


of sizers, moulders, etc., 


. 62 


Floors, 


191 


of surfacers, 


. 126 


cleaning of, 


9 


of turbines, 


• 177 


f©r dry kiln pit, . . ' . 


134 


of veneer dryers, 


• 157 


about knee bolter, .... 


57 


of veneer glue machine, 


• 157 


in lath mill, 


55 


of veneer rotary cutter, 


• 153 


in saw mill 2] 


, 47 


of water wheels, 


■ 177 


for saw mill carriage. 


25 


Gin Pole : 




Floor Sweepers, 


9 


at roll-way, 


. 18 


Flywheel : 




in saw mill yard, . 


• 50 


of air compressor 


179 


of skidders, 


. 18 


of air pump, 


179 


Glasses, for grinders, . 


. 192 


of engine, . . . 


178 


Gloves : 




of turbine generator, 


177 


avoiding use of, 


11 


Forebay, 


176 


in edger work, . 


• 31 


Foremen : 




in jointer work. 


. 108 


duties of, . ... . . 


7 


in rip saw work, 


. " . ' 92 


inspection for fire 


12 


in shaper work, 


. 119 


selection of, 


7 


in shingle mill jointer wo 


rk, . . 60 


Frictions, . . . • . 


188 


Glue Machine, in veneer w 


ork, . . 157 


of log haul machines, . . 


23 


Goggle Glasses, for grinder 


s, . . 192 


in saw mill, 


45 


Goggles, for boiler tenders, 


• 175 


of saw mill carriage, 


26 


Gong, for elevators, 


. 198 


Frogs, blocking, . , . . . 


5i 


Governor : 




Furniture : 




for engines, 


• 177, 179 


back knife lathe, .... 


142 


for elevators, 


• 195 


carvers, 


159 


Grinding Wheels : 




disk sanders, 


123 


belts and pulleys, 


• 193 


dovetailing machines, . . . 


158 


belt shifter, 


• 193 


endless bed feed sander, 


123 


capping arbor, . 


• 193 


finishing room, ..... 


160 


eye shields, 


. 192 


grooving saws, 




158 


guarding of. 


. 192 


miter saw, . 




158 


in logging machine shop 


, . •' • 15 


moulding sander, 




125 


mounting, . 


. 192 


pony planer, 




126 


operation and care, . 


. 193 


surfacers, . 




125 


in saw mill filing room, 


. 47 


tenoners. 


. 129, 130 


159 


storage, . . 


. 194 


transmission, 




160 


testing, 


. 194 


turning machine, 




140 


Grindstones : 




veneer cutter, . 




160 


driving apparatus, 


. 194 


Fusible Plug, for boilers, 


173 


mounting, racing and trui 


ng up, . 194 


Gang Ripping Machin 


E, . . . 


65 


selection of, 


• 194 



INDEX 



209 



Grindstones : 

storage, 
Grooving : 

with circular saws, . 

on shapers, 
Guard Rails, blocking, 
Guide : 

of band mill, 

of circular mill, 

of jointers, 

of lath bolter, . 

of rip saws, 

of shapers, . 
Guy Wires : 

of derricks, 

of logging gin pole, 

of skidders, 



PAGE 

194 

77 
112 

5i 

28 

27 

109 

54 

90 

112 



132, 133 
18 
18 



Hammers, in felling, . 

Hammers (Drop), in saw mill, 

Hammers (Steam), in saw mill 

Handles : 

automatic lathes, 

blank saw, .... 

block saw, 137 

chucking and tenoning machines, 
D handle jointing and backing ma 

chines, ..... 
D handle shaping and finishing ma 

chines, ..... 
equalizing saws, 
ferrule seat shaping and boring ma 

chines, ..... 
header or smoother machine, 
plow handle shapers, 

rough stock 

rounding machines, . 
swinging head lathes, 

tenoners, 

thread cutting machines, . 
throating machine, . 
transmission 

Hatch Covers, automatic, for ele- 
vators, 195 

Hauling, in saw mill yard, ... 49 

Head Blocks, extensions for, . . 25 

Header or Smoother Machine, . . 138 

Heading : 

jointers, 147 

horizontal saws, .... 147 

rounders, 148 

vertical saws, 147 

Heading Machine, for chair back 

posts, 159 

Hoists : 

barrel, 150 

carriage, 199 

outside, 199 

Hoistway (Elevator) : 

clearance at top and bottom, . . 195 

enclosing, 195 

hatch covers 195 

painting sides white, . . . 195 
projections, 195 

Hooks : 

of derricks, 132 

in logging work, . . 16, 17, 19 

for log haul, 22 

safety hooks, in logging, ... 19 



16 

48 
4 S 

142 
137 
138 
T39 

138 

138 

85 

138 
138 
138 
136 
141 
140 
129 
138 
138 



Hooks : 

in saw mill yard, 

in veneer work, 
Hoops : 

automatic cutting machines, 

bar chuck pointing machine, 

planers, 

pointing machines, . 

vats, .... 
Horizontal Band Resaw : 

in box factory, . 

dangers of, 

hood and apron guards, 

housing, 
Horses, in saw mill yard, 
Hubs : 

cut-off machine, 

equalizers, 

reamers, 

turning machines, 

Icf Road, in logging. 
Inflammable Substa nces 

Liquids, storage and use, 
Injured: 

care of 

first aid for, 
1 nserted Teeth : 

of circular mill, 

of knee bolter, . 
Inspection : 

^Etna Liability, . 

of boilers, .... 

for fire, .... 

of machinery and structures, 

of safeguards, . 
Instruction, of workmen, . 
Intoxicated Persons, . 
Isolation, of dangerous machine 

Jams, in logging, . 
Jointer : 

aluminum guard, 

automatic face planing machin 

automatic feed machines, 

automatic guards, . . 102, 

care in operation, 

circular safety cylinder, 

dangers of, 

double automatic guard, 

finger guard, 

gloves, use of, . 

guide, fastening of, . 

irregular work, . 

knives, setting and care. 

light at, . 

operators, . 

pail and tub, 

in pattern shops, 

pressure apparatus, . 

push-block, 

rear part of knives, guarding 

sectional swing paddle guard 

secure footing, . 

self-feed attachment. 

in shingle mill, . . • . 

short pieces, 

sliding and rising guards, 

steel lips for tables, . 



103 
106 
106 

103, 104 
10S 
101 

107, 163 



105 

10 

106 

60 

107, 163 

102 

no 



INDEX 



Jointer : 

swing paddle guards, 

taking out the wind, 

transmission, .... 

weight for tension, . 
Jointer and Edger, in box factory, 



Keys, of engines, . 
Key- ways, 

of live roll shafts, . 

of saw mill transmission 

on shafting, 
Kicker : 

dangers of, 

operation of, 
Knee Bolter : 

carriage and track, . 

floor about, 

guarding of, 

inserted teeth, . 
Knives, see Cutters. 



Ladders : 

for boiler runways, . 
in engine room, . 
portable, 
stationary, . 
Ladling Machine, 
Lath Bolter: 
dangers of, 
guarding of, 
Lathes : 

automatic feed, . 
back knife, . 
belts and pulleys, 
blower hood protection, . 140 
bowl, .... 
clothing of operators, 
copying, 

corner block machine, 
dangers of, 
heads and knives, . 
motor drive, 
operation of, 
saws, guarding of, . 
screen for, . 

shields for cutter heads, 
swinging head machine, 
transmission, 
variety, 
Lathes (Metal Working) 
in logging machine shop, 
in saw mill machine shop 
Lath Machine, 
Lath Mill: 
bolter, 

boys, employment of, 
floors, 
gears, 

lath machine, . 
sprockets and chains, 
transfer tables, . 
trimmers, . 
waste holes, 
Lath Trimmer, 
Lever : 

of carriage, locking, 
of carriage shielding, 
cross style for circular mill, 
of edger pressure rolls, . 





Lever : 




. 104 


elevator, enclosing, . 


. 198 


. 105 


of tenoner, guard for hand on, 


• 130 


. no 


Liability Insurance, . 


. 200 


. 103 


Light, 


9 


. 166 


in -boiler room, 


. 172 




in engine room, 


• 177 


. 180 


in saw mill transmission floor, 


43 


. 183 


in saw mill yard, 


• 5i 


• 41 


for stairways, . 


12 


44, 45 


Live Rolls : 




. 182 


bridges over, . . . . 


. 42 




care in operation, . 


. 42 


• 23 


dangers of, . . . . 


21, 41 


. 24 


driving apparatus, . 


• 41- 




in planing mill, . . . . 


. 68 


• 57 


planking guards, 


. 42 


• 57 


size of, 


• 4i 


• 57 


table and apron guard, . 


• 4i 


• 57 


Loaders, for logs, . . . . 


• 17 




Loading, in saw mill yard, . 


• 49 




Lock : 






for elevator operating device, . 


. 198 


■ 175 


for saw mill carriage lever, 


25, 27, 28 


. 180 


Locomotives : 




. 190 


of logging railroad, . 


• 15 


. IQO 


in saw mill yard, 


• 52 


. 168 


Logging : 






boiler, . . . . . 


16, 17 


• 53 


buckers and swampers, . 


. 16 


53, 54 


cables, 


. 16 




cableway yarder, 


• 19 


142 


camps, .... 


14, 15 


. 142 


chains, 


. 16 


• 143 


driving, 


20 


141, 142 
. 168 


explosives, . . 


• 14 


felling, .... 


. 16 


■ 139 


hooks, .... 


. 16 


. 142 


ice roads, .... 


20 


• 141 


jams 


20 


• 139 


loading cars, 


• 17 


. 141 
139, 164 


machine shop, . 


- 15 


pull boats, .... 


. 18 


139, 140 


railroad, . . . . 


• 15 


. 142 


riding on trains, 


15 


164, 168 


road engine, 


• 17 


. 140 


roll-way, .... 


. 18 


140 


safety devices, use limited, 


• 14 


. 150 
. 168 


safety hooks, 


19 


signal system, . . 


T-'t 




skidders, .... 


. 18 


15 


skidways, .... 


. 19 


47 


snatch blocks, . 


• 17 


• 54 


standard outfits, 


• 14 


• 53 


supervision, 


14, 17 


travoying, .... 


. 19 


55 


unloading cars, 


• 19 


• 55 

• 54 
■ 54 


yarder engine, . 


. 16 


Log Haul : 




54, 55 


cables and chains, . 


22 


55 


construction, 


22 


• 55 


gears, belts and frictions, 


23 


• 55 


hooks and fastenings, 


22 


• 55 


pike poles, .... 


• 23 




protection of, . 


22, 23 


>5, 27, 28 


reinforcement of, 


22 


26, 27 


riding on logs or log hauls, 


■ 23 


■ 27 


spikes and bunks, . 


22 


• 3i 


tram car, . . . . 


22 



INDEX 



Log Haul: 

walks and stairways, 

wooden hauls, . 
Log Loader, danger of, . 
Log Turner, see Canter. 

Machine Shop: 

logging, 

saw mill, . 
Machines : 

adjustment of, . 

cleaning of, 

oiling of, 

repairing of, 

stopping before leaving, 

use of, 
Matcher : 

for box boards, . 

guarding of, 

operation of, 
Metal Grating, for secure footin 
Mill Pond, fencing in, 
Minors, employment of 
Mortisers : 

chain mortiser, 

driving belt, 

transmission, 
Motor Drive, . 
for lathes, . 
Motors, grounding, 
Moulders : 
guarding of, 
operation of. 

Nailing Machine, 
Nigger : 

operation of, 

valves, stuffing box and cylinder, . 

Off-bearers : 

in box factory, 

clothing of, . • • • x 

at live rolls, 

for rip saws, . • • • 

Office Fixture Factory, borer guard, 
Oiling: 

of drop saw trimmers, 

of machines, 

of shafting, 

of slab slasher chains, 
Organization, 
Oval Wood Dish Machine, 
Overhead Trimmers, see Trimmers. 

Pail and Tub Factory : 

bolter saws, 

edging saws, 

hand jointer, . 

pail trimming lathe. 
Panel Raisers, 
Passageways : 

about machines, 

keeping clean, . 
Pattern Shop: 

dowel machine, . 

jointer, 

rules necessary, 

saws, . 

surfacer, _ . 

transmission, 

universal woodworking machine, 



22 
22 
23 



14 
47 

11 

10, 11 

10, 11 

10, n 

11 

11 

166 
62 

65 
10 

5i 
8 

129 
129 
135 

ISI, 187 

139, 164 
. 189 

63, 64 
. 65 

. 166 

. 26 
46 

166 

, 92 

42 

91 

128 

34 
10 

182 

39 

7 

169 



83 
149 
148 
148 

66 

8 
9 

164 
162 
161 
162 
164 
171 
163 



161, 



Penstocks, 

Piano Making,, tenoners, 
Picket Header, 
Picture Frame Factory: 
miter saw, . 
moulding sander, 
Pike Poles: 

for pond men, . 
lathes for, . 
Piling, . 

in box factory, . 
in dry kilns, 
in lath mill, 
in saw mill yard, . 
in shingle mill, . 
Pinch Bar, . . 
Pistons, shrinking on, . 
Pit, railing, 
Planer, see Surfacer. 
Planer (Diagonal), . 
Planer and Matcher: 
guarding of, 
operation of, 
Planing Mill: 

big timber planer, . 
blind slat machines, . 
butting saws, . 
conveyors, . 
dadoing, 
diagonal planer, 
dovetailers, 
dowel machines, 
gang ripping machine, 
matcher, 
miter saw, . 
moulders, . 
panel raisers, 
panel sanders, 
picket header, . 
planer and matcher, 
relishers and wedge cutters 
resaws, 

sash, door and blind machu 
sizers, 

surfacers, . 
transmission, 
wood trimmers, 
Platforms : 
guarding of, 
over penstocks, . 
in saw mill yard, 
Poles : 

automatic feed machine 
heel tapering machine, 
old method, 
sticker, 
Pressure Rolls: 
of edgers, . 
of gang saws, 
Printing Press, in box factory 
Pull Boats, . 
Pulleys : 

broken rims, 
compression, 
testing, 

web type for saw mill transmi 
Punches, 
Push-block, . 
Push-stick, . 



62, 



62, 



211 

PAGE 
177 
129 

68 

82 
124 

23 
142 

11 
167 
134 

55 

50 

59 

53 
48 
191 

68 

62 
65 

63 
67 
68 
68 
68 
68 
67 
68 
65 

62, 65 
67 

63, 65 
66 
66 
68 
65 
67 
65 
67 

62, 65 

65, 125 

• 69 

. 67 

. 190 
. 177 
48, 49 



146 
146 
146 
146 

29 

32 

167 

18 

187 
187 
187 

45 
150 
107 

91 



62, 



ssion 



INDEX 



Rabbeting, on rip saw, .... 
Railroad : 

blocking frogs and ends of guard 
rails, 

cables across track, 

cars, . 

coupling cars, . 

crossings, . 

gates at approaches to, 

locomotives, 

in logging, . 

operation of, 

repair work, 

safety car shifter, 

signalling, . 

signs, 

switches, 

tracks, 

trestles, 

trolley poles along track, 
Railroad Ties, equalizer, 
Raking Platform, 
Red Paint, for safeguards and moving 

parts of machinery, 
Releasing Rest : 

for grinding wheels, 

for grindstones, 
Relisher and Wedge Cutter, 
Repairing, of machines, 
Resaws (Band), . 
Resaws (Circular), 
Resaws (Horizontal Band), see 
Horizontal Band Resaws. 

Road Engine, 

Rocker, see Kicker. 
Rock Saw, 
Rod Machine, 
Roll- way : 

building of, 

loading from, 
Rosin, for secure footing, 
Rounding Machine : 

for handles, 

for woodenware, 
Rubber Gloves, for electrical workmen 
Rubber Mats, for secure footin 
Rubbish, disposal of, . 
Rules : 

for boiler tenders, 

enforcement of, 

in pattern shop, 

in saw mill, 
Runways : 

for boilers, 

over dams, . 

to dry kilns, 

in engine room, 

guarding of, 

in saw mill, 

in saw mill yard, 



9i 



5i 
Si 
52 
52 
5i 
52 
52 
15 
52 
53 
53 
52 
52 
5i, 52 
5i 
5i 
5i 
86 
176 



193 
194 

67 

10 

65, 66 

65 



28 
159 

18 
18 
10 

141 

168 

189 

10 

12 

172 

7 

161 

21 



Safeguards : 

care of, . . 

inspection of, . 

in logging, use limited, . 

painting red, . . . . 

slats or wire mesh advisable, 

value and use of, . 
Safety Device, for elevators, 
Safety Devices, see Safeguards. 



175 
177 

134 
180 

190 

2T, ^4 

48, 49 



10 
10 

14 

9 

13 

9 

195 



rules 



Safety Valve, of boilers, . 
Sanders : 

belts and pulleys, 

belt sander, 

board cover for top, . 

disk -machines, . 

endless bed feed machine, 

feed rolls, .... 

gears, .... 

moulding sanders, . 

panel sander, 

sanding wheels and drums, 

sash sander, 

sprockets and chains, 

take-away end, . 

transmission, 
Sash, Door and Blind Machines, 

door panel sander, . 

relishers and wedge cutters, 

sanding wheel, . 

self-feed saw, . 

tenoners, .... 
Saw Mill : 

band mill, .... 

blacksmith and machine shops 

carefulness in doing work, 

carriage, .... 

caution on part of sawyer, 21, 

circular mill, 

cleanliness, 

counterweights, 

deck, . 

edgers, 

enforcement of 

filing room, 

floors, 

gang saws, . 

general precautions, 

gin pole in yard, 

hammers, steam and drop, 

horizontal band resaw, 

lath mill, . 

live rolls, . 

log haul, 

motor drive, 

railroad in yard, 

runways, 

signs, .... 

slab slashers, 

space around machines, 

stairways, . 

steam feeds and machiner 

supervision, 

surfacers, . 

transmission, 

transmission floor, 

trimmers, . 

wood saws, 

yard, . 
Saws : 

light at, 

operators, . 

secure footing, . 

Saws (Band) : 

block to catch flying end, 
brazing, .... 
care in operation, 
cracked or dull blades, . 
dangers of, ... 



y, 



121, 
123, 



24: 



PAGE 
172, 174 

121, 123 
. 124 
. 123 
. 123 

• 123 
124 
188 
124 

66 
124 

67 
123 
121 
135 

67 
124 

67 

124 
78 
129, 130 

27 
47 
21 

24 
26, 28 
26 
21 
21, 46 
23 
29 
21 

47 
21 
32 
21 
50 
48 
39 
53 
4i 
22 
12 

5i 
21, 44 
21 
38 
21 
21 
46 
21 
125 
43, 61 
21, 43 

• 33 

• 4i 



9 

7 
10 

100 
99 



99 



95, 97, 



INDEX 



213 



Saws (Band) : 

gloves; use of, 

lower wheel, guarding, . 95, 99, 
return part of blade, guarding, 

97, 99, 

safety device for fingers, 

self-feed saws, . 

sharpening, 

transmission, 

upper wheel, bar in front of, 

upper wheel, enclosing, . 97, 99, 

upper wheel, spanning bow for, 

97, 99, 
web wheel for, ...... 

working part of blade, guarding, 

98, 99, 
Saws (Block), .... 137, 
Saws (Bolter), 

transmission, 
Saws (Butting), . 
Saws (Cut-off) : 

adjusting and cleaning, . 

bearings, care of, 

in box factory, . 

care of, ... . 

carriage-fed, 

covering when left running, 

cracked saws, . 

curved strip guard, . 

dangers of, ... 

double cut-off, . 

feeding material, 

framework guard, 

guarding of, 

guards, material of, . 

guards, use and adjustment, 

hood guards, 

for hub blocks, 



of lathes, 

miter saw, . 

in shingle mill, 

speed of, fixing, 

transmission, 

traveling cut-off, 

under part of saw, guarding, 
Saws (Equalizing), 

cooperage, .... 

drum equalizer, . 

feeding apparatus, 

handles, .... 

railroad ties, 

spokes, .... 

transmission, 

under part of saw, guarding 

veneer, .... 

wagons, .... 
Saws (Grooving), . 
Saws (Horizontal Shingle) : 

carriage, .... 

guard over back, 

safety spalting curve, 
Saws (Knot), 
Saws (Miter), 
Saws (Pattern-makers'), . 
Saws (Rip) : 

adjusting or cleaning, 

bearings, care of, 

in box factory, . 

care in operation, 

care of, ... 



99 

100 

100 
100 
100 

99 
100 

97 
100 

100 
95 

100 
138 

82 

94 

68 



90 

93 

165 

93 

81 

94 
91 
79 
70, 79 
80 
81 
80 
79 
93 
92 

79 
145 
I4i 
82 
56 
93 
94 
80 
89 
83 
84 
85 
85 
85 
86 
85 
94 
89 
85 
85 
158 



77, 



• 58 
■ 58 

• 58 

• 59 
67, 82, 158 

161, 162 



90 

93 

164 

90 

93 



Saws (Rip) : 






in cooperage, edging, 


149 


covering when left running, 




94 


cracked saws, . 




9i 


dangers of, ... 




70, 73 


feeding apparatus, 




165 


feeling run of, . 




90 


linger guard, 




76 


guarding of, 




70 


guards, material of, . 




93 


guards, use and adjustment, 




92 


guide, .... 




90 


home-made guards, . 




74 


hood guards, . . 73, 74, 


75- 


76, 77 


off-bearers, 




9 1 


off-bearers, clothing of, . 




92 


push-stick 




9i 


rabbeting, .... 




9i 


sawyers' clothing, 




92 


self-feed saws, . 




78 


speed of, fixing, 




93 


splitter, .... 




70 


splitter guards, . . 72, 74, 


75, 


76, 77 


transmission, 




94 


under part of saw, guarding, 




89 


Saws (Segment), . 




155 


Saws (Split Table, Hand-Feed 


), 


137 


Saws (Springboard Clip), . 




60 


Saws (Swing) : 






belt, 




88 


belt shifter, 




89 


care in operation, 




89 


counterweighting, 




86 


handle, .... 




88 


limiting the swing, . 




88 


saw, guarding, . 




87 


saw, hanging, . 




89 


Saws (Upright Shingle) : 






carriage, 




59 


floor about, 




59 


operation, .... 




59 


run, railing, 




59 


shaft guarding, . 




59 


Sawyer: 




in saw mill, good judgment re- 




quisite, 


22 


in saw mill, need of caution, 




21, 24, 


26, 28 


Scaler, caution in operating kicker, 


24 


Secure Footing, at dangerous ma- 




chines, 


10 


Series Arc Circuits, 




189 


Set Screws, .... 




183 


in borers' chucks, 




127 


in borers' spindle collars, 




128 


in collars on shafting, 




183 


on drag saw, 




133 


on gears, .... 




188 


guarding 




183 


headless, .... 




183 


in logging machine shop, . 




15 


on machines, 




183 


in saw mill machine shop, 




47 


of saw mill transmission, 




14, 45 


Setters, dangers of, 




24, 26 


Shaft Ends, .... 




182 


on saw mill carriage, 




26 


of saw mill transmission, 




H- 45 


of sizers, moulders, etc., 




62 



214 



INDEX 



home-made guards, . 112, 114, 116, 11 



knives, setting and care, 

leather fan device, . 

light at, . 

lock nuts for spindles, 

notched board guard, 

operators, employment of, 

panel sticking, . 

patented guards, 

pressure apparatus 

rear of spindle, . 

ring, plate and cap guards 

secure footing, . 

straight work, . 

suction pipes, 

table front, fencing- 
transmission, 

variety work, . 

wooden spring guard, 
Sheaves : 

elevator, 

of rope feed set works, 

of saw mill carriage feed, 

in saw mill transmission floor 
Sheds, in saw mill yard, 
Shingle Mill: 

axes, wedges and sledges, 

conveyors, . 

cracked saws, 

cut-off saws, 

horizontal shing 

jointer, 

knee bolter, 

knot saw, . 

packing, 

piling blocks, 

springboard clip saw, 



low 



Shafting : 

arrangement and care, 

couplings, gears, clutches, etc., 

elimination by motor drive, 

guarding of, 

oiling, .... 

in saw mill filing room, . 

in saw mill transmission floor 
and elevated, . 

work on, 
Shafts : 

of drop saw trimmers, 

in engine room, . 

of equalizer, 

of heel tapering machine, 

of live rolls, 

of sorting tables, 

of upright shingle saw, 

of water wheels, 
S haper : 

belts and pulleys, 

belt shifter, 

blade spring for horizontal pressure 

care in operation, 

construction and setting of machine, 

countershaft, fencing, 

dangers of, 

feeding apparatus, . 

gloves, use of, . 

grooved knives, . 

grooving work, . 

home-made feeding device, 



PAGE 

181 

182 

12 

181 

182 

47 



44, 45 
. 182 



33 
180 

85 
146 

4i 

48 

59 

177 

120 
120 
112 
119 
119 
120 
in 

113 
119 
119 
112 
118 



15, 120 

• 117 

9 

. 120 

. 112 

. 120 

• 145 
. 114 

• 113 
. Il8 
. Il6 

10, 120 

. 112 

. 117 

. 120 

. 120 

. 114 

. 112 



194, 195 
26 



25 
46 

51 

57 
56 
57 
56 
58 
60 

57 
59 
61 

59 
60 



stop 



safe- 



Shingle Mill: 

transmission, 

upright shingle saw, 
Short Log Saw Mill, . 
Show Case Factory, . 

rip saw guarded, 
Signalling : 

for band mill, when starting up or 
shutting down, . . . . 

for engine, when starting up or 
shutting down, 

in logging, . . . _ . 

in saw mill, when starting or 
ping engine, . 

at saw mill slides, . 

for saw mill yard railroad, 
Signs : 

character of, . 

at drag saw, 

for electricity, . 

for elevators, 

on engine throttle valve wheel 

first aid instructions, . 

at machine equipped with 
guards 

placing of, . 

for railroad in saw mill yard 

in saw mill, 

in saw mill transmission floor 

use of, .... 
Single-trees : 

dressing and pointing machines, 

equalizers, 

Sizers : 

guarding of 

operation of, 
Sizing Machine, in box factory, 
Skidders, . . .'..-. 

Skids, of railroad iron, . 

Skidways, 

Slab Slashers : 

bridge across chains, 

clutch for chains, 

dangers of, .... 

guarding of, ... . 

oiling of saws, .... 

throwing chains out, 

transfer chains, 
Slashers, veneer, .... 
Slack Cable Device, for elevators, 
Slats, advisable for safeguards, . 
Sledges, in shingle mill, 
Slicing Machine, for veneer, 

Smoking, 

Snatch Blocks, .... 
Space : 

around machines, 

around saw mill machines, 

in saw mill transmission floor, 
Spark Brush, for grinding wheels, 
Splicer, for veneer, 
Split Table Saw, hand-feed, 
Splitter : 

adjustment, .... 

attachment, .... 

for block saws, .... 

for box factory saws, 



43, 61 

• 59 
. 136 

• 158 

• 75 



28 



7i 

71, 72 

138 

164 



INDEX 



215 



Splitter : 

for circular mill, 

for circular resav 

curved, 

extended type, . 

for lath bolter, . 

material of, 

for pattern-makers' saws 

rip saws, necessary for, 

for short log saw mill, 

straight, 
Spokes : 

drivers, 

equalizing saws, 

facers, 

rough stock, 

swinging head lathe, 

tenoners, 

throaters, . 

Spools, .... 

disc dividing saws, . 

transmission, 
Spreader, see Splitter. 
Springboards, in felling. 
Sprocket Wheels and Chai 

of band saw feed works 

of drop saw trimmers, 

of edgers, . 

of gang saws, . 

of lath bolter, . 

of live rolls, 

of pole machine, 

of sanders, 

in saw mill transmission floor 

of veneer dryers, 
Spur, of lathes, 
Stairways, 

for boiler runways 

building regular, 

in engine room, . 

familiarity with, 

lighting of, 

for log haul, 

in saw mill, 

in saw mill transmission floor 

to platforms and runways in 
mill yard, . , 
Stapling, of baskets, . 
Staves : 

bending machines, 

jointers. . 

planers, 

sawing machines, 
Steam Feeds, in saw mill, 
Steam Gauge: 

comparing with safety valve 

drilling hole in case, 

in engine room, . 

lighting about, . 

testing, 
Steaming Boxes, veneer 
Suction Hoods or Pipes, see Blow 
Supervision : 

in logging. . 

of loading loeging cars, . 

in saw mill, . 
Surfacers : 

belts and pulleys, 



26 
65 
71 
72 

53 

7i 

161, 162 

70, 72 

136 

7i 



143 
85 
143 
136 
140 

1, 132 

144 



13 



170 
170 

171 

16 

189 

100 

33 

32 

32 

54 

41 

146 

123 

45 

157 

139. 142 

190 

175 
12 

180 
12 
12 
22 
21 

43. 44 
saw 

49 
169 

150 
147 
148 
146 
46 

173 
175 
181 
172 
*73 
■ 153 
er Hoods. 

14, 20 

• 17 

21 



17- 



Surfacers : 

belt shifter, 

driving mechanism, . 

feed entrance, . 

feed roll gears, . 

guarding of, 

knives and heads, . 

operation of, 

pattern shop, 

sectional feed roll, . 

transmission, 
Swampers, see Buckers. 
Swing Trims, 
Switchboards, 
Switches (Electrical), 

safety lock knife switch, 
Switches (Railroad) : 

in logging, . 

in saw mill yard, 

Tables, encumbering of, 
Tenoners : 

carriage, 

cut-off saws, 

cutter heads, 

double end machine, 

extension for feeding-out 

furniture, . 

guard for band on lever, 

shaper heads, 

slitting saws, 

spoke machines, 

transmission, 
Throaters : 

for handles, 

for spokes, 
Tongs : 

in saw mill yard, 

for skidders, 
Tracks, in saw mill yard, 
Tram Car, for log haul, 
Tramways, to dry kiln, 
Transfer Chains : 

dangers of, 

of live rolls, 

of slab slashers, 

of trimmers, 

throwing out, of trimmers 
slashers, . . . . 
Transformer Boxes, groundi 
Transmission : 

baskets, 

borers, 

box factory, 

brushes, 

chairs, 

cooperage, . 

cross arms, 

drag saw, . 

furniture. . 

handles, 

jointers, 

lath mill. . 

lathes, 

mortisers, . 

pattern shop, 

planing mill, 

sanders, 
164 saws, band, 



126 
125 
126 
126 
62 
127 

65 
164 
126 

135 

36 
189 
189 
190 

• 15 
5i, 52 



130 

129, 131, 132 
129, 130, 132 

130 



chains. 



and 



• 130 

• 159 

• 130 
. 129 
. 129 

I3i> 132 

• 135 

• 138 

• 144 

■ 50 
18 

51, 52 
22 

• 134 

21 

• 43 

• 39 
35. 39 



slab 



39 
189 

171 

135 
171 
171 
160 
150 
171 

135 
160 
150 
no 

61 
150 
135 
171 

69 
135 
100 



2l6 



INDEX 



Transmission : 

saws, bolter, 94 

saws, cut-off, . . . . -94 
saws, equalizing, .... 94 

saws, rip, 94 

saw mill, 21, 61 

shapers, . . . . . . 120 

shingle mill, 61 

spools and bobbins, . . . .171 

surfacers, 135 

tenoners, 135 

veneer, 160 

wagons, . . . . . .150 

woodenware, . , . . 171 

wood pulleys, 171 

Transmission Floor: 

in saw mill, 43 

in shingle mill, 43 

Trap Door, 179 

Travoying, 19 

Tray Machines, ..... 169 
Trestles : 

of logging railroad, . . . 15 

in saw mall yard, . . . . 51 

Trimmers : 

care of saws, 38 

clutch for chains, .... 39 
drop saws, feeding of, ... 34 
drop saws, fence for front of table, 33 
drop saws, flyback guards, . . 33 
drop saws, hooding, ... 34 
drop saws, oiling, .... 34 
drop saws, shielding under part of 

saws, 34 

drop saws, tripping, .... 33 
end trims, . . 33, 35^ 

jump or bed trims, . . . 37, 38 
kicking, ._ . . ._ . 34. 35 
overhead trimmers, guarding back, 35 
overhead trimmers, guarding front, 35 
swing trims, belt shifter, . . 37 
swing trims, boxing back, . . 37 
swing trims, hanging of, . . 36, 37 
swing trims, hooding of, ... 36 
throwing chains out, . . . -39 
transfer chain holes, • • • 35 
transfer chain holes, plank guard 

for, 35 

working on tables, .... 36 
working on tables, pipe railing 
guard, ...... 36 

Trolley Poles, along railroad track, . 51 

Trucks, . . '. . . . n, 12 
careful loading, .... 12 

examination, 12 

in saw mill yard, .... 50 
shields for hands, .... 191 

Turbines, 177 

Turning Machines, see Lathes. 

Universal Woodworking Machine, . 163 

Valves : 

of boilers, 172, 173, 174, 175, ^, 180 
of saw mill carriage, ... 24 
in saw mill transmission floor, . 46 
of steam hammers 48 

Vats: 

cooperage, . . . . . .150 

veneer, ....'. 151, 153 



Veneer : 








band mill, m6 


chains, 






157 


clipper, 






154 


cutting up cores, 






136 


dryers, 






157 


equalizing saws, 






85 


glue machines, . 






157 


hooks, 






157 


lifting tackle, 






157 


rotary cutter, 






153 


segment saws, . 






155 


slashers, 






156 


slicing machines, 






154 


splicer, 






157 


steaming boxes, 






153 


transmission, 






160 


vats, . 




151, 153 


Ventilation, . 




9 


Wagons : 


axle machines, 144 


belt sanders, 




124 


box board edger, 




!43 


disk sanders, 




123 


equalizing saws, 




85 


felloe machines, 




145 


hub machines, . 




145 


multiple borers, . 




127 


panel sticking, . 




145 


poles, shafts and single-trees 




146 


rimming machine, 




145 


rough stock, 




136 


spoke drivers, . 




143 


spoke facers, 




143 


spoke tenoners, . 


13 


r, 132 


spoke throaters, 




144 


surfacers, . 




125 


tenoners, .... 




129 


transmission, . . ■ . 




150 


wheel boxing machine, . 




145 


wheel rim planers, . 




144 


Walks : 






over dams, 




177 


on logging railroad trestles, 




15 


Warning, of workmen, 




7 


Waste Holes : 






in box factory, . 




167 


in lath mill, 




55 


in planing mill, . 




68 


in shingle mill, . 




57 


Water Wheels, . 


176, 177 


Wedges : 




in felling, .... 


. 16 


in shingle mill, . 


■ 57 


Wedge Wheel, for circular mill, 


. 26 


Wheels : 




boxing machines, 


• 145 


rimming machine, 




• 145 


rim planers, 




• 144 


White Paint, 




9 


Whitewash, . 




9 


in saw mill transmission floor 


• 43 


Windlass, cooperage, . 


. T50 


Wire Mesh, advisable for safeguards, 


13. 1S5 


Wooden Slats, for secure footing, . to 


Woodenware, . . ... . . 168 


bowl lathe, . 






168 



INDEX 



21 7 





PAGE 


Wooden ware, .... 


168 


dowel machine, .... 


1 68 


ladling" machine, 


1 68 


oval wood dish machine, 


169 


transmission, .... 


171 


tray machines 


169 


variety lathe, .... 


168 


Wood Pulleys, .... 


170 


transmission, .... 


171 


Wood Saws, in saw mill, 


41 


Wood Trimmers, .... 


67 


Workmen : 




assignment to work, . 


8 


clothing of, ... 


11 


co-operation with each other, 


8 


co-operation with foremen. 


7 


employment of, .... 


8 


on inspection committees. 


8 


instruction by foremen, . 


11 


instruction and warning, . 


7 


selection for deck work, . 


24 



Wounds, cleaning and dressing, 

Yard (Box Factory), . 
Yard (Saw Mill) : 

burner, fencing, . 

cables, hooks and tongs 

conveyors, . 

cranes, 

horses, 

lighting, . . 

loading and hauling, 

piling, .... 

platforms and runways, 

railroad, 

reservoirs, excavations and mill 
pond fencing, . 

sheds 

trucks. 
Yarder Engine, 
Young Persons, assignment to work 



PAGE 

13 

167 

5i 
50 
5i 
50 
50 
5i 
49 
50 
48, 49 
5i 



5i 
Si 
50 
16 
8 



6 1 st Annual Statement 



OP THE 



JEtna. Life Insurance Company 

HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT 

MORGAN G. BULKELEY, President 

Life, Occident, Health, and Liability Insurance 

JANUARY 1, 1911 



ASSETS 

Real Estate acquired by fore- 
closure $ 97,001.31 

Office Building 500,000.00 

Cash on hand and in Banks. . 3,905,769.53 

Stocks and Bonds 31,974,664.01 

Mortgages secured by Real 
Estate 49,061,500.71 

Loans on Collateral 1,320,470.76 

Loans secured by policies of 

this Company 8,325,149.36 

Interest due and accrued 

December 31, 1910 1,792,917.15 

Premiums in course of collec- 
tion andDeferredPremiums 1,680,133.81 

Market Value of Securities 
over cost, less Assets not 
admitted 2,360,536.32 

Total Assets, $101,018,142.90 

INCOHE 

Premiums $ 16,695,501.40 

Interest, Rents, etc 4,811,085.42 

Total Income in 

1910 $21,506,586.82 



LIABILITIES 

Reserve on Life, Endowment 

and Term Policies $ 82,794,149.00 

Special Reserve, not included 
above 704,525.00 

Premiums paid in advance, 
and other Liabilities 566,606.80 

Unearned Interest on Policy 
Loans 222,446,57 

Accrued Taxes 524,044.77 

Surplus reserved for special 
class of Policies and divi- 
dends to Policyholders pay- 
able on Demand 1,858,901.33 

Losses and Claims awaiting 

proof, and not yet due.... 451,885.93 

Unearned Premiums on Ac- 
cident, Health and Liability 
Insurance 2,245,982.70 

Reserve for Liability claims 1,547,600.00 

Surplus to Policyholders.... 10,102,000.86 

Total Liabilities. . . $101,018,142.96 



DISBURSEHENTS 

Payments to Policyholders. .$ 12,251,252.88 

Taxes 521,334.87 

All other Disbursements.... 5,225,126.63 



Total Disbursements in 

1910 $17,997,714.38 



OFFICERS: 

^TNA LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY 

Accident and Liability Department 
HARTFORD, CONN. 

WALTER C. FAXON, Vice-President 

J. SCOFIELD ROWE, Secretary 

JOHN M. PARKER, Jr., Secretary 

E. C. BOWEN, Assistant Secretary 

E. C. HIGGINS, Assistant Secretary 

J. V. ADAMS, Assistant Secretary 



MTNA LINE OF INSURANCE 

Employers' Liability 
Public Liability (Direct) 
Public Liability (Contingent) 
Elevator Liability 
General Liability 
Automobile Liability 
Teams Liability 
Excess Liability 
Workmen's Compensation 
Accident 
Health 
Life 

Issued by 

/Etna Life Insurance Cohpany 

Accident and Liability Department 
HARTFORD, CONN. 



Automobile Property Damage 
Automobile Collision 
Teams Property Damage 
Plate Glass 
Burglary 
Fly Wheel 
Sprinkler Leakage 
Fidelity and Surety Bonds 

Issued by 

The /Etna Accident and Liability Co., 

HARTFORD, CONN. 



LEJa'12 












Van ScKaack 



